BUSINESS ENGLISH Advanced PDF

Dr Ljiljana Jovkovi}
BUSINESS
ENGL ISH
- ADVANCED -
Fakultet za poslovno industrijski menad`ment

Beograd, 2014
Dr Ljiljana Jovkovi}
BUSINESS ENGLISH - ADVANCED
Recezenti:
Akademik prof. dr Branislav Šoški}
Prof. dr Naum Dimitrijevi}
Izdava~:
Fakultet za poslovno industrijski menad`ment,

ICIM plus - Izdava~ki centar za industrijski menad`ment plus,
Mladenovac, Ive Andri}a 2, Tel/fax +381 11 823-24-27
Za izdava~a:
prof. dr Milija Bogavac
Štampa:
Planeta print Beograd
Tira`: 100 primeraka
Beograd, 2014.
Odlukom Nastavno-nau~nog ve}a Fakulteta za poslovno industrijski menad`ment

od 10.06.2014. godine, odobrena je upotreba knjige BUSINESS ENGLISH - ADVANCED
kao ud`benika za studente tre}e i ~etvrte godine.
Dr LJILJANA JOVKOVI], redovni profesor na Fakultetu za poslovno industrijski
menad`ment, je dugogodišnji profesor engleskog jezika u funkciji struke na visokoškolskim

ustanovama (Ekonomski fakultet u Nišu, Beogradska poslovna škola, Fakultet za trgovinu i
bankarstvo i Fakultet za strane jezike BK univerziteta u Beogradu, Filološki fakultet Slobomir
P. univerziteta, i Pedagoški fakultet UIS u Bijeljini, Fakultet likovnih umetnosti u Beogradu
i još nekoliko visokih škola i fakulteta).
Dr Jovkovi} je bila gostuju}i profesor nekoliko godina na Dràvnom univerzitetu

Floride. Diplomirala je anglistiku na Filološkom fakultetu u Beogradu, 1973. godine;
magistrirala (primenjena lingvistika-leksikografija) i doktorirala (primenjena lingvistika-
sintaksa, nastava engleskog jezika) 1976. godine na Dràvnom univerzitetu Floride u SAD.

U toku svog dugogodišnjeg pedagoškog rada obavljala je više stru~nih funkcija:
vršila du`nost dekana Filološkog fakulteta Slobomir P. univerziteta i Fakulteta za strane jezike
BK (Alfa) univerziteta; bila šef katedre u više navrata na gore pomenutim ustanovama, kao i
rukovodilac internacionalnih programa razmene studenata, itd.
Dr Jovkovi} je objavila veliki broj nau~nih i stru~nih priloga, kao i nekoliko zasebnih
izdanja terminoloških re~nika, priru~nika i ud`benika iz oblasti poslovnog engleskog jezika
(pomenuti ud`benici koriste se na više od deset fakulteta i visokih škola na studijama
ekonomije i menad`menta u Srbiji i Crnoj Gori.U~estvovala je na velikom broju nau~nih i
skupova u zemlji i inostranstvu iz oblasti primenjene lingvistike.
stru~nih
Dr Jovkovi} se intenzivno bavila i stru~nim prevo|enjem. Prevela je ve}i broj knjiga iz

oblasti ekonomije.

CONTENT (SADRŽAJ)
CONTENT (SADRŽAJ)
(CONTENT) SADRŽAJ ........................................................................................... 5

PREDGOVOR ......................................................................................................... 13
UNIT 16. ................................................................................................................... 15
NEGOTIATING A CONTRACT
Wish + Past Tense, Wish + Past Perfect; The Passive voice
UNIT 17. ................................................................................................................... 21
SOCIAL CULTURE
Future Perfect; Future Perfe ontinuous; Word Building –ous
UNIT 18. ................................................................................................................... 25
MANAGEMENT
Adverbs, comparision, Should
UNIT 19. ................................................................................................................... 29
E-COMMERCE
Conditional if clauses 1. The Accusative with infinitive
UNIT 20. ................................................................................................................... 33
BUSINESS NEGOTIATIONS
Conditional clauses 2
TEST 4 ...................................................................................................................... 37
UNIT 21. ................................................................................................................... 41
MARKETING
UNIT 22. ................................................................................................................... 45
INSURANCE
Indirect Speech, statements
UNIT 23. ................................................................................................................... 49
BANKING SYSTEMS
Indirect Speech, Imperative
5
CONTENT (SADRŽAJ)
UNIT 24. ................................................................................................................... 53

TAXATION
Indirect Speech, Questions
UNIT 25. ................................................................................................................... 59
TARIFFS
Present Perfect Infinitive, Modal verbs with Present Perfect Infinitive
TEST 5 ...................................................................................................................... 63
UNIT 26. ................................................................................................................... 67
OFFERS
Sequence of Tenses
UNIT 27 .................................................................................................................... 71
ORDERS
Perfect Participle
Unit 28 ....................................................................................................................... 77
INQUIRIES (ALSO SPELT: ENQUIRIES)
Indefinite Pronoun one, ones
Unit 29 ....................................................................................................................... 81
ACCOUNT AND FOREIGN PAYMENTS
Interrogative negative sentences
Unit 30 ....................................................................................................................... 85
TEST 6 ...................................................................................................................... 89
BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE ........................................................................ 97
MASTERING ENGLISH GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE II ...................... 139
ADVANCED SECTION
The present tenses (exercise) 47 . .......................................................................... 140
The past tense vs. the perfect present tense (exercise) 48 . ................................. 141
The continuous perfect present tense (exercise) 49 . ........................................... 142
Using the continuous perfect present tense (exercise) 50 ................................... 142
Comparisons with adjectives (exercise) 51 .......................................................... 143
Intensifiers with as .... as (exercise) 52 ................................................................. 144
Much and many in comparison (exercise) 53 ...................................................... 144
General comparisons (exercise) 54 ....................................................................... 144
Passive verb forms (exercise) 55 ........................................................................... 145
6
CONTENT (SADRŽAJ)
Using passive verbs (exercise) 56 .......................................................................... 145

Active vs. passive (exercise) 57 . ............................................................................ 146
Expressing “ability” with can (exercise) 58 ......................................................... 147
The past tense o can (exercise) 59 ......................................................................... 147
Using can and be able (1) (exercise) 60 ............................................................... 148
Using can and be able (2) (exercise) 61 ................................................................ 148
Expressing “advisability” or “obligation” (exercise) 62 ..................................... 149
The past tense of should and ought (exercise) 63 ................................................ 149
Negatives with should and ought (exercise) 64 . .................................................. 150
Questions with should and ought (exercise) 65 ................................................... 150
Expressing “necessity” (exercise) 66 .................................................................... 151
The past tense of must and have (exercise) 67 . ................................................... 151
Questions with must and have (exercise) 68 ........................................................ 152
Negatives with must and have (exercise) 69 ........................................................ 152
Review: question forms (exercise) 70 ................................................................... 153
Review: negative forms (exercise) 71 ................................................................... 153
Review: the auxiliary forms (exercise) 72 ............................................................ 154
Review: the principal verb (exercise) 73 .............................................................. 154
“The important Meeting” (exercise) 74 ............................................................... 155
Review: simple question forms (exercise) 75 ....................................................... 156
Review: negative forms (exercise) 76 ................................................................... 156
Infinitive vs. gerund (1) (exercise) 77 .................................................................. 157
Infinitive vs. gerund (2) (exercise) 78 ................................................................... 158
The infinitive after objects (exercise) 79 .............................................................. 159
Review: infinitive vs. gerund (exercise) 80 . ......................................................... 160
The passive infinitive with auxiliaries (exercise) 81 ........................................... 161
Infinitive vs. gerund (passive forms) (exercise) 82 .............................................. 161
Short additions with too and either (exercise) 83 . .............................................. 162
Short additions with so and either (exercise) 84 ................................................. 162
The connecting words (exercise) 85 . .................................................................... 163
The connecting word that (exercise) 86 ............................................................... 163
Prepositions in questions (exercise) 87 ................................................................. 174
What vs. which in clause (exercise) 88 ................................................................. 175
7
CONTENT (SADRŽAJ)
The word that in clauses (2) (exercise) 89 ............................................................ 166

Clauses without connecting words (2) (exercise) 90 ........................................... 166
Using connecting word correctly (exercise) 91 .................................................... 167
Verbs after question words(1) (exercise) 92 . ....................................................... 168
Verbs after question words (2) (exercise) 93 . ..................................................... 168
Direct questions vs. noun clauses (exercise) 94 ................................................... 169
Sequence: the two past tenses (exercise) 95 ......................................................... 170
Sequence: the perfect past tense (exercise) 96 .................................................... 170
Sequence: the auxiliaries (exercise) 97 ................................................................. 171
Review: sequence of tenses (1) (exercise) 98 ........................................................ 172
Review: sequence of tenses (2) (exercise) 99 ........................................................ 172
Clauses after adjectives (exercise) 100 ................................................................. 173
Writing clauses (exercise) 101 . ............................................................................. 173
Direct questions vs. noun clauses (exercise) 102 ................................................. 174
The word say and tell (exercise) 103 .................................................................... 175
Direct vs. indirect speech (1) (exercise) 104 ........................................................ 176
Direct vs. indirect speech (2) (exercise) 105 ......................................................... 176
Review: direct vs. indirect speech (exercise)108 ................................................. 178
Using the general form of verbs (exercise) 109 ................................................... 179
Writing clauses (exercise) 110 ............................................................................... 179
“John’s New Used Car” (exercise) 111 ................................................................. 180
Introduction to adverb clauses (exercise) 112 ..................................................... 181
Showing “reason” or “purpose” (exercise) 113 ................................................... 182
Writing clauses of reason of purpose (exercise) 114 ........................................... 182
The continuous past tense (exercise) 115 ............................................................. 183
The simple past vs. the continuous past (1) (exercise) 116 ................................. 183
The simple past tense (exercise) 117 ..................................................................... 184
The simple past vs. the continuos past (2) (exercise) 118 ................................... 184
The perfect past tense (exercise) 119 .................................................................... 185
The simple past vs. the perfect past (exercise) 120 ............................................. 185
The simple present for future action (exercise) 121 ............................................ 186
8
CONTENT (SADRŽAJ)
The simple present vs. the future (exercise) 122 ................................................. 186
The continuous future tense (exercise) 123 . ........................................................ 187
The simple future vs. the continuous future (exercise) 124 . .............................. 187
“Mr. Foster’s Travels” (exercise) 125 ................................................................... 188
Real Conditions: future (1) (exercise) 126 ........................................................... 189
Writing conditional sentences (exercise) 127 . ..................................................... 189
Real conditions: future (2) (exercise) 128 ............................................................ 190
Real conditions: general (exercise) 129 ................................................................ 190
Unreal conditions: present and future (exercise) 130 ......................................... 191
Unreal conditions: past (exercise) 132 . ................................................................ 192
Using the word unless in conditions (exercise) 134 ............................................. 193
Using clauses after the verb wish (exercise) 135 ................................................. 193
Review: conditional sentences (exercise) 136 ...................................................... 194
Review: writing conditional sentences (exercise) 137 ......................................... 194
General review of the tenses (exercise) 138 ......................................................... 195
The emphatic form with used (exercise) 139 ....................................................... 196
The habitual past with used (exercise) 140 .......................................................... 197
The expression be used (to) (exercise) 141 ........................................................... 197
The expression get used (to) (exercise) 142 . ........................................................ 198
The expression be supposed (exercise) 143 .......................................................... 198
Expressing “expectancy” with should (exercise) 144 . ........................................ 199
“Advisability” vs. “expectancy” (exercise) 145 ................................................... 199
Expressing “necessity” with have got (exercise) 146 .......................................... 200
Expressing “necessity” in the past (exercise) 147 . .............................................. 200
Indicating “assumption” with must (exercise) 148 ............................................. 201
“Necessity” vs. “assumption” (exercise) 149 ....................................................... 201
Using may for “permission” or “possibility” (exercise) 150 .............................. 202
Expressing “advisability” with had better (exercise) 151 .................................. 202
Polite or unemphatic statements with would (exercise) 152 .............................. 203
Expressing “preference” with would rather (exercise) 153 . .............................. 203
Review: using auxiliaries (exercise) 154 . ............................................................. 204
9
CONTENT (SADRŽAJ)
Using two-word verbs (exercise) 155 . .................................................................. 205

Prepositions with two-word verbs (exercise) 156 ................................................ 206
Word order (1) (exercise) 157 ............................................................................... 207
“The Traveler” (exercise) 161 ............................................................................... 211
“My Mistake” (exercise) 162 . ............................................................................... 212
“The Importance of Advertising” (exercise) 163 ................................................ 212
“The Flag of the United States” (exercise) 164 . .................................................. 213
Quotations by famous Americans (exercise) 165 ................................................ 213
Using the word some (exercise) 166 . .................................................................... 214
Using the word other (exercise) 167 ..................................................................... 214
Prepositions in expressions of time (1) (exercise) 168 ......................................... 215
Prepositions in expressions of time (2) (exercise) 169 ......................................... 216
Prepositions in expressions of place (1) (exercise) 170 ....................................... 217
Prepositions in expressions of place (2) (exercise) 171 ....................................... 218
Useful idiomatic expressions (exercise) 172 ......................................................... 219
Common idiomatic expressions (exercise) 173 .................................................... 220
Verbs with allied prepositions (1) (exercise) 174 ................................................. 221
Verbs with allied prepositions (2)(exercise) 175 .................................................. 222
Adjectives with allied prepositions (1) (exercise) 176 ......................................... 223
Adjectives with allied prepositions (2) (exercise) 177 ......................................... 224
Participles with allied prepositions (exercise) 178 .............................................. 225
The prepositions by and with (exercise) 179 . ...................................................... 226
The prepositions to and for (exercise) 180 ........................................................... 227
After vs. afterward (s) (exercise) 181 ................................................................... 227
The words as, such as, and like (exercise) 182 . ................................................... 228
After vs. later (exercise) 183 . ................................................................................ 226
The Life of a Student” (exercise) 184 ................................................................... 229
The Life of a Student” (cont.) (exercise) 185 ....................................................... 230
10
CONTENT (SADRŽAJ)
IRREGULAR VERBS . ......................................................................................... 233

APPENDIX . ........................................................................................................... 237
VOCABULARY ..................................................................................................... 241
LITERATURE ....................................................................................................... 255
ANSWERS MASTERING ENGLISH II . ........................................................... 257
GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE
ADVANCED SECTION
11
PREDGOVOR
PREDGOVOR
Ud`benik engleskog jezika BUSINESS ENGLISH II pisan je prema Nastavnom

planu i programu Beogradske poslovne škole - Visoke škole strukovnih studija. Ova dva
dokumenta su odredila izbor i obim jezi~ke gra|e. Rad sa studentima pomenute {kole,
nastavno iskustvo autora Ud`benika ste~eno na vi{im {kolama i fakultetima tj. u in-
stitucijama u kojima se predaje engleski jezik u funkciji struke, kao i najnovija literatura
iz Metodike nastave stranih jezika, sve zajedno, uticali su na koncepciju Ud`benika i
njenu realizaciju. Kako studenti dolaze na fakultet ili vi{u {kolu iz raznih sredina to je
njihovo znanje, sasvim razumljivo, razli~itog nivoa. Ova ~injenica je tako|e uticala na
na~in obrade jezi~ke materije i njenu prezentaciju.
Ud`benik ima 30 ve}ih nastavnih jedinica ili lekcija (Units) i svaka jedinica se
sastoji od slede}ih delova.
Glavni tekst u kome se obra|uje odre|ena stru~na tema, npr. Vo|enje poslov-
nog sastanka, Ve{tinja pregovaranja, Osiguranje robe u transportu, Sklapanje ugovo-
ra, Vo|enje konferencije poslovnih ljudi, Menad`ment, Marketing, Bankarski sistemi,
Ponude, Porezi i takse, Porud`bine itd.
Bele{ke uz tekst. Svi tekstovi su propra}eni leksi~ko – frazeolo{kim bele{kama,
saètim obja{njenjima tzv. sitnijih gramati~kih jedinica, upozorenja za izgovor izvesnih
fonolo{ki sloènijih re~i. Cilj ovih bele{ki je pruànje pomo}i studentu u razumevanju
teksta i asimilaciji nove materije.
Gramatika. Deo svake lekcije ~ini i gramati~ka gra|a, bez koje nema efikasne
jezi~ke nastave. Razume se, cilj obnavljanja, utvr|ivanja i obrade nove gramati~ke gra|e
nije nikako gramatiziranje, u~enje gramatike per se, {to bi vodilo u~enju o jeziku, a ne
jezika, ve} sticanje osnove za razvijanje komunikacijske sposobnosti, odnosno funk-
cionalne upotrebe engleskog jezika u datim situacijama, u na{em slu~aju u poslovnim
kontaktima. Bez vladanja odre|enim jezi~kim oblicima (npr. pasivom, glagolskim vre-
menima, itd.) nema prave komunikacije. Vi{egodi{nje nastavno iskustvo u radu sa stu-
dentima koji u~e engleski jezik u funkciji struke, navelo nas je na izdvajanje celokupne
gramati~ke gra|e u zasebni deo Grammar File.
Razlozi za unekoliko neuobi~ajeno mesto za gramatiku su slede}i: Nastavnik
}e na jednom ili dva ~asa objasniti, ako je to uop{te potrebno, odre|ene gramati~ke
specifi~nosti. Student }e u svom samostalnom radu po potrebi konusltovati pomenuti
“fajl”. Na ovaj na~in }e se vreme na ~asu mo}i usmeriti na komunikacijski deo rada, rad
na tekstu i sl.
Jezi~ke ve`be. U ovom delu Ud`benika ima samo nekoliko ve`bi u kojima se od
studenta o~ekuje da prevede odredjeni broj re~enica i to sa srpskog na engleski. Cilj
ovih ve`bi nije nastava prevodjenja ve} usvajanje date gramati~ke forme. Izbor jezi~kih
ve`bi je velik i moè se podeliti na manipulativne, polukomunikativne i komunikativne
ve`be. Sva tri stepena uve`bavanja imaju svoje mesto u savremenoj nastavi jezika. Ovo
isti~emo jer se do nedavno insistiralo samo na komunikativnim ve`bama, koje uzete
13
PREDGOVOR
same bez one druge dve kategorije ve`bi, ne vode sposobnosti komunikacije na stranom
jeziku.
Dijalozi i fraze. U svim lekcijama ima kra}ih ili duìh dijaloga, u kojima je prete`no
tzv. op{ti engleski, koji je, tako|e, neophodan svakom poslovnom ~oveku. U stvari,
stru~ni jezik po~iva na op{tem jeziku. [to je ovaj potonji bolji to }e i stru~ni jezik biti
isto tako bolji i potpuniji.
Ekonomski termini ~ine kraj svake lekcije. Na ovom mestu autor je uneo izbor
najva`nijih termina iz oblasti ekonomije. Svaki termin je preveden na srpski, a dato je i
obja{njenje termina na engleskom jeziku.
U nastavi engleskog jezika ~iji cilj je razvijanje komunikativne sposobnosti poseb-
no na poslovnom nivou, veoma va`no mesto zauzima nastava pismenog izraàvanja. Na
na~in pismenog izraàvanja uti~e kultura datog naroda, a uz nju i odre|ene specifi~nosti,
na primer izbor re~i (ne samo termina) ve} re~i op{teg jezika, na~in izlaganja sadràja,
u slu`benoj korespondenciji, oblik pisma itd. Imaju}i sve ovo u vidu, autor je posle
tridesete lekcije dao uzorke slu`benih dopisa ili pisama i uz svako pismo uputstvo kako
se sastavlja data vrsta pismenog saop{tenja, npr. podse}anje kupca na otplatu zajma ili
duga, zahtev za isplatu, obja{njenje za ka{njenje isporuke, storniranje kredita, molba za
odobravanje kredita itd. Svaki od ovih uzoraka slu`bene korespondencije propra}en je i
odgovaraju}im obja{njenjem (za{to dato pismo mora da sadrì odre}ene podatke i za{to
se oni iznose na izvestan, ustaljen na~in).
Najva`niji deo nastavnog procesa, koji je decenijama bio zapostavljen, ~ini u~enje,
a ne podu~avanje, {to prirodno, ne umanjuje ulogu nastavnika. Naime, aktivnost nas-
tavnika, podu~avanje, zavisi od samostalnog rada studenta ili u~enika. U jednom saètom
uvodnom tekstu nije mogu}e ulaziti u pitanje obuke u u~enju stranog jezika (teaching
how to learn, learning to learn a language). Smatramo, ipak da je neophodno ukazati na
zna~aj permanentnog samostalnog rada studenata uop{te, u svakom u~enju, a posebno
kad je re~ o stranom jeziku. Ovo podrazumeva, pre svega, postojanje svesti o zna~aju
znanja stranog jezika u dana{njem svetu, posebno u poslovnom svetu. Valjano znanje
stranog jezika postalo je danas uslov za preìvljavanje. Ako se navedeno prihvati kao
~injenica koju nije neophodno obja{njavati, onda se od studenta o~ekuje da bude, koliko
god je to mogu}e, u stalnom kontaktu s jezikom koji u~i; u na{im uslovima ìvota i rada
to zna~i svakodnevni kontakt s knjigom, odnosno ud`benikom i drugom priru~nom lit-
eraturom.
Imaju}i u vidu ~injenicu da je u~enje produktivnije ako ga prati objektivno merenje
uspeha, posle svake pete lekcije uneli smo po jedan test dostignu}a s vi{e~lanim izborom
odgovora. Predmet testiranja je gramatika obra|ena u prethodnim lekcijama.
Uz navedeni zna~aj samostalnog rada studenta, recimo na kraju, da }e se pun uspeh
ostvariti u plodotvornom spajanju napora u kolektivnom radu u grupi (nastava stranog
jezika je razvijanje sposobnosti komuniciranja na jednom novom jeziku) s rezultatima
individualnog rada svakog studenta.
Beograd, 2011. Autor
14
UNIT 16
UNIT 16
NEGOTIATING a Contract
Norman Brown whose marketing campaign is now well under way has secured a
large order from a Belgian importer for his firm’s electric grills. He is now negotiating
the terms of the contract with Mr. Phil Sebeoks from the importing firm.
Miss Sheila Scott, Brown’s faithful secretary, is also present.
Simpson: Well, Mr. Sebeok, it seems to me we’ve come quite a long way, but
there’s still a fair few points left over to clear up.
Sebeok: Yes, I’d like to go over terms of payment. Would you be agreeable to
payment by irrevocable letter of credit on your London Bank?
Simpson: Good - at sixty days I’d suggest. Now, what about deliveries?
Sebeok: I’ve been looking into the question of having the goods sent by air.
- It’s quick, the goods are less liable to damage than by sea and rail,
and there’s less risk of hold-ups due to strikes.
Simpson: There’s only one thing there. Freight costs are higher by air, and if
we operate on CIF terms, as we’ve already provisionally agreed, this
might mean a substantial increase in our expenses.
Sebeok: All the same, really I believe it would be worthwhile, and we would be
prepared to meet you half-way with the extra costs incurred.
Simpson: I’m certainly with you in principle, but I’ll have to take the matter up
when I get back to Wolver Hampton. Perhaps you’d make a special
note of that, Victoria.
Sheila: Would you please just check that I’ve got it right. I’ve written:
Possibility of air freighting to be examined. Importer willing to
contribute to extra cost.
15
UNIT 16
Brown: Thank you. That sums it up all right doesn’t it, Mr. Sebeok?
Sebeok: Very nicely. The next point is the guarantee. We should like to be able
to offer the customer a guarantee for at last six months.
Brown: No trouble about that. We offer a standard guarantee of twelve months
in all countries we’re selling in, and there’s no reason that I can think
of why Belgium should be an exception.
Sebeok: So a similar guarantee would be written into our contract also?
Brown: Certainly. Then, one of the things we haven’t decided properly yet is
who’s going to be responsible for publicity.
Sebeok: We’re prepared to look after that side entirely. The only thing I would
propose is that you should supply us with as much informational
material - prospectuses, leaflets, instructions for use, et cetera, as
possible. We’ll have them translated into French and Flemish and also
see that posters are made available for window displays and that
ads are placed in the trade journals and the dailies.
Brown: That’s fine, but perhaps we could be consulted about the initial
promotional campaign - as you know we’ve been marketing our
products in quite a few countries lately, and we feel we’ve picked up
quite a few gimmicks we’d like to suggest for adaptation over here.
Sebeok: Of course we’d be only too pleased to get new ideas and cooperation
from your side.
Brown: Sheila, any other points we ought to take up?
Sheila: May I run through our check-list? Price - agreed upon. Delivery
times
Sebeok: That will depend on whether you send the goods by air.
Brown: Quite.
Sheila: Initial order, five thousand pieces, later orders according to sales.
Terms of payment: settled. Packing -
Brown: That again may depend on mode of transport.
Sebeok: As I said yesterday, I think the display packing you are using in
England is very attractive. If we supplied you with suitable French
and Flemish text, could you have it printed on the boxes in England?
Brown: Would you make a note of that, Victoria?
Sheila: Yes, Mr. Brown-
Sebeok: I hope you won’t mind my mentioning that it’s past five o’clock, and
Sheila: Goodness, and I was supposed to have a hairdo at quarter past.
Sebeok: Then we mustn’t keep the lady, must we? Anyway we’ve still got
tomorrow to talk things over. Don’t forget now, I’ll pick you both up at
your hotel about seven, so be all prepared to ‘see Brussels by night’.
Sheila: That sounds really exciting.
Brown: Certainly does. Well, au revoir, Mr. Sebeok
Sebeok: A bientot - what do you say nowadays?’ - see you!
16
UNIT 16
Note
to be under way - biti u toku ... the campaign is under way
it seems to me - ~ini mi se
left over - preostalo
we’ve come a long way - mnogo smo uradili, postigli
what about... - a {ta je s: What about delivery? [ta je s isporukom?
look into - razmatrati: I’ve been looking into the question... Razmatrao sam pitanje.
hold up - zadràvanje: hold-ups due to strikes - zadràvanja usled {trajkova
it would be worthwhile - vredelo bi, isplatilo bi se
I’m with you in principle... - slaèm se s vama u principu...
I’ve got it right. - Razumeo sam, shvatio sam.
dailies - dnevne novine (vi{e, ne jedne novine; daily jednina.)
newspaper - novine jedne; newspapers - novine (vi{e raznih) u eng. re~ novine je
u jednini
We shall look after that side. Mi }emo se probrinuti za to (o ~emu je govoreno).
to run through (our) list - pregledati, brzo, listu (preleteti pogledom).
mode of transport- na~in prevoza
Make a note of that.- Zabeleìte to.
have a hairdo - frizirati se: I must have a hairdo.
I’ll pick you up at your hotel. Do}i }u po vas u hotel (kolima).
See: Grammar File – Unit 16

Wish + Past Tense, Wish + Past Perfect; The Passive voice
Exercises:
1. Fill in the correct form of the verb in brackets:

1. I wish I ____ (be) in London now.
2. Have you read this novel? I wish I ____(read) that book when I was young.
3. It was a bad contract. I wish he ____ (sign) it.
4. We bought too much sugar from that company. I wish we ____ (buy) it.
5. This hotel is very nice, but I wish we _____ (have) a television set here.
6. I wish Mr Robertson _____ (be) here now he could help us.
2. Complete the following sentences.
1. He wished he (learn) French when he was young.
2. I wish I (cancel) that silly order.
3. Don’t you wish you (buy) a bigger car?
4. They wish they (know) what was happening there.
5. I wish I (be) at the fair.
17
UNIT 16
3. Transform the following sentences by using a wish construction. See the

example:
I am sorry I didn’t see this film.
I wish I had seen this film.
1. I am sorry I forgot to write the report.
2. I am sorry I attended that conference.
3. I’m sorry Jim lost so much money.
4. I’m sorry you had to wait so long.
5. I’m sorry I told Jim what happened.
4. Write five passive sentences in different tenses, using the prompts below:
The first sentence is made for you:
Staff have been recruited by the Human resources dept.
Staff store G&M staff
Finished products manufacture several locations
New products open warehouse
Goods recruit Corporation President
New plant develop Human resources Dept.
5. Change the verbs in the following sentences to the passive voice. Keep the same
tense. See the examples:
a) John took the books. ® The books were taken by John.
b) He mailed the boxes today. ®The boxes were mailed today.
1. Will the same committee write that report?

2. They didn’t clean that room carefully.
3. Our teacher corrects our homework.
4. That mechanic did the repair work.
5. The inspector checked that machine.
6. Our company has constructed those two buildings.
7. My secretary opened the two packages.
8. The employees did not respect him very much.
9. The men are loading the truck.
10. They deliver the mail twice a day.
18
UNIT 16
6. Fill in the blank spaces with appropriate verb forms:

1. The meeting _____ (call) soon after lunch break.
2. A report on company’s activites _____ (ask for) since the new Manager has taken
over his duty.
3. A proforma – invoice _____ (send) if your order _____ (come) in time.
4. At the moment inivitations ______ (send out) by the secretary.
5. A letter ____ (write) now, containing all relevant data.
Did you know this?
· I think there is a world market for maybe five computers. (T. Watson, Chairman
of IBM, 1943).
· There is no reason anyone would want a computer in their home. (K. Olson,
President Chairman and founder of digital Equipment Corporation, l977).
· This ‘telephone’ has too many shortcomings to be seriously considered as a means
of communication. The device is inherently of no value to us. (Western Union
internal memo).
· Who the hell wants to hear actors talk? (H M Warner, Warner Brothers, 1927).
· Everything that can be invented has been invented. (C H Duell, Commissioner, US
Office of Patents, 1899).
Useful phrases: Concluding

Anything else, anyone wants to add?
So, we’ve decided that...
I think we’ve covered just about everything.
So I think we can draw the meeting to a close.
I think we can finish then.
19
UNIT 16
Economic Terms
BARGAIN - pogodba; povoljna kupovina, pazar; pogadjati se, cen-
jkati se.
agreement to buy or sell something, or to do something;
something obtained as a result of such an agreement;
a favourable purchase.
DOWN PAYMENT - pla}anje u gotovu, onaj deo cene koji se pla}a u
gotovu, polog.
that part of the puchase price required to be paid in cash
by the buyer at the time the purchase agreement is en-
tered.
ECONOMIC GOODS - ekonomska dobra
goods that are scarce and capable of being economized
COMMISSION - komisija:
1. provizija (trg,).
2. lica (telo) koje dràva ili ustanova odredjuje radi
obavljanja izvesnog posla.
3. davanje punomo}i, poveravanje posla nekome.
1. in commercial transaction, compensation to an agent for
conducting some business project for another person;
2. a public regulatory body;
3. documentary authorization to an official to discharge
the duties of the office.
20
UNIT 17
UNIT 17
Social Culture
Understanding the social and business culture of a nation is important when doing
business with people from that country. Read this passage about social culture in the UK,
which was prepared by Arthur Andersen’s International Executive Services, and answer
the questions below.
1. What is the difference between the United Kingdom, Great Britain and Britain, and
when should I use each term?
‘The UK’ is a term widely used to refer to the United Kingdom of Great Britain
and Northern Ireland. The term ‘Great Britain’ was used historically to differentiate it
from Britain in France, and refers to its larger size. ‘Great’ is usually omitted in conver-
sation.
2. How should I refer to UK nationals?
Although you may well hear the English referring to nationals as ‘English’, avoid
doing this as it could cause offense by excluding those of Scottish, Welsh or Irish ethnic-
ity. The slang term ‘Brit’ is roughly equivalent to ‘Yank’. The term ‘British’ is widely
acceptable.
3. How is the famous British politeness expressed?
‘Please’ and ‘Thank you’ are used constantly. ‘Sorry’ is used even if you brush up
against someone on the train. Many expressions are used to show consideration: ‘I’m so
sorry to trouble you...’, ‘Would you mind very much if...?’.
4. Why are pubs so important to the British?
Pubs vary from the historic country pub to the high street ‘local’. It is not just a
place to drink your favorite beer; but also a pivotal social center. It is the place where
social barriers and British reserve are broken down the world’s problems are solved
21
UNIT 17
through heated debate, and firm friendships are created. Just be sure to pay for your
round and never tip the barman.
5. What customs would the British expect newcomers to observe?
The British take queues very seriously. Never lump in line or show impatience as
waiting your turn is only fair play. Eventually we will all get there so we mustn’t grum-
ble. While you wait, you may chat about the weather, your garden or even your dog, but
please don’t get too personal.
6. What should I avoid doing or saying?
Even though the British will enjoy jokes at the royal family’s expense, it is not
generally a good idea for a foreigner to criticize royalty. Other subjects off limits to
criticism might include pubs, cricket, warm beer, and the BBC. Complex subjects such
as Ireland or the enigmatic British class system should be approached more carefully,
unless you are with good friends or in a pub! On meeting someone at a party, the first
questions should not be ‘What do you do?’ or ‘Where did you go to school:” The British
also consider it bad form to blow your own trumpet especially at a first meeting. Social
kissing is acceptable but bear hugs might alarm some people. Never try to guess a per-
son’s accent.
7. What are good ice-breaking conversation topics?
The weather is a universally safe topic. News topics, sports and cultural events,
gardens, pets, and holiday or vacation plans all work well. The British often love to ex-
plain local historical site’s and places of interest, and will be very happy to give advice
to newcomers on where to go and what to see.
Note
refer /ri’f:/ - uputiti, odnositi se, obratiti se: refer to a dictionary;
Are you refering, to me? You should refer to an expert.
the English - Englezi
English - engleski (jezik) bez odredjenog ~lana ali the English language
(engleski jezik)
would you mind, do you mind + -ing: Would you mind opening the window?
Would you mind coming at seven?
vary /’veri/ - menjati, varirati, razlikovati
very /’veri/ obratite pa`nju na izgovor
pivotal /’pivtl/ - stoèrni, sredi{ni
barrier /’bri/ - prepreka, barijera
be sure - svakako, nemojte propustiti: Be sure to pay for your round.
pay for - Did you pay for your drinks? We paid 50.000 pounds for our house.
I paid John 1.000 pounds for the cart.
to pay in cash
I paid the milkman this week.
My company pays well.
You are not paid to sit around doing nothing
22
UNIT 17
You didn’t pay me the money you owe me.

to pay a bill, debt /det/ fine (kazna), subscription, taxes etc.
eventually - NE eventualno, na kraju
unless - ako ne, sem ako: I’ll come unless it rains. You’ll fail the exam unless you
work hard.
go to school (town,work) - bez ~lana. John has gone to work.
blow one’s trumpet - hvalisati se.
bear hug- ~vrst, snaàn, zagrljaj.
queue / kju:/ - red; to stand in a queue (line)
to give advice on something

Future Perfect; Future Perfect Continuous; Word Building –ous
Exercises
1. Use the Future Perfect and put the beginnings and ends together.
1. On our next wedding anniversary and we’ll be able to get a smaller house.
2. When I retire I (drive) for ten hours non-stop.
3. I ( not finish) the report by Monday and it’s needed for Monday morning.
4. When I get home tonight I (work) for forty years.
5. In a couple of years the children we (be) married for ten years.
(leave) home
2. Answer the following questions:
1. How many books will you have read after ten months?
2. If you start today how soon will you have finished your first book?
3. How many cars will you have sold a year from now?
4. How long will you have worked in your company on January?
5. How many exams will you have passed by this time next year?
3. Rephrase the following sentences:
1. The weather is a universally safe topic.
2. Pubs vary from the historic country pub to the high street local.
3. British class system should be approached carefully, unless you are with good
friends.
4. The British consider it bad form to blow your own trumpet especially at the first
meeting.
5. Even though the British will enjoy jokes at the royal family’s expense, it is not
generally a good idea for a foreigner to criticize royalty.
23
UNIT 17
Did you know this?

· Treaties are observed as long as they are in harmony with interests. (Napoleon).
· In a successful negotiation, everybody wins. (G. Nierenberg, US President of
Negotiation Institute).
· He is well paid who is well satisfied. (W. Shakespeare).
· Don’t negotiate with yourself. Have the patience to wait for the other fellow to
make a counter-offer after you’ve made one. (A US businessman).
· Concentrate on the issues that are most important to you and minimize or ignore
the nonessentials. (Two American businessmen).
Economic Terms
CAPITAL - kapital, osnovna glavnica, fond sredstava, novac.
in accounting, the money invested in a business; In eco-
nomic theory, there are several meanings:
a) “capital goods”, i.e, the tools of production;
b) the money available for investment;
c) the discounted value of a future income to be received
from an investment;
d) present value of expected future earnings due to the
investment in the individual who has built up his “hu-
man capital”.
REAL ESTATE - nekretnina, nepokretna imovina
land and other things attached to land with the intention
of not being moved
RESOURCES - sredstva, novac; zalihe, bogatstva
wealth, labour power, supplies of goods, raw materials,
etc. which a person or a country has or can use.
ESTATE - dobro, posed, imanje, zemlji{te, imovina; nasledstvo.
a person’s ownership or real property, personal prop-
erty; also denotes the total property left at death.
24
UNIT 18
UNIT 18
Management
Listen to an American businessman comparing the differences in management

styles between the USA and Saudi Arabia:
A: You’re just back from Saudi Arabia. How does the management style there differ
from, say, here in the UK or in the States?
B: Well, I think the first thing you notice is the far greater power distance out there.
A: Power distance?
B: For example in the US and the UK, subordinates would expect to be consulted and
to share decisions with their managers. In Saudi Arabia managers are expected to
take full responsibility, though on quite a collective basis, by consulting with other
managers.
A: So which countries have the smallest power distance?
B: Austria, Israel, and Denmark, basically north European countries and Anglo
societies like New Zealand. In those kind of countries people see that conflicts
in a company can be productive rather than as something to avoid, they are more
individualistic than collectivistic.
A: And in Saudi Arabia how much is this due to tradition?
B: I think a lot. I think they’re very idealistic about their leaders. There’s much more
sense of respect and loyalty to leaders there than there is here or in the United
States. Not much delegation going on, and more stress is put on position rather than
ability.
A: What about the concept of time in Arab countries?
B: It’s much more flexible. Social obligations often take precedence, which means
that appointments, even high level ones, are sometimes not kept. And it’s quite
25
UNIT 18
refreshing to find that they don’t have our obsession with punctuality. It’s all much
more relaxed.
A: So how does this all affect negotiations?
B: Well, in the US and UK we basically do business as quickly as possible. Out in
Saudi Arabia they take things at a much more leisurely pace. It’s more friendly, and
everything is done on a very personal level.
A: Meaning what?
B: Meaning that they tend to give preference to people they know and have established
a good relationship with. Whereas in the States at least, we’re more interested in
getting the best deal possible in the quickest time possible, without ever really
getting to know our counterparts.
A: Well, at least it keeps our lawyers busy!
B: Yes I think lawyers out there have a fairly lean time. It all boils down to being very
person-oriented rather than task-oriented. They rely on informal conversations for
getting things done, though what is important is often conveyed more by body
language than anything else.
A: Whereas here we need to have things spelled out clearly and concisely.
B: Exactly.
Note
... subordinates would expect to be consultated... would se upotrebljava da izrazi
naviku, uobi~ajenu radnju, npr. John would never let anyone do his job. On Sundays we
would go to the river and row. They would expect to be consulted.
rather than se upotrebljava za izraàvanje preferencije, npr. We ought to invest in
new machinery rather than buildings. I decided to write rather than telephone. We’d
prefer to ship the goods in August rather than in July.
due to - because, usled, zbog: John’s failure was due to his laziness.
due - dospeti: His debt is due. Dug je dospeo za pla}anje. David always pays his
bills as soon as they are due.
precedence / ‘presdns / - prvenstvo, prednost, preimu}stvo
to take precedence over something - imati prednost nad... Social obligations take
precedence.
do business - obaviti posao
do - make ova dva glagola sa sli~nim zna~enjem se ~esto pogre{no upotrebljavaju
(do umesto make i obratno):
boil - kuvati
boil down - svesti (se) na: It all boiled down to the old thing. Sve se svelo na
staro.
whereas – dok, a Whereas in the United States... A u Sjedinjenim dràvama...
Humans are capable of error whereas computers are not.
spell out - detaljno objasniti. Let me try and spell out what I mean by that.
26
UNIT 18

Adverbs, comparision, Should
Exercises
1. What goes together?

1. take a) pace_ __________________________________
2. do b) relationship_ _______________________________
3. boils c) contacts_ __________________________________
4. spell out d) tradition_ __________________________________
5. due to e) responsibility_______________________________
6. establish f) done_ __________________________________
7. personal g)down_ __________________________________
8. getting things h)business_ __________________________________
9. leasurely i)clearly_ __________________________________
2. Put the following sentences together
1. It’s very late. a) He should take umbrella.
2. She doesn’t feel well. b) He should stop smoking.
3. It’s raining. c) We should go home.
4. He smokes all the time d) John should go to bed before midnight.
5. John stays up every night e) She should see a doctor.
1. How does the management style in Saudi Arabia differ from the managment in the
UK?
2. Is there a difference in the management in your country and in the US?
3. Where do people do business as quickly as possible, in which country?
4. Where do businessmen rely on informal conversations for getting things done?
5. Are businessmen in your country obsessed with punctuality?
4. Make sentences of your own, using the following words and phrases:
as quickly as possible avoid leaders
personal level consult responsibility
rely on management style concept of time
body language leisurely style boil down
appointments social obligations deal
27
UNIT 18
5. Complete the following sentences, using should

1. This is a very good offer...
2. John smokes too much...
3. It is raining...
4. English has become an international language...
5. Nowadays one cannot do much without the computer...
6. The autumn fair opens next week...
7. We are running short of petrol...
8. It’s getting late...
9. David’s blood pressure is very high...
10. Our business is expanding very fast...
Did you know this?
· The ten global best-performing brands are: Coca-Cola, Kellogg’s, McDonald’s,
Kodak, Marlboro, IBM, American Express, Sony, Mercedes Benz and Nescafé.
· Concise language reflects the principle of KISS - Keep it Short and Simple.
· Some experts recommend spending one hour preparing every minute of a presenta-
tion.
· More than 25 million business presentations are made every day. The annual world-
wide presentations market (e.g. multimedia projection equipment) is estimated at
$ 9 billion dollars.
Economic Terms
TRADE BILL (TRADE DRAFT) - tgova~ka menica.
a bill of exchange drawn by the seller of goods on the
buyer and covering payments for the goods.
COST OF LIVING - ìvotni tro{kovi, tro{kovi ìvota.
the amount of money needed to buy goods and services
to provide a given standard of living.
COST-PUSH INFLATION - inflacija za koju se veruje da nastupa usled pove}anja
dohotka bez pove}anja produktivnosti; tro{kovna in-
flacija.
a rise in prices believed to occur because wages in-
crease to a greater extent than productivity.
28
UNIT 19
UNIT 19
E-Commerce
The trend of doing e-commerce was set in 1998; the next year venture investing in
Europe was around $ 13 billion, 65% higher than the amount invested in a year earlier.
Prospects of doing business in this way have been promising and it has been so easy to
establish one’s own on-line presence. So “dot.com” newly born businesses have been
launched on the back of funds from venture capitalists. For a time, almost anybody with
half an idea about business could raise money. A new breed of young entrepreneurs
seemed to symbolize a far-reaching change, so that much of the new money was aimed
at start-ups.
But, this favorable beginning was adversely effected by a sudden plunge in
share prices on America’s stock market. Since then most of start-ups have found far
harder to raise fresh money. The direct consequence has been that young Internet firms
started running out of cash, or had to lower substantially their offer prices. Given the
circumstances, it has seemed that mergers among Europe’s Internet firms should come
as no surprise. In America, Internet firms have already .begun merging in order to
husband resources and speed up their development.. For experts on both sides of the
Atlantic, there has been no surprise. As some of them put it: “It is a neutral phenomenon
in emerging industries”. The consolidation will help those firms with the best business
models to grow more quickly to a sustainable scale.
Although Internet seems to be “a safe place to do business”, it is not without risk.
Recently, there has been an avalanche of fake requests for information on the Internet’s
most prominent sites. As a result, they have been paralyzed by a series of “denial-of-
service” attacks which overwhelm even the most powerful network computers. Some
experts now fear that such digital assaults could deal a lasting blow to e-commerce.
29
UNIT 19
The web’s openness facilitates electronic assaults, but one should not forget that
the same openness created e-commerce in the first place.
Note
Conditional if clauses 1. The Accusative with infinitive
Exercises
1. Make sentences. See the example:

If it, rains... (take a taxi).
If it rains, I’ll take a taxi.
1. If Jim stays in Leeds, ...(attend/ he conference).
2. If you buy a new car, ...(we/go for a drive).
3. If they offer a good price, ...(Jim/ sign the contract).
4. If I see the manager, ...(I/give the message).
5. If it stops raining, ...(they/ go out).
6. If she works hard ,...(she/ finish the report today).
7. If it is late, ...( they/must take a taxi).
8. If Peter comes to the office, ...(I/give him/your message).
2. Use the following words in sentences of your own:
run out of, circumstances, raise money, entrepreneurs, do business, re-
quest, make an order, e-commerce, husband resources, investment, speed up,
in the first place.
1. a far reaching a) to do business ____________________
2. an available b) beginning _______________________
3. electronic c) phenomenon _____________________
4. network d) industries _______________________
5, a safe place e) cash _ __________________________
6. a neutral f) prices _ _________________________
7. emerging g) computers _______________________
8. running out of h) of fake requests _ _________________
9. to lower i) assaults _________________________
10. favourable j) change __________________________
30
UNIT 19
4. Translate the following sentences

1. Ko je reako Dònu da ide u London?
2. Nisam obe}ao Dònu da }u ga voditi u Ameriku.
3. Voleo bih da vi potpi{ete ovaj ugovor.
4. Upozorila sam prisutne da ne pu{e.
1. @eleo sam da Dòn to ne radi.
5. Complete the following sentences
1. If it is cold outside, ...
2. If David comes, ...
3. If you pass this exam, ...
4. If the contract is not good, ...
5. If they give us good prices, ...
6. If one speaks several foreign languages, ...
Did you know this?
TRAVEL
· Travel and tourism is the world’s largest industry. It provides one in every nine
jobs, and contributes an average 10% to the Gross Domestic Product of a country.
· The number one fear of US travellers is the inability to communicate. The second
is personal safety.
· Travel accounts for 50% of all business done on the Internet.
· The longest road network is in the USA, and the most crowded in Hong Kong. The
highest car ownership is in Luxembourg, and the highest road accident and death
rate is in Malawi.
Economic Terms
FIRM - firma, preduze}e
a business entity under one ownership; in econom-
ics, that business engaged in producing one product or
group of products.
JOINT VENTURE - zajedni~ko ulaganje.
an association of individuals or firms formed to carry
out a specific business project; although it is very simi-
lar to partnership, it differs in that it is limited to the
success or failure of the specific project; it is formed by
a contract agreement in which each partner may assume
unlimited liability for the debts.
31
UNIT 20
UNIT 20
Business Negotiations
Diplomacy, friendliness and cooperation are important in selling. There is a

widespread belief, which is probably true, that buyers “buy from those they like”
and that sellers give a better deal to “those they like”. All salespeople have a certain
“fear”, or reverence for buyers, because they have power to give or to withhold an
order. NEGOTIATION is the part of the sales conversation where bargaining about the
conditions of an order takes place. It comes at the end of sales talk at the point when the
buyer is definitely interested.
In international business there are different types of business negotiations,
negotiation styles and negotiation situations. A simplified model of what goes on shows
four main phases of negotiation:
1. The preparation phase: this is where you work out what you want and what your
main priorities are.
2. The debating phase: this is where you try to find out what the other side wants. You
say what you want, but you do not say yet what the final conditions are. You see
open questions and listen to the customer, trying to find out in what area she will
be prepared to move.
3. The Proposal phase: this is the point at which you suggest some of the things
you could trade, or which you might theoretically be prepared to trade, offer or
concede. Formulate your proposal in the form of: “if then”. Be patient and listen to
the other side’s proposals.
4. The bargaining phase: this is when you indicate what it is you will actually trade,
offer, or perhaps concede. In turn, you conditionally exchange individual points
along the lines of: “If you are prepared to pay swiftly, then we are prepared to
change our delivery schedules”.
Remember to write down the agreement.
Not all business negotiations take place face-to-face. Sometimes you may have
to exercise negotiating skills on the telephone. Clearly, too, not all business bargaining
ends in a deal. Some negotiations may begin with an exploratory session during which
clients specify their needs and expect you to come back later with a proposal of how your
company will meet those needs.
People often try to postpone a decision. They might politely break off from the
negotiations and say something like:
“I’ll have to think about it”, or “I’ll have to consult my boss or my department
head”; etc. On the whole, however, people expect that agreement will be reached or
else you’ll do business with another company. Normally, both parties are interested in
reaching an agreement in which the two sides take away something positive from the
deal. This is called a “win-win situation”.
33
UNIT 20
However, conflicts can occur in business negotiations and relationships. Naturally,

we all try to avoid this, because this is where only one side can win and the other lose.
Situations which might lead to such negotiations could be late delivery, poor performance
of a product, component failure or the need to make compensation payments. In a
situation where one side is clearly in the wrong, the outcome is clear: either the conflict
continues until the dispute is resolved or it goes to court.
The final important point about negotiating in the business world is the law of
contract. It is generally enforceable in the courts. The position is more complicated in
international business negotiations, because of differences in laws and assumed liabilities.
But, nevertheless, the courts are a source for remedies if contracts are broken. Suing
defaulting contractors is quite common. A sound knowledge of contract law is therefore
essential for negotiators drawing up an agreement at the end of a deal. However, this is
the point at which the experts will usually have to be called in and so it is not dealt with
further here.
Note
take place - desiti se, dogoditi se: Where did it take place? Gde se to desilo?
at the end - na kraju
work out - razraditi
find out - utvrditi, na}i: We found out what they wanted.
What are the final conditions? Upitna re~enica, ali:You do not say what the final
conditions are. Ovo nije upitna re~enica, pitanje je tzv, indirektno; Vi ne kaète koji su
kona~ni uslovi.
this is the point - ovo je trenutak...
concede / kn’si:d/ - priznati, popustiti
to meet the needs - zadovoljiti potrebe
break off - prekinuti: They broke off the negotiations.
to go to court - i}i na sud (bez odredjenog ~lana)
draw up an agreement - do}i do dogovora
contract law - pravo o ugovorima

34
UNIT 20
Exercises
1. Complete the following sentences:

1. If I had enough time, ...
2. You will be ill if you ...
3. Get ready quickly if ...
4. If I had plenty of money, ...
5. You will lose your money if ...
6. Your friend would help you if ...
7. We could park the car here if ...
8. If you worked harder, ...
9. If you meet John, ...
10. Why didn’t you do it if ...
2. Put the verbs in brackets in the right tense:
1. If I (be) you, I would do it.
2. If they (have) more time, they would take us to London.
3. We shall catch the bus if we (hurry).
4. If she (drive) everything would be all right.
5. Would you live in Rome if you (can) choose?
6. If it were winter now, you (go) to the mountains.
7. What would you do if you (live) in London?
8. Will I catch the bus if I (leave) now.
9. If you listened to me, you (understand) me.
10. Would you stay here if you (be) me.
3. Put the following sentences together:
1. Be patient a) take place face-to face______________
2. ln international business b) with an explanatory session_ ________
3. Friendliness and cooperation c) reaching a good agreement__________
4. Not all business negotiations d) end in a deal_ ____________________
5. People often try to postpone e) you work out what you want_________
6. Some negotiations may begin f) are important in selling_____________
7. Both parties are interested in g) a win-win situation________________
8. Clearly not all business bargaining h) a decision_ ______________________
9. This is called i) and, listen to the other side’s proposals.
10. In the preparation phase j) there are different types of business

negotiations._ ______________________
35
UNIT 20
Did you know this?

VISITING
· In Turkey, business entertaining may be done at home, but is more usually done in
restaurants.
· Traditionally, Spanish offices and stores often close between 1.30 pm and 4.30 pm
for a siesta (a break in the middle of the day).
· Most Scandinavians don’t tip taxi drivers, nor is there tipping on restaurant and
hotel bills.
· Koreans take off their shoes before entering a home or restaurant.
Economic Terms
TRADER 1. trgovac
2. trgova~ki brod
3. ~lan berze
1. merchant, businessman, one who trades
2. a ship engaged in coasting or foreign trade
3. one who buys and sells for his own account for a
short-term profit.
TRANSACT - obaviti posao, zaklju~iti posao (ugovor), pogadjati se,
dogovarati se.
to prosecute negotiations; to carry on business; to trade in.
TRANSACTION - ugovaranje, trgova~ki posao, nagodba, sporazum.
an act or process of transacting; also something that is
transacted.
TURNOVER - promet, prodaja, obrt.
the amount of money turned over in a business within a
given time; also, the number of times during a year that
the inventory of a firm is sold.
36
TEST 4
TEST 4
1. They have had their office ____. 2. Insead of ____, why don’t you do a little
a) redecorating more work?
b) redecorate a) to complain
c) being redecorating b) complaining
d) redecorated c) be complaining
d) of compaining
3. Why doesn’t she start _____? 4. We ____ when the manager called us.
a) to work a) were talking
b) working b) have been talking
c) to be working c) had been talking
d) to have been working d) are talking
5. If only you ____ what you are told. 6. I wish I ____ that job.
a) are doing a) hadn’t taken
b) will do b) will not take
c) would do c) will be taking
d) have done d) should not taken
7. If you hurry, you ____ it by six o’clock. 8. This is not my letter. It ____ be a mistake.
a) you are finished a) must
b) will be finished b) ought
c) have been finished c) should be
d) will have finished d) would be
9. If I were you, I ____ so fast. 10. They ____ if it was going to rain.
a) won’t drive a) are wondering
b) would not have driven b) wonder
c) wouldn’t be driven c) had been wondering
d) wouldn’t drive d) have been wondering
11. How ___ do such things! 12. If the weather ____ better, we could send
a) she dare the goods by air.
b) dare she a) would be
c) she dares b) were
d) dares she c) may be
d) should be
37
TEST 4
13. We think documents ___ by one o’clock. 14. I suggested _____ old computers.
a) will have been collected a) them to sell
b) have collected b) them sell
c) will have collected c) them selling
d) will collect d) that they should sell
15. ___ Fred is going to the post office, he 16. He still hasn’t finished his report _____
may as well send those letters. he’s been working on since ten o’clock.
a) Since a) because
b) Although b) as
c) After c) although
d) For d) since
17. Jim won’t do it _____ all of us ask him 18. Whose files are over there? Are they
to. _______?
a) unless a) of Jim
b) even b) Jim’s
c) then c) of Jim’s
d) but d) Jim’s
19. Mary was frightened when she heard 20. What did you do when the fire broke
_____ sound of footsteps. ______?
a) - a) away
b) the b) off
c) a c) down
d) an d) out
21. All of us must comply ____ the company 22. We must get together and discuss _____
regulations. last week’s incident.
a) at a) on
b) on b) over
c) with c) about
d) for d) -
23. Going back, we drove ____ full speed. 24. He sounds _____ he had an accident.
a) at a) as that
b) with b) so as
c) in c) how
d) from d) as if
25. I am very sorry that John lied ____ you. 26. The conference was called _____ because
a) - of the rain.
b) to a) up
c) at b) off
d) on c) on
d) out
38
TEST 4
27. May I leave this document ____ you? 28. You will find all the information in
a) at chapter ______.
b) on a) tenth
c) with b) the tenth
d) by c) ten
d) the ten
29. I can’t see ____ as a director. 30. John shows remarkable ability _____
a) me math and computer science.
b) myself a) by
c) me being b) on
d) my being c) to
d) in
31. Have you used up ____ petrol? 32. This car must cost _____ ten thousand
a) all the pounds.
b) all of a) least
c) the whole of b) in the least
d) the whole c) at least
d) the least
33. Do you think you are working _____ to 34. There is a parking lot _____ our com-
pass the test? pany.
a) so hard a) before
b) enough hard b) opposite
c) hard enough c) across
d) as hard d) in front
35. Some customers of ____ will come today. 36. Have you paid up _____ insurance?
a) us a) all the
b) our b) all
c) our’s c) all of
d) ours d) the whole of
39
UNIT 21
UNIT 21
Marketing
Nowadays, marketing influences and often actually

controls, almost every part of company’s activities.
The Marketing Concept could be simply explained
as it follows here:
1) We must produce what customers want, not WHAT
WE WANT to produce;
2) We must put the customer FIRST; that means that
we organize the company so that it happens;
3) We must FIND OUT what the customer wants, so
we carry out market research;
4) We must SUPPLY exactly what the customer requires
and we can do it by offering the right MARKETING
MIX- the so called ‘the four Ps’, i.e.
a) the right Product
b) at the right Price
c) available through the right channels of distributing, i.e. Place
d) all presented in the right way: Promotion
A PRODUCT is not just a collection of components; it is the image of the product,
its design, quality and reliability, as well as its features and benefits. Products have a life
cycle and companies are continually developing new products to replace those whose
sales are declining and coming to the end of their lives.
PRICE means making it easy for the customer to buy the product.
Pricing takes account of the value of a product and its quality, the ability of the
customer to pay, the volume of sales required and the prices charged by the competitors.
Too low prices can reduce the number of sales just as significantly as too high prices.
PLACE means getting the product to the customer.
Decisions have to be made about channels of distribution and delivery arrangements.
Retail products may go through various channels of distribution.
PROMOTION means presenting the product to the customer. It involves the
packaging and presentation of the product, its image, its brand name, advertising and
slogans, brochures, literature, price-lists, after-sales service and training of staff, trade
exhibitions and fairs, public relations, etc. Every product must possess a UNIQUE
SELLING PROPOSITION, i.e. the features and benefits that make it unlike any other
product in its market.
Everyone who works for the company must “think marketing”.
41
UNIT 21
Note
carry out - izvesti: We carried out a research.
i.e. (id est) - to jest. izgovara se that is to say, in other words
Pronunciation
unique / ju:’ni:k / - jedinstven
feature /’fi:t/ - osobina, karakteristika
competitor / km’petit/ - konkurent, takmi~ar
require / ri’kwai/ - traìti, zahtevati

Exercises
1. Transform the following if clauses into type 3 conditionals. See the example:
If my car broke down on the road, I would call for help.
If my car had broken down on the road, I would have called for help.
1. If she got enough points at the entrance exam, she would study economy.
2. Would you go to the conference if you were invited.
3. We would buy that company if we had enough money.
4. If the production went down, I would change the manager.
5. If you increase the production the manager will give you a rise.
6. If he wants to talk to me, he will phone.
7. It will be dangerous if you drive faster.
8. If it is necessary, we will do it.
9. If their prices are too high, we will look for another supplier.
10. If they do not reply today, I shall complain.
2. Translate the following sentences:
1. If I were you, I would go to another supplier.
2. If the price had been higher, I would have gone to somebody else.
3. If my car broke down, I would call the best car mechanic.
4. If you come tomorrow, I will introduce you to our Director General.
5. If I had known him better, I would have never done any business with him.
6. Call Mr Johnson if you have some spare time in London.
7. If we had known what was going on, we would have warned you.
8. I’ll call you if I find the price list.
9. If Stephen were in America, he would get the information for us.
10. What would you do if you lost your passport?
42
UNIT 21
3. Fill the gaps in these sentences, using the words from below.
Creative process design distribution end-users first hire purchase
image labels mail order need opportunities outlets patterns
place posters price product production-oriented profitably
promotion range rival satisfy strengths threats weaknesses
1. What is marketing? Marketing is the ____ of satisfying customer needs ____

2. What is “marketing mix”? It consists of ‘ the four Ps’: providing the customer with
the right P ___ a the right P _____ , presented in the most attractive way (P ___)
and available in the easiest way (P ____).
3. What is “a product”? A product is not just an assembled set of components; it is
something customers buy to ____ a _____ they feel they have. The ____ and the
____ of the product are as important as its specification.
4. What is price? The product must be priced so that it competes effectively with
______ products in the same market.
5. What is “promotion”? The product is presented to customers through advertising
(TV commercial, ____ , etc), packing (design, _____ , etc), publicity, P.R. and per-
sonal selling.
6. What is ‘place’? Your product must be available to customers through the most
cost-effective channels of a ____. A consumer product must be offered to ___ in
suitable retail _____, or available on ____ or by ____.
7. What is meant by “S. W. O. T. “? A firm should be aware of its S _____, and W
___ and the O ___ and T ___ it faces in the market place.
8. Why are firms becoming more customer-oriented and less ____? Because new
products must be created to meet the changing ____ of customer’s needs a firm
can’t rely on the success of its existing ____ of products. The customer and
his/her needs must come _____!
4. Classify the following words:
brochures customer presentation product frequent
influence price cheap easy possess slogans
order flyer fair require distribution
PROMOTION TO REDUCE SALE RARE

_________ __________ __________ ________
_________ __________ __________ ________
_________ __________ __________ ________
_________ __________ __________ ________
43
UNIT 21
5 Find the odd word out:

offer, order, price, accept, goods, buyer, cease __________
submit, answer, reject, order, send, enquire, provide _______
levy, tax, offer, tariff, pay, revenue, raise________
bank, central, among, national, interest, saving ________
insurance, premiums, risks, policy, decrease, claim ______
market, promotion, presentation, follow, slogans, brochures ______
Did you know this?
PRODUCTS
· Customers provide 50% of the ideas for new products/services.
· Sales of counterfeit products represent a $200 billion industry worldwide.
· Some famous brand names that have entered the English language are: aspirin,
escalator, frisbee, pullman and xerox.
· Product contamination (e.g. deliberate poisoning of food), is a growing phenom-
enon particularly in the USA and the UK. This often leads to product recalls, which
can badly damage the profits and reputation of a brand.
Economic Terms
MONEY SUPPLY ( MONEY STOCK ) - nov~ana masa.
the amount of money in an economy; narrowly defined,
the money supply consists of currency and demand de-
posits.
MORTGAGE - hipoteka, zalog, zalaganje nekretnina
a legal transfer of ownership but not possession of prop-
erty from a debtor to a creditor; the transfer becomes
void upon payment of the debt for which the property
has been put up for security.
NET WORTH - ~ista vrednost, aktiva manje pasiva.
the excess of assets over liabilities; it represents the eq-
uity of the owners.
TRADE UNION - radni~ki sindikat.
a labour union, organized association of workers,
formed to promote their interests.
44
UNIT 22
UNIT 22
Insurance
Export consignments can be stolen, damaged or even totally destroyed in transit,

causing financial loss to the exporter. To protect themselves against such risks, exporters
always insure their consignments. Without this insurance cover, a company could even
be put out of business by the loss of a large consignment. With this insurance cover, the
insurance company will pay the compensation for the loss and exporting company will
be able to stay in business.
To insure a cargo, exporting companies pay a small percentage of the value to the
insurance company. These premiums will create a pool of money that can be used to
pay the minority of companies who suffer loss and claim compensation. In this way,
the risk is spread and people have a sense of security. The insurance company expects
to receive more money in premiums than it pays out in claims. Insurance companies
have large amounts of money, the premium income, to invest, and the return on their
investments increases the size of the pool of money from which they pay compensation
to policyholders who make claims.
When insurance is taken out, a proposal form is completed, which gives details
of what is insured, for how long and the nature of the risk. Underwriters, who work
for the insurance company, then assess the risk and calculate the premium - the price of
insurance. The client then receives the policy, which is the contract between the insured
and the insurer, giving full details of compensation and cover.
Instead of going directly to an insurance company, it is possible to seek advice from
an insurance broker about many different policies available from insurance companies.
The broker is paid commission by the insurance company whose policy is chosen.
The usual procedure in insurance is to insure against all risks. This involves a W. A.
clause (with average). The word average as used in insurance means damage.
With average means that the insurers pay claims for partial losses, whereas free of
particular average (F. P. A.) means that partial losses are not covered by the insurance.
The policy may be known as a floating policy, which covers a large quantity of
goods for a fairly long period, usually a year, or it covers goods up to a large sum of
money.
A time policy insures a ship for a stated period from one month to one year, whereas
a voyage policy insures a ship for a stated voyage.
There is also a procedure of insurance often used known as open cover, by which
there is a rather general arrangement between the insurer and the insured, that the latter
will have all consignments insured by the former.
Insurance policy is very important, as it is a part of the shipping documents, together
with the Bill of Lading and Commercial Invoice.
45
UNIT 22
Note
put out of business - zatvoriti, zatvoriti biznis
will be able – budu}e vreme od can: They will be able to stay in business,
claim compensation - traìti nadoknadu, kompenzaciju
in this way - na ovaj na~in
policy holder - vlasnik polise (hold - dràti)
underwriter - osigurava~, jemac
seek advice - traìti savet
floating policy - plivaju}a polisa
a floating exchange rate - plivaju}i kurs
float /'flut/ - plutati
Pronunciation
consignment /kn’sainmnt/
cause / k:z /
client /'klaint/
procedure /pr'si:d/

Indirect Speech, statements
Exercises
1. Put the following sentences into Indirect Speech:

1. “I can’t live on my basic salary,” said Peter.
2. “My friend wants to be a tax inspector,” said Phil.
3. “I’ve made a terrible mistake,” said David.
4. “I have a message for John,” said Jim
5. “I’m leaving tomorrow,” I said.
6. “This will be very hard work,” said Helen.
7. “We’ve been here for two years,” said our boss.
8. “I’ll look for my dictionary when I get home,” said David.
2. Put the following sentences into Reported Speech:
1. I saw Bill on the parking lot. (Mary said...)
2. The discount depends on a lot of factors. (They told me...)
3. The Smiths are planning to open an office in London. ( The Managing directors
said...)
4. We met their lawyer yesterday. (Mary said...)
5. All loans must be covered. (The bank informed us...)
6. I would buy the same car if I were you. (James told me...)
46
UNIT 22
3. Find the odd word out:

negotiation, swiftly, bargaining, debate, propose, prepare ______________
e-commerce, digital assaults, denial-of-service, speed, firms ____________
culture, differences, understand, company, nationalities________________
destination, road haulage, exchange, mooring-space, car ferry.___________
4. Translate the following sentenses
1. [ta }ete u~initi ako izgubite voz?
2. Da li bi bilo bolje ako ne bismo potpisali ovaj ugovor?
3. Da li bi bilo bolje ako ne bismo i{li u London?
4. Da sam na va{em mestu ne bih kupio ta velika kola.
5. Da smo znali da }e Milena do}i ostali bismo kod ku}e.
6. Ako poloìte sve ispite dobi}ete posao.
7. Kad biste poloìli sve ispite dobili bi bolji poaso.
8. Da sam mla|i oti{ao bih u Australiju.
9. Ako ide{ u Pariz, po~ni da u~i{ francuski.
10. Da sam znao da }u dobiti mesto u Kaliforniji u~io bih engleski.
11. Ako poùri{ uhvati}e{ autobus.
12. Da smo po{li ranije uhvatili bismo voz.
13. Ako ki{a prestane da pada i}i }emo na sajam.
14. Da smo znali da }e ki{a da pada ne bismo i{li na sajam.
15. Bilo bi najbolje kad bismo mogli da kupimo ova kola.
Did you know this?
PERFORMANCE
· The richest countries in the world (Gross Domestic Product per capita) are
Switzerland, Luxembourg, and Japan. The USA, Germany, and Japan have more
dollar Billionaires than any other countries.
· Since 1995, British companies have reinvested 45% of their profits. In the USA the
figure is 54%, in Japan 63% and in Germany 67%.
· The USA has won more Nobel prizes than any other country, followed by the UK,
Germany, France, and Sweden.
· In Europe, Austria has most satellite dishes, Belgium most cable users, the UK
most video and internet users and Italy most TVs.
47
UNIT 22
Economic Terms
EXECUTIVE - egzekutiva, izvr{na vlast; izvr{ni.
any person or body carrying on administrative work.
PROFIT AND LOSS STATEMENT
(PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT ) - ra~un dobitka i gubitka, ra~un uspeha za
odredjeni period (stanje dohotka i gubitka).
a statement summarizing the income and expenses of
an organization to show net profit or loss for a given
period.
VARIABLE COST - promenljivi tro{kovi, varijabilni tro{kovi.
costs that vary directly in response to changes in the
volume production.
DEPRECIATION - amortizacija; opadanje vrednosti, gubitak vrednosti.
1. in accounting, a reduction in the value of an asset.
2. more generally, any drop in value.
48
UNIT 23
UNIT 23
Banking Systems
The banking systems of different countries vary substantially from one another, but
there has been during the present century a universal tendency for each nation to develop
a wide network of banks centered upon the chief trading center of the country, with the
largest banks themselves established in that center and grouped round a quite different
institution referred to as the “central bank”.
In general, each country has its own structure of banks. But, however different
the forms and the organizations of banks may appear, bankers think in much the same
way the world over. They get into the same habits, they adopt the same attitudes to their
customers, and they react in much the same way to changes in the economic climate. The
principles of banking therefore have world-wide validity.
The more developed financial systems of the world characteristically fall into
three parts: the central bank, the commercial banks, and the other financial institutions.
These are now often referred to by economists as “financial intermediaries”, because
in effect they mediate between people who save (and therefore have money, to lend or
invest) and people who want to secure the use of money for the purpose of spending,
particularly (but not exclusively) on capital goods. It must be emphasized that in this
sense the commercial banks are financial intermediaries, for they also borrow from those
who are not immediately spending all their current receipts and they lend to those who
have intentions of immediate spending on goods beyond the range of their own current
receipts.
49
UNIT 23
Banks in Yugoslavia
I Scope of Activities
The National Bank of Yugoslavia

Commercial Banks Other Financial Organizations
II Internal Organization
1. The Postal Savings Bank
l. Single Bank 2. Savings Banks
2. Branch Bank 3. Savings and Credit Organizations
3. Affiliate Bank 4. Savings and Credit Cooperatives
5. Financial Intermediaries
a. Broker’s Companies
b. Dealer’s Companies
Note
the world over – {irom sveta
in effect - u stvari
lend – posuditi nekome
borrow - posuditi od nekoga
receipt /ri’si:t/ - potvrda

Indirect Speech, Imperative
Exercises

1. Don’t speak until you are spoken to. (Mary told the staff...)
2. Don’t forget to go to the post-office. ( I told the secretary...)
3. Don’t sign this document on the left side of it. (The clerk told me...)
4. Don’t give a discount to anybody. ( I told the staff...)
5. Don’t smoke in the office. ( The Managing Director told us...)
6. Write your name clearly. ( I ordered him...)
7. Let me know as soon as you’ve finished it. ( The boss told me...)
8. Do it. (Mary told me...)
50
UNIT 23

1. “Don’t lend Tom any money.” (Said Ann)
2. “Remember to book the tickets.” (Said John to Ann)
3. “Meet me at the air terminal.” (Said John)
4. “Fasten your seat belts.” (Said the driver)
5. “Don’t smoke near the petrol pump.” (Said the mechanic)
6. “You must write another letter.” (Said the manager to the secretary)
7. “Open a new bank account.” (Said Jim to Mary)
8. “Do that again.” (Said Susan to Jim)
9. “Ring back in half an hour.” (Said the secretary)
10. “Please, don’t drink any more.” (Said Tom’s wife)
3. For or since
1. We haven’t heard from him ____ weeks.
2. I haven’t seen Philip ______ I left London.
3. Ever ______ his accident he’s been afraid of driving.
4. _____ last year the noise has become much worse.
5. We’ve been waiting ____ 6 o’clock.
6. Richard was waiting ____ several hours.
4. Give the right form of the words in brackets.
1. It’s ____ (interesting)book I have ever read.
2. This is one of ______ (high) buildings in San Francisco.
3. Your car is ____ (expensive) than mine.
4. This is ____ (good) report I have even seen.
5. Chinese is _____ (difficult) language in the world.
6. This talk was _____ (boring) that Jack has ever given.
1. export a) commission________________________________
2. pool b) amount_ __________________________________
3. assess c) policy_ __________________________________
4. pay d) consignments_______________________________
5. large e) procedure_ __________________________________
6. pay f) goods_ __________________________________
7. fairly g)long periods_ _______________________________
8. usual h) claims_ __________________________________
9. floating i) of money_ __________________________________
10. insured j) the risk_ __________________________________
51
UNIT 23
Useful phrases: Car rental

I’d like an Opel /an automatic car.
Is it unlimited mileage?
Can I drop the car off in another town?
Does that include insurance?
What time do I have to return it? With a full tank?
Here’s my driving licence and passport.
Economic Terms
CUSTOM DUTY - carina
a tax levied upon goods imported from a foreign coun-
try, normally distinguished from a tariff, which means a
comprehensive schedule of such duties.
DATE OF MATURITY - dan dospevanja, dan isplate (poslednji dan isplate).
the date on which a debt must be paid; usually applied
to those debts evidenced by a written agreement such as
note, bond etc.
FINANCIAL STATEMENT - iskaz imovnog stanja.
any presentation of financial condition of an organiza-
tion on any date or for any period; two principal types
are: balance sheet and profit-and-loss statement.
GOLD CURRENCY SYSTEM
(GOLD STANDARD) - zlatno vaènje.
a monetary system where currency and gold can be
freely converted one in the other at established rate.
52
UNIT 24
UNIT 24
Taxation
Governments finance their expenditures through taxation. The state (i.e., the
government) needs money to pay its bills. It gets the dollars to pay for its expenditures
mainly from taxes.
What is the best tax formula? It is one thing to say that the rich have greater ability
to pay taxes than the poor, that their’sacrifice’ is less when they pay a dollar of taxes than
when the poor pay a dollar. This still leaves open the question: how much differently
should unequals in income be taxed? Modern tax systems, generally speaking, are an
uneasy compromise.
Progressive and Regressive taxation

Taxes can be structured in a number of ways depending on whether a larger burden
is placed on those with more or less income. A tax that takes a larger percentage from
higher income groups than from lower income groups is a “progressive tax”. On the
other hand, a tax that takes a smaller percentage from higher income individuals than
from lower income individuals is a “regressive tax”. In between are “proportional taxes”
which take the same percentage of income from both groups.
The words progressive and regressive can be misleading. They are technical terms
relating to proportions that taxes bear to different incomes. It would be wrong to read the
word ‘progressive’ as having a connotation of being up-to-date or particularly just.
53
UNIT 24
Direct and Indirect taxes

Aside from their degree of progressivity, taxes can also be classified under the
headings direct or indirect.
“Indirect taxes” are usually defined as taxes that are levied against goods and
services and thus only indirectly on people. Examples are: sales taxes; tariff duties on
imports; turnover taxes, which in contrast to sales (retail) taxes are levied every time a
farmer sells wheat to a miller and a miller sells flour to a baker; value-added taxes, which
tax only the costs added at each stage of production.
“Direct taxes” are levied directly on people (for example, income, inheritance, real
property, and poll taxes).
There are of course many borderline cases that do not fall neatly into either of the
categories. For example, direct and progressive taxes are generally associated together;
indirect and regressive taxes together. But there are many exceptions to the rule a poll tax
of, for example, $2 per head is a direct tax, but a highly regressive tax as it takes a larger
fraction of income from the poor than from the rich.
The most regressive indirect taxes are considered the sales and customs taxes, and
there has long been controversy over them. A lot of governments still depend significantly
on the custom duty for its national revenue. However, economists believe this type of tax
is very regressive, because many foods and fuels (which make up much of the budget of
low-income families) are not exempt from it.
Mention should be made of a new tax that has been widely used by the Common
Market countries of Europe. The value-added tax, or VAT, collects at each stage of
production: thus, for a loaf of bread VAT is collected at the farmer’s wheat stage of
production; also at the miller’s flour stage of production; at the baker’s dough stage; and
finally, at the grocer’s delivered-loaf stage. It simply taxes every ‘net sales’ transaction
made.
Aside from the federal taxes, there is taxation at the municipal level of government
as well, or at a level of government in between - for example the level of provinces or
republics. The property tax, for example, is the most important source of municipal
revenue. The sales taxes are important for those intermediate levels of government.
At the level of each individual, taxes certainly become a favorite topic of often
heated discussion when spring comes and people have to make a lump-sum payment for
taxes on the previous year’s income.
Note
i.e. - latinski id est - to jest
the rich, the poor (pridev s odredjenim ~lanom) bogati, siroma{ni, isto tako the
young mladi itd.
depend on - zavisiti od: This decision depends on our director.
technical - u tekstu zna~i stru~ni, a ne tehni~ki; technical term - stru~ni izraz
up-to-date - moderan, savremen, suprotno je out-of-date - zastareo
54
UNIT 24
borderline cases - marginalni, grani~ni slu~ajevi

either /’ai/ - jedan ili drugi, either... or jedan ili drugi; either one side or the
other - ili jedna strana ili druga: If John doesn’t come, I won’t come either. Ako Dòn ne
dodje, ne}u do}i ni ja.
aside /’said / - osim: Aside from the federal taxes...
mention should be made - mora se napomenuti...
as well - takodje: John is coming as well.
lump-sum - ukupna suma, jednokratna

Indirect Speech, Questions
Exercises
1. Put the following questions into Indirect Speech:

1. ‘‘Who has been using my computer?” said Jill.
2. “Could we see the manager, please.” said John.
3. “Would you like to leave a message?” said the secretary.
4. “Have you an appointment?” asked the secretary.
5. “Have you been here long?” said John.
6. “Are there any letters for me?” said Mary.
7. ‘‘Who did you give the cheque to?” asked Jim.
8. “How did you get into the house?” said Toni.
2. Put the following sentences into Indirect (Reported) Speech:
1. How many boxes did they buy? (John asked me...)
2. How many orders have they sent? (John asked the manager...)
3. What is the total weight? (They asked us...)
4. What does the price include? (The customer asked me...)
5. Who is in charge of the warehouse? (The policeman asked Jim...)
6. Have they quoted the prices? (Jim wanted to know...)
7. Can you deliver the goods by Saturday? (They wanted to know...)
8. Did anybody call from London? (The director wanted to know...)
9. Did they give a discount? (They wanted to know...)
10. Who supplied this laptop? (The boss wanted to know...)
55
UNIT 24
3. This is an exchange between a training manager (TM) and a personal manager

(PM) Transform the following sentences into Indirect Speech. See the example:
(PM): “When will the new training programme be introduced?”
(TM): The Personal Manager asked when the new training would be introduced.
(TM): “I don’t know. But we have approached a number of outside training organization.”
(PM): “Could I see the list of suppliers?”
(PM): “Yes, I’ll let you see the details.”
(PM): “Why don’t we make a final decision together?”
(TM): “Well, I prefer to make the final decision myself”.
5. Read the questions below and make sure you know the meaning of the words in
bold. Then answer the questions.
1. Does it cost anything when you write out a cheque?
2. Does your current account earn interest?
3. What is the interest rate on a saving account?
4. What is the interest rate for a personal loan?
5. Does your bank require security for a personal loan?
6. How much do you have to pay for a credit card?
7. How often do you get a statement?
8. Is it easy to get permission for an overdraft?
9. Do you have to pay if you want to stop a cheque?
10. When, if ever, do you have to pay bank charges?
11. How long does it take for cheques to be debited or credited to your account?
12. If you change money into a foreign currency in your branch, do you have to pay a
commission?
13. If you withdraw money abroad from a cash dispenser does your bank make a
handling charge?
14. Is the staff in your branch friendly, helpful and efficient?
15. Is there a home banking service?
Useful phrases: Making arrangements

You suggested that I contact you to talk about...
You may remember we met at the trade fair in London.
Shall we say 10.30 at your office?
Would next Tuesday suit you?
What about 3 o’clock at my office?
Could you make it a bit later, say 3.30?
Shall I pick you up at the airport?
I’ll fax you a map of how to get to my office?
56
UNIT 24
Economic Terms
FIXED ASSETS - utvrdjena, stalna sredstva.
assets of such nature that the owner can use repeatedly
(machinery, buildings, and land, for example).
FIXED COST - stalni tro{kovi, stalni izdaci, fiksni tro{kovi.
the cost of a business which goes on regardless of the
amount of production.
DEMAND - tra`nja, potra`nja, zahtev
the amount of goods that buyers are ready to buy at each
specified price in a given market, at a given time; also
called demand schedule; it often means “quantity de-
manded at one specified price”.
GOODWILL - deo nov~ane vrednosti preduze}a koji ide na
reputaciju, dobar poloàj i sl.
money value of the reputation of a company; payment
for excess profit and for things like good location, mo-
nopoly position, etc.
INVOICE - faktura, ra~un
an itemized list of goods, stating prices and quantities,
sent by a seller to a buyer.
57
UNIT 25
UNIT 25
Tariffs
While free trade maximizes world welfare, all nations impose some restrictions
on the free flow of international trade. The most important type of trade restriction has
historically been the tariff. A tariff is a tax or duty levied on the traded commodity as it
crosses a national boundary. An import tariff is a duty on the imported commodity, while
an export tariff is a duty on the exported commodity. Import tariffs are more important
than export tariffs - some legislatures explicitly prohibit the export tariffs altogether, but
a number of developing nations often apply them on their traditional exports to get better
prices and raise revenues. The difference stems mainly from the fact that developing
nations rely heavily on export tariffs to raise revenues, while industrial countries mainly
use income taxes to raise revenues, and impose tariffs to protect some industry.
Tariffs can be ad valorem, specific or compound. The ad valorem tariff is expressed
as a fixed percentage of the value of the traded commodity. The specific tariff is expressed
as a fixed sum per physical unit of the traded commodity. Finally, a compound tariff is a
combination of an ad valorem and a specific tariff.
Tariffs have generally declined in industrial nations since World War II and now
average less than 50% on manufactured goods. However, trade in agricultural commodities
is still subject to many direct quantitative and other non-tariff trade barriers.
It is impossible to speak of tariffs in a global context without mentioning the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT). Established in the immediate
aftermath of the World War II, the GATT mandate was to oversee international trade in
goods and gradually liberalize that trade by way of progressive negotiated reductions in
59
UNIT 25
tariff barriers. If, since 1947, national protection was necessary, GATT showed a strong
preference for tariffs at as low a level as possible over quantitative restrictions and non-
tariff barriers.
In the area of tariffs, GATT provided a procedure for international tariff negotiation
rounds. In exchange for each reduction in import tariffs offered by a party, that party
received in return an equivalent advantage through reductions by its major trading
partners, of their tariffs levied on its exports. A country’s maximum tariff per product
to which it had bound itself was called its ‘tariff binding’ and applied with regard to all
other GATT members.
The original GATT of 1947 has been refined over time through a succession of
“Rounds”, the most significant of all so far being the Uruguay Round. Not only have
there been substantial reductions in tariff levels, but there has also been a large expansion
of the coverage of the GATT system to include trade in services, trade-related intellectual
property rights etc. The Uruguay round, signed in 1994, took seven years to complete and
materialized in several individual ‘Agreements’, the most notable being the agreement
setting up the World Trade Organization.
Finally, we should introduce the concept of economic integration in general, and
customs unions in particular, which nations resort to in order to reduce trade barriers
among select groups of countries only. The degree of economic integration ranges from
preferential trade arrangements to free trade areas, customs unions, common markets,
and economic unions. Preferential trade arrangements provide lower barriers on trade
among participating nations than on trade with non member nations. The best example is
the British Commonwealth Preferential Scheme. A free trade area is the form of economic
integration wherein all barriers are removed on trade among members, but each nation
retains its own barriers on trade with non members. An example is the European Free
Trade Association (EFTA). A customs union allows no tariffs or other barriers on trade
among members, and in addition it harmonizes trade policies (such as setting of common
tariff rates) toward the rest of the world. The most famous example was the European
Economic Community (EEC). A common market goes beyond a customs union by also
allowing the free movement of labor and capital among member nations. This is the status
the EEC achieved in 1992. An economic union goes still further by harmonizing, even
unifying the monetary and fiscal policies of member states (for example, the European
Union in its current phase).
Note
commodity /k’moditi/ - roba, artikl
welfare /’welfe/ - blagostanje, socijalna pomo}
impose restrictions /im’puz/ - uvesti, nametnuti restrikcije
altogether /l’tge/ - u celosti, potpuno
to get better prices - dobiti bolje cene
stem - proizlaziti: it stems from the fact - proizlazi iz ~injenice
ad valorem - prema vrednosti
60
UNIT 25
without mentioning - bez pominjanja

aftermath /’aftma:/ - posledice: the aftermath of the war
by way of - kroz, pomo}u
round /raund/ - serija, runda
in return - za uzvrat
in particular - ovde: posebno
in order to - u cilju
Pronunciation
maximize /’mæksimaiz/
legislature /’ledisleit/
Uruguay /’jurgwai/

Present Perfect Infinitive, Modal verbs with Present Perfect Infinitive
Exercises
1. Complete the following sentences using should have, could have, might have or
would have. More than one answer is posible.
He ___ me last week (pay)
He should have payed me last week.
1. You ___ somebody, driving like that. (kill)
2. I ___ you, but I didn’t have your number. (phone)
3. If my parents hadn’t been so poor, I ___ to university. (go)
4. It’s his fault she left him, he ____nicer to her. (be)
5. If you needed money, you ____ me. (ask)
6. We got lost in this area. You fools, you ____ a map. ( take)
7. You ____ me you were bringing your friends to supper! (tell)
8. You ___ my jeans after you borrowed them. (wash).
1. When he said that to me I _____him. (hit)
2. Complete the following sentences:
1. This is a very good offer...
2. John smokes too much...
3. It is raining...
4. The autumn fair opens next week...
5. English has become an international language...
6. Nowadays one cannot do much without the computer...
61
UNIT 25
3. Prevedite slede}e re~enice na engleski:

1. Da li }ete morati da odgovorite danas?
2. Ko je morao da ide u London?
3. Za{to je Dòn morao da pi{e izve{taj?
4. Da li }ete morati da platite gotovim novcem?
5. Morao sam da potpi{em menicu.
6. Ford je sigurno bio veoma bogat (mora da je bio).
7. Ne moram da idem u banku.
8. Ne smemo da stojimo na uglu.
9. Da li morate da pu{ite u ovoj sobi?
10. Ne moram.
Useful Phrases: Opening

First of all thank you all very much for coming here today. My name’s X and I’m
the marketing manager for Y.
Let me briefly take you through what we’ll be discussing today.
First we’re going to be analyzing the current scenario.
Then we’ll take a look at a few problems I believe some of you have been having.
Once we’ve identified the problems we can then look at the options available.
Finally, I’ll outline what I believe to be the best course of action.
Please feel free to interrupt me if you have any questions, or if there’s anything you
don’t follow.
Economic Terms
GROSS NATIONAL PRODUCT - ukupan (bruto) nacionalni proizvod, bruto (uku-
pan) dru{tveni proizvod.
the money value of the total output of the goods and
services within a country in a given period of time, usu-
ally a year.
REVENUE dohodak, prihod, prinos carina, takse
in a firm, total receipts or the value of the output of the
firm; in public finance, refers to government income
from taxation, duties.
SECURITIES - hartije od vrednosti, vrednosni papiri.
collective name for all kinds of legal documents that
establishes, represents, or evidences a right or rights to
property (notes, bonds, stocks, evidences of indebtedness).
SPECULATION - {pekulacija; trgovina radi dobitka koji nastaje
promenom cena
the buying or selling of goods and securities in the hope
of making a profit from the change in price.
62
TEST 5
TEST 5
1. Mr Brown took us to the port and _____ 2. Do you want to wait while your computer
their offices. ____ ?
a) we were shown a) was repaired
b) we had shown b) is repaired
c) we showed c) has been repaired
d) we have shown d) is being repaired
3. John can go to New York as soon as he 4. Where would you go if you _____ a
____ the tickets. choice?
a) would buy a) were given
b) has bought b) have been given
c) shall buy c) would be given
d) bought d) would have given
5. They didn’t go to the conference because 6. How long _____ in this company?
they ______ the papers. a) do you work
a) will not finish b) you are working
b) have not finished c) have you worked
c) had not finished d) had you been working
d) are not finishing
7. John asked me _____ waiting? 8. If he had listen to us he _____ become
a) since when I have been waiting rich.
b) how long I have been waiting a) will have
c) since when I was waiting b) must have
d) how long I had been waiting c) might have
d) can have
9. If the secretary hurries up, she _____ the 10. Would you like to go with us? No, thank
report by noon. you, I ______ stay at home.
a) will have finished a) had rather
b) will be finished b) would rather
c) is finished c) could rather
d) has been finished d) will rather
11. I wish I _____ our partner from San 12. If I were in their place, I _____ to the
Francisco last weekend. manager.
a) had met a) I’ll go
b) met b) I’ve gone
c) have met c) I’d go
d) would meet d) I’m going
63
TEST 5
13. They _____, but the director doesn’t think 14. What ____ this weekend?
they did. a) do you do
a) may have phoned b) you do
b) may phone c) you are doing
c) might phone d) are you doing
d) might be phoning
15. They are not used to _____ on Saturdays 16. I ought _______ more money since I work
a) work on Sundays too.
b) working a) to be paid
c) have worked b) be paid
d) be working c) to be paying
d) have been paying
17. I managed to get it _____ before the man- 18. What were you reading when I called?
ager arrived. You ______ the Times.
a) doing a) must have read
b) to do b) must have been reading
c) do c) must have reading
d) done d) must be reading
19. Did you enjoy ______ that film? 20. They ______ a financial problem when I
a) watching arrived.
b) to watch a) had discussed
c) in having watched b) had to be discussing
d) in watching c) had been discussing
d) were discusing
21. There is ______ I can do to help her. 22. It’s obvious that hardly _______ would
a) few agree with John.
b) less a) somebody
c) little b) nobody
d) fewer c) anybody
d) everybody
23. John read the letter _____ he came in. 24. Have you seen the new printer _____ I
a) until bought.
b) as soon as a) what
c) unless b) -
d) as if c) whome
d) whose
25. We won’t be going ______ this evening. 26. If we take a taxi, we may get to the station
a) anywhere _____ to meet John.
b) nowhere a) early enough
c) no place b) enough early
d) somewhere c) so early
d) as early
64
TEST 5
27. My friend took ______ the business after 28. Our decision depends _______ the weath-
his brother had gone to the States. er and time.
a) away a) of
b) out b) from
c) to c) on
d) over d) off
29. My firm is not interested ________ buy- 30. John’s new car must cost _____ 5.000
ing a new warehouse. dollars.
a) in a) the least
b) for b) latest
c) from c) in the least
d) over d) at least
31. Some colleagues of _____ are comming 32. Who is going to the workshop _____ the
to our seminar. weekend.
a) theirs a) over
b) them b) in
c) their’s c) through
d) they d) across
33. They know how to take advantage ____ 34. She didn’t recognize me, even though I
others. walked right _______ her.
a) from a) passed
b) of b) past
c) with c) pass
d) from d) passing
35. Such a decision is not typical ______ 36. John didn’t want to buy a Mercedes ____
John. he had a lot of money.
a) with a) even
b) of b) despite
c) about c) even though
d) to d) however
37. This was ______ last customer to come 38. I trust John. He is ______ very honest
to them. man.
a) - a) a
b) the b) an
c) an c) the
d) -
39. This was not _____ good buy. 40. What did you do _____ last night?
a) the a) the
b) a b) an
c) an c) -
d) - d) a
65
TEST 5
41. Are you going to ______ conference next 42. John is our agent in _____ Middle East.
week? a) the
a) a b) a
b) an c) -
c) - d) an
d) the
43. Did John do it on _____ purpose? I don’t 44. Is _____beer you bought last night cold?
thinks so. a) -
a) a b) the
b) an c) a
c) - d) an
d) the
45. Our best friends are _____ Jeffersons. 46. What do you do in your spare time, do
a) - you play _____ chess?
b) a a) -
c) the b) the
d) an c) a
d) an
47. Is John in the office? No, he went to ____ 48. How often do you call your branch in
town. London. Usually once _____ day.
a) the a) the
b) a b) a
c) - c) an
d) an d) -
66
UNIT 26
UNIT 26
Offers
By submitting an offer, the seller declares his willingness to sell certain goods at
certain prices and on certain terms. The price at which the seller offers the goods, and the
offer containing the price, are called quotation. Quotations are sometimes made in the
form of the pro-forma invoice. A tender (US bid) is a quotation for the supply of goods
or the performance of work made in response to an invitation to tender. (This term is also
loosely applied to the whole system of awarding contracts on a tender basis.)
Offers can be made orally or in writing. Verbal and telegraphic offers should be
confirmed by letter. Frequently offers are prepared on printed forms (quotation forms),
which are mailed either with or without a covering letter.
Offers may be submitted in answer to an enquiry (solicited offers), or without an
enquiry having been made (unsolicited or voluntary offers).
Unsolicited offers are sent to old customers to inform them of a special opportu-
nity, or to “revive inactive accounts”, that is, to win back old customers who have ceased
sending orders. To create new business, businessmen send unsolicited offers and sales
letters to a carefully chosen list of potential customers (mailing list).
An offer is firm, that is, binding on the seller, unless it contains a clause to the con-
trary. If the seller makes a firm offer, he undertakes to supply the goods in question at
the prices and on the terms stated, provided the offer is accepted within reasonable time.
The seller often fixes a time limit for acceptance, for example, “this offer is firm subject
to acceptance by 10th June”.
A firm offer can be withdrawn at any time before the buyer has mailed his accept-
ance (order). Once the acceptance has been mailed, the seller can revoke his offer only
with the buyer’s consent.
He may also stipulate that “the prices are subject to change without notice”, that the
goods are “subject to being unsold”, etc.
A complete offer should cover the following points:

1. Nature and quality of the goods offered
2. Quantity
3. Prices and discounts /if discounts are granted/
4. Delivery period
5. Terms of delivery
6. Terms of payment
If necessary, the offer is supplemented by printed material, illustrations, samples

or patterns. Should the offer fail to produce a response, follow-up letters may be sent.
The reply of a seller to the enquiry of a buyer with whom he does regular business does
67
UNIT 26
not need to be more than polite and direct. The required information is given simply and
clearly, and nothing more is necessary.
Note
on certain terms - po odredjenim uslovima
in response to an invitation - u odgovoru na poziv
at the price - po ceni
by letter - pismeno, pismom
either .... or - ili ... ili (either orally or in writing)
win back old customers - povratiti stare kupce
by 10th June kako se ~itaju datumi, vidi dodatak
follow-up letter - pismo koje se ponovo {alje, koje sledi prethodno poslato
Pronunciation
enquiry /in’kwairi/
required /ri’kwaid/

Sequence of Tenses
Exercises
1. Complete the follwing sentences, see the examples:

He says that he ... (go swimming every day). He says that he goes swimming every
day. He says that he (go swimming tomorrow). He says that he would go swimming
tomorrow.
1. Jill says that she ... (go to London every summer).
2. They say that they... (watch television tonight).
3. Philip says that he ... (bring letters in the afternoon).
4. My boss says that he... (go to the conference on Tuesday).
2. Complete the following sentences: See the example.
I knew that Jill... (come back). I knew that Jill would come back.
1. They promised that they... (buy a new house).
2. They believed that the weather... (be good).
3. He hoped that he ... (win the game).
4. They said that they... (get a new computer).
5. We knew that they... (come back).
68
UNIT 26

1. How many books will you have read after ten months?
2. If you start today how soon will you have finished your first book?
3. How many books will you have read a year from now?
4. How long will you have worked in your company on January 1.
5. How many exams will you have passed by this time next year.
4. Fill in the missing words:
By submitting ____ offer, _____ seller declares _____ willingness ______ sell
certain goods ______ certain prices and ______ certain terms. The price ______ which
sellers offer _______ goods, and ______ offer containing ______ prices are _____
quotation. Quotations _____ sometimes made ___ the form of the pro-forma
invoice.
Offers _______ be made orally ___ in writing. Verbal _____ telegraphic offers
should ____ confirmed ____ letter. Frequently offers ______ prepared _____ printed
forms, which _____ mailed either with ____ without ___ covering letter.
5. Insert a preposition if necessary:
1. While still ___ his teens B.Gates started his first company.
2. John knows how to take advantage ___ all opportunities.
3. Marketers always look ___ market opportunities.
4. Market opportunities are generally isolated ___ market segmenation.
5. Jack built a very nice house ___ only 10.000 pounds.
6. When you have lunch ___ a restaurant, who pays the bill? Oh, each ___ us pays
___ what he has had.
7. I thought he would offer ___ Ann a job but he offered it _____ me.
8. I think I’ll be able to find a job ___ Ann.
9. James sold this picture ___ an American dealer ___ 5.000 pounds.
10. We must try to get ___ home ___ time ___ tea.
6. Prevedite slede}e re~enice na engleski jezik.
1. Ko je rekao kupcima da dodju u 10 sati?
2. Sekretar me upozorio da to ne potpisujem.
3. @eleo sam da sekretarica dodje odmah.
4. Voleo bih da direktor potpi{e ovaj ugovor.
5. Direktor nam je obe}ao da }e do}i na na{ sastanak.
69
UNIT 26
Useful Phrases: Situation

So, if I might start with the present situation.
As you know...
What you might not know is...
This is the way things look at the moment.
Economic Terms
WAGE - plata, najamnina, nadnica
a payment for labour or service; in economics, all types
of compensation for services, usually based upon the
hour, day, week etc.; it also usually denotes payment for
manual labour as distinguished from salary, which de-
notes compensation for clerical or managerial person-
nel.
GRANT nov~ana pomo}, poklon, dotacija. prenos, prenos imo-
vine, poklon.
1. giving of funds by a government or by private or pub-
lic body research to finance education, etc;
2. legal transfer of land or real property.
SALARY - plata, li~ni dohodak.
1. In business, salary is a fixed monthly rate of pay for
services rendered. In economics, wages inlude all forms
of compensation including salaries.
70
UNIT 27
UNIT 27
Orders
Orders are placed either in response to an offer, or on the buyer's own initiative,
without a preceding offer. In the latter case, the buyer declares that he is prepared to buy
certain goods if they can be supplied at the prices and on the terms stated.
The order which opens business between two firms is called the first order. Order
for goods previously bought from the same firm are repeat orders or re-orders. A trial
order is an order for a small quantity for testing purposes, which is followed by a larger
order if the buyer is satisfied with the quality of the goods, or if he finds that there is
a market for them. A standing order is an arrangement with the supplier, according to
which the supplier delivers goods in specified quantities at certain intervals until further
notice.
Orders can be placed orally or in writing. Verbal or telegraphic orders should be
followed up by a written confirmation. The order letter is being replaced more and more
by printed forms (order forms, order blanks, purchase order forms). Order forms are
numbered to facilitate reference; they are usually accompanied by a brief note.
There will be times when an order must be put into letter format. Then, you must
be sure to include complete, accurate information, because incomplete orders result in
delayed deliveries. Every order should include:
1. the name of the item ordered

2. the item number (catalogue number, style number, etc)
3. the quantity desired (often stated in large units, such as: dozens, cases ,etc)
4. Description (size, weight, color)
5. Unit price
6. Total price (discounts if any)
7. Method of payment.
8. Delivery terms
9. Method of shipment.
After the order has been placed, follow-up letters may have to be written. The
buyer may want to know when the goods will be delivered, he may want to increase or
reduce his order, change his original instructions, give additional information, etc.
Follow-up is also necessary if the supplier fails to acknowledge the order or does
not deliver the goods on time. Sometimes unforeseen circumstances arise which force
the buyer to revoke his order. (The cancelled order may be replaced by a new one).
When an order has to be cancelled, this should be done as quickly as possible, if
necessary by telegram. The supplier will. as a rule, accept the cancellation if it does not
cause him any loss.
71
UNIT 27
Note
place an order - napraviti porud`binu, poru~iti
latter /’lt/ - potonji, drugo pomenuti. In the latter case.
U potonjem slu~aju (pomenuta su dva ili vise)
at the price - po ceni; note: price /prais / cena; prize / praiz / nagrada
until further notice - do daljnjeg
more and more - sve vi{e, sve ~e{}e.
brief /bri:f/ - kratak, saèt: a brief letter, note, meeting
weight /’weit/ - teìna
total price (discounts if any)-if any, ovde ako ih ima
follow-up letter - pismo koje sledi (ovde posle izvr{ene porud`bine)
if the supplier fails to acknowledge... - ako isporu~ilac ne potvrdi...
as quickly as possible - {to je mogu}e pre
Pronunciation
either /’ai/; Am. E. /’i:/
trial /’trail/
style /’stail/
cancelled /’kænsld/

Perfect Participle
Exercises
1. Rephrase the following sentences using Perfect Participle. See the example:
I finished the typing, then I sat down and listened to the radio.
Having finished the typing, I set down and listened to the radio.
1. She typed the letters, then she put them all in envelopes.
2. I did all the work, then I went out for a walk.
3. He finished the shopping, then he went for a drink.
4. We stopped to look at their factory, then we continued on our trip.
1. I answered all the calls, then I started making calls myself.
72
UNIT 27
2. Read this short news report and fill the spaces with words from the box.
ahead currencies weaker slipped

fell recovered exception
The dollar opened _____ (1) in London yesterday, having _______ (2) back sharp-
ly in the Far East overnight. During the day, however, it _____ (3) its losses against most
leading ______ (4) with the ______ (5) of sterling, which held its ground and closed
almost a cent ______ (6) at 1,4385 (1,4295). Sterling also _____ (7) over one pfen-
ning to 3,7900 (3.7785 against the Deutschmark).
3. Choose the best answer:
1. If you purchase something: a) you hire it; b) you deliver it; c) you buy it; d) you
state how much it costs
2. An obligation is: a) a sum of money owed by one person to another; b) a docu-
ment promising to pay a sum of money; c) something you must do because there
is a legal or moral requirement to do it; d) a document promising to pay a sum of
money.
3. Value spot is: a) a period of two weeks beginning two working days from now; b)
the price for funds which will be exchanged two working days from now; c) the
price for a currency in terms of the currency of another country; d) the date two
days ahead on which funds are available in the bank.
4. Something that is straighforward a) happens immediately without delay; b) hap-
pens too quickly; c) is simple and uncomplicated; d) is very serious and impor-
tant.
5. Anything that is unique about the option is: a) to be found only in the option; b) to
be found mainly in the option;
c) difficult to understand; d) new and not very well known.
6. A deal is: a) a business agreement; b) a business relationship; c) a way of saving
money; d) a person who buys and sells things.
7. A principal advantage is: a) an advantage that you believe in; b) a general advan-
tage; c) an advantage in theory but not in practice; d) a main advantage.
8. A downside risk is: a) the possibility of a fall in value; b) the possibility of a rise in
value; c) the possibility of a fall in quality; d) the possibility of fewer advantage.
9. If something happens simultaneously, it: a) happens without being planned; b)
happens before something else; c) happens after something else; d) happens at the
same time as something else.
10. Premium (here) is: a) a large sum of money; b) sum of money set aside for a par-
ticular purpose;
c) a charge for the use of an option; d) a demand for payment.
73
UNIT 27
4. Combine the following sentences. See the example:

He realized that he had missed the last train. He began to walk.
Having realized that he had missed the last train, he began to walk.
1. She entered the room suddenly. She found them smoking.
2. He found his report. He signed it immmediately.
3. David was exhausted by his work. He went to bed.
4. He found no one in the office. He left the office.
5. John opened the convention. He began his speech.
6. I turned on the light. I was astonished at what I saw.
7. The secretary locked the documents. She left the office.
8. They visited the President of the Board. They went to San Francisco.
5. Which of the qualities listed below do you think are most important for someone
to be successful in negotiations? Put them in order of importance, 1 to 8 and then
compare your ideas with those of a partner.
- Flexibility
- Calmness and self-control
- Friendliness
- Ability to analyse situations
- Reliability
- Well prepared with information
- Ability to communicate
- Other (please specify)
6. Complete the following sentences using the right complex prepositions:
apart from by means of on behalf of owing to on top of

out of instead of in addition to due to
1. I am speaking _____ all of us.

2. We arrived late, _______ traffic jams.
3. John flew ______ the country last night.
4. John attended the conference ____ of Mr Brown.
5. David failed ______ his lazyness.
6. Do you believe that crime can be stopped _____ strict laws?
7. You can put these files ______ each other.
8. _____ to this loss, John had to pay a fine.
1. I liked all animals ______ snakes.
74
UNIT 27
7. Complete and make sentences: See the example.

depend ______ on (upon) Everything depends on time and money
for, in, look, to, in, with, from, of, for, about, on, up
believe_____ care_____ pay______ collaborate________

object______ depend______ apply______ enjoy_______
suffer_____ specialize_______ rely_______ wait________
look______ benefit______ fill________ agree_____ stand_____
Useful Phrases: Sequence Markers

Now, let’s take a look at some of the implications of this.
We’ve focused on X, now let’s look at Y.
If you can imagine...
But of course the main reason for this is...
So basically, we’ve got three main problems.
Economic Terms
PUBLIC DOMAIN 1. javno dobro, dràvno vlasni{tvo,
2. javno autorsko pravo
(kada autorsko pravo istekne).
PUBLIC RELATIONS - dobri odnosi, ugled preduze}a, poslovne i ostale veze,
briga o ugledu firme.
the practice of deliberately creating or seeking to create
favourable public opinion through publicity as distinct
from advertising
VELOCITY OF MONEY - brzina opticaja novca
same as velocity of circulation and income velocity.
VOUCHER - priznanica, potvrda, dokaz, vau~er
a form used to show the correct accounting entry to be
made and provides for authorization of payment by sig-
nature of an officer (certificate, credential, evidence).
TRADE MARK - marka, za{titna ili fabri~ka marka, za{titni znak
a distinctive device or imprint used by a firm or person
to identify its products.
75
UNIT 28
UNIT 28
InquirIes (also spelt: Enquiries)
The need for information arises daily in almost every type of business. The reasons
for writing a request letter, i.e. an inquiry are many, namely:
1) to obtain information about the supply of goods

2) to receive printed matter / booklets, leaflets, catalogues/
3) to get sample products
4) to order merchandise
5) to obtain information as for terms of payment, delivery terms, method of transport,
insurance
Most letters of inquiry are short and simple, so much so that many firms have
adopted the practice of sending printed inquiry forms, thus eliminating the need for a
cover letter. As a prospective buyer, the writer of an inquiry introduces himself, stating
briefly and clearly what he is interested in. At this stage, this is all the receiver of the
letter needs to know. If a prospective customer approaches suppliers for the first time,
it is useful to tell about his own business, the kind of goods he needs and what they are
required for. In the case of customers of long standing or repeated order, the inquiry may
be very simple. Often a phone call will do. When writing this type of a business letter, do
not forget to make your inquiry easy to answer.
Note
arise /´raiz/ - ovde: javiti se, javljati se
many - ovde: brojne ili mnogobrojne
printed matter - {tampane stvari
obtain information - dobiti obave{tenje
so much so - toliko, u takvoj meri da
they are short and simple, so much so that ona su toliko kratka i jednostavna da...
thus /s/ - tako, na taj na~in da
to be interested in - biti zainteresovan za
of long standing - dugotrajan: customers of long standing
it will do - bi}e dovoljno: A phone call will do. Dovoljan }e biti telefonski poziv.
inquiry ili enquiry /in´kwairi/

Indefinite Pronoun one, ones
77
UNIT 28
Exercises
1. Translate into English:

1. Ovo je sala za konferencije. Koja? Ova ovde, ili ona tamo?
2. Molim vas, donesite mi pisma. Koja? Ona {to ste primili ju~e, ili danas?
3. Da li biste èleli malo vina?- Da, molim. Kojeg: crnog ili belog?
4. Kojim jezikom ti vi{e voli{ da govori{? - Onim koji najbolje znam: engleskim.
5. Moje poslovno putovanje obuhvati}e nekoliko zemalja. Koje? - Zemlje Ju`ne
Amerike.
2. Read the following article and fill the spaces with suitable words from the box.
stringent forecasts deficit grow postponed venture

currently levels halt study profit capital
A recent _______ (1) by the South Asia Statistics Institute predicts that the econ-
omy will ______ (2) by a mere 0.1 per cent this year, in contrast with the two per cent
estimated by the government. The Institute also _____ (3) a continued trade ________
(4) higher inflation and rising unemployment. To ______ (5)the decline in the country’s
foreign exchange reserves, the government has introduced _________ (6) measures to
curb imports, and has _____ (7) several joint _______ (8) development contracts. South
Asia’s external debts _______ (9) total equivalent of three years of the countries’ exports
at 1991 _________ (10).
3. Match:
1. opposite of profit. a. agenda
2. A sum of money owed b. loan
3. Money paid to the government on income. c. loss
4. not private d. purchase
5. After costs and other deductions e. zero
6. The whole amount, added up f. debt
7. Sum of money left with a bank g. proposal
8. A sum of money lent. h. tax
9. Nought i. laws
10. Fourteen days. j. net
11. buy k. total
12. Legislation l. public
13. suggestion m. deposit
14. List of business to be discussed n. fortnight
78
UNIT 28
4. Add articles where necessary

______ word average as used in _____ meaning ______ damage.
______ policy may be known as _______ floating policy, which covers ____ large
quantity of ______ goods for ______ fairly long period, usually ______year.
______ time policy insures ______ ship for _____ stated period, whereas _____
voyage policy insures _____ ship for _______ stated voyage.
To ensure ______ cargo exporting companies pay _____ small percentage of
______ value to _____ insurance company.
_________ broker is paid commission by ______ insurance company.
Useful Phrases: Problem

The most obvious consequence of this strategy / scenario etc is...
This means that...
This is also causing...
Economic Terms
AD VALOREM DUTY - lat. (depending on the value) prema vrednosti.
according to the value and not according to weight or
units.
WORKING CAPITAL - obrtna sredstva manje teku}i tro{kovi;
operacioni kapital
in accounting, the difference between current assets and
current liabilities.
PURCHASING POWER - kupovna mo}
the amount of goods and services that a monetary unit
can buy
79
UNIT 29
UNIT 29
Account and foreign payments
Very often in business situations you may find yourself having to talk about money
with suppliers and customers. You may be physically handling money or dealing with
figures and money on paper. If you work in the accounts department of a firm you may
have to fill in invoices for customer’s orders. Or you may have to send a customer a
reminder because they have not paid an invoice. You may even have to decide whether
customers can have credit and can delay paying their outstanding bills: this is called
‘credit assessment’. If you are working in international trade you may need to be familiar
with the different types of payment that exist.
In most middle-sized and large firms there is an Accounts Department which deals
with the money paid out to suppliers for goods delivered and the money received from
customers for goods supplied.
Two of the most important processes are paying suppliers and billing or controlling
credit of customers. It is normal to send a proforma invoice in advance when supplying
goods to a customer. In a situation in which the customer is known and reliable, firms
may send an invoice after delivery.
Methods of Payment in Foreign Trade
1. CWO - cash with order: Note that cash simply means money in this context. This
method is uncommon since you extend credit to your supplier; in addition you run
the risk that the goods will not be dispatched in accordance with the contract terms.
But this is usual with mail order, where you pay by Eurocheque or cheque or by
using a credit card. In business CWO contracts often include provision for partial
81
UNIT 29
advance payments in the form of deposits (normally between 10 per cent and 20
per cent of the contract price). Or they include progress payments at various stages
of manufacture (particularly for capital goods). Then the remainder of the payment
is usually made by one of the methods described below.
2. Open account: This is a simple agreement in which you agree to pay for the goods
after you have received them, usually on a monthly basis. There are various ways
in which you can send money to your suppliers under open account. Your suppliers
may suggest the method to be used, for example:
Cheque: This is usually the slowest method of payment.Your suppliers may have
charges from their own banks and also from banks in your country since a cheque
has to be cleared through the international banking system before they have re-
ceived credit. Different banks have different methods and this could take as long as
a month. For these reasons your suppliers may not accept payment by cheque.
Banker’s draft: You can arrange for your bank to issue a draft, which is a kind of
cheque, drawn on an overseas bank in either sterling or foreign currency. You send
this direct to your suppliers who pay it into their bank account. Then they will usu-
ally receive immediate credit.
Telegraphic Transfer: This is the fastest metnod of sending money abroad but costs
a little more than most other methods of transferring money. Your bank instructs an
overseas bank, by cable or telex, to pay a stated amount of money to your suppliers.
Your own or foreign currency may be sent in this way. If you wish, the overseas
bank can be instructed to inform your suppliers as soon as the money arrives.
International Payment Order: You can arrange for your bank to instruct an over-
seas bank to make payment to your supplier, by airmail. International Payment
Orders are slower than Telegraphic Transfers, but they are slightly cheaper because
there are no cable costs. International Money Order: These can be purchased from
your bank. You post the money order to your suppliers and they receive immedi-
ate credit from their bank in the same way as with a draft. This is very cheap and
simple way to make payment of relatively small amounts.
3. Documentary Bill of Exchange: This is a popular way of arranging payment and
offers for both you and your suppliers. The main advantage is that you are not
required to make payment until your suppliers have dispatched the goods. Your
suppliers are protected by law and also know that money owing against bills of
exchange can easily be obtained. It is in effect a demand for payment from your
suppliers.
Note
fill in - ispuniti npr. formular, ra~un i sl.
in addition - uz to, osim toga: In addition to what he said.
in accordance - prema, u saglasnosti s
by Eurocheque - evro~ekom; cheque ili check - prva verzija je Br.E.
you agree to pay - vi se slaète da platite
82
UNIT 29
by telex - teleksom
no = not any
There is no time (money).
run a risk - rizikovati

Interrogative negative sentences
Exercises
1. Do you know what the following commonly used abbreviations mean?
a/c ASAP B/E COD IOU NB RSVP SWIFT

VAT @
Put the correct abbreviation in each sentence. Choose from the above examples.
1. ______ is a world-wide telecommunications system used for inter-bank financial
transactions.
2. If you want someone to answer quickly you could write “Please reply ______”.
3. At the bottom of a written invitation, to indicate that a reply is required, English
uses the French abbreviation ________.
4. On an invoice the price is quoted including and/or excluding _______.
5. You might find the abbreviation ___________ on your bank statement.
6. This abbreviation is used before the unit price, for example: “25 rolls ____ $100”.
7. If you read ______ before a sentence you should take special note.
8. To indicate that payment is to be made when the goods are delivered, _____ is writ-
ten.
9. The letters _____ are on an acknowledgment of a debt.
10. An ______ is an order in writing which requires a person to pay someone a sum of
money on demand.
2. Translate the following sentences:
1. Zar Milan ne ide s nama u London?
2. Za{to ùrite, zar nemamo slobodno posle podne?
3. Zar ne prodajete ove automobile?
4. Zar ne biste voleli da podjete s nama na sajam?
1. Zar G. Braun nije bio ovde ju~e?
83
UNIT 29
3. Give the meaning of the following terms

banker’s draft telegraphic transfer
international payment order documenatary bill of exchange
cheque eurocheque
invoice accounts department
marketing mix policy
premium income leaflets
Useful Phrases: Options

I believe you’ve already tried several solutions. Let me briefly outline what these
are then you’ll be able to see how our solution differs.
Back in 1996 you tried...
The following years saw a period of...
We’ve had four main approaches, none of which has radically improved on its
predecessor, and all of which have left you a fair way behind your competitors.
The questions have basically remained the same:
How should we do...?
Do we need to do...?
How much would it cost if...?
Economic Terms
MARGINAL ANALYSIS - marginalna analiza ekonomskih podataka.
the analysis of the economic data in terms of the addi-
tion to the value of one variable (e.g. to output revenues
or costs) resulting from addition of one unit to another
variable (e.i. to input, prices, or output).
OPPORTUNITY COST
(ALTERNATIVE COST) - tzv. alternativni tro{ak, alternativna cena nekog
faktora proizvodnje, “ekvivalentna cena”.
in economics, the dollar amount that would be derived
from the employment of a factor of production in its
best alternative use.
TENDER - ponuda, prora~un, predra~un.
the offer of money in payment or delivery of a deed or
goods.
TRADE DISCOUNT - rabat, skonto, popust
a percentage deduction from the list; price of goods al-
lowed by the manufacturer or wholesaler to customers
engaged in trade
84
UNIT 30
UNIT 30
Business correspondEnce
International business correspondence can take various forms: to name only those
most frequently used, viz: letters, telexes, electronic mail (E-mail) and teletexts.
Second to grammatical correctness, achieving an appropriate business style may
be the biggest problem to writers of business letters. Business letters vary in tone from
familiar to formal, or less formal, but they all should sound natural. If you resist the
temptation to sound businesslike, you will end up being more business minded.
While striving for a natural tone, you should also aim for a positive outlook. Do not
forget to remain courteous and tactful, even when the subject of your letter is unpleasant.
A simple “please” or “thank you” is often enough to make your letter more courteous.
And last, but not least, one word about style: a good business letter must be well
organized. You must plan in advance everything you want to say and everything neces-
sary to your message, so that the reader must get all the information needed. On the other
hand, be careful not to say too much. One mistake is to reiterate an idea: you must know
when a letter is finished; resist the temptation to fill it out.
“Golden rules” for writing letters and memos
1. Give your letter a heading if it will help the reader to see at a glance what you are
writing about.
2. Decide what you are going to say before you start to write or dictate: if you do not
do this, the sentences are likely to go on and on until you can think of a good way
to finish. In other words, always try to plan ahead.
3. Use short sentences.
85
UNIT 30
4. Put each separate idea in a separate paragraph. Numbering each paragraph may
help the reader to understand better.
5. Use short words that everyone can understand.
6. Think about your reader. Your reader ...
...must be able to see exactly what you mean;
... your letters should be CLEAR;
...must be given all necessary information: your letter should be COMPLETE
...is likely to be a busy person with no time to waste;
...your letters should be CONCISE;
...must be addressed in a sincere, polite tone;
...your letters should be COURTEOUS;
...may get a bad impression if there are mistakes in grammar, punctuation and
spelling;
...your letters should be CORRECT.
Planning a business letter: 7 steps
1. WRITE DOWN YOUR AIM: why are you writing this letter?
2. ASSEMBLE all relevant information and documents: copies of previous corre-
spondence, reports, figures etc.
3. ARRANGE the points in order of importance. Decide which points are irrelevant
and can be left out. Make rough notes.
4. Write an OUTLINE in note form. Check it through, considering these questions:
- Have you left any important points out?
- Can the order of presentation be made clearer?
- Have you included anything that is not relevant?
5. Write a FIRST DRAFT, leaving space for additions, changes and revisions.
6. REVISE your first draft by considering these questions:
- INFORMATION: Does it cover all essential points?
- Is the information relevant, correct and complete?
ENGLISH: Are the grammar, spelling and punctuation correct?
STYLE: Does it look attractive?
Does it sound natural and sincere?
Is it the kind of letter you would like to receive yourself?
Is it clear, concise and courteous?
Will it give the right impression?
1. Write, type or dictate your FINAL VERSION.
Note - SEE: BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE, Sample Letters
86
UNIT 30
Exercises:
1. Match the words and phrases in the left-hand column with the definitions in the
right-hand column:
1. seminar a. very large
2. topic b. Amount of income which is higher than the amount of
money spent.
3. retailing group c. growing weaker.
4. primary concern d. Meeting to exchange information and to discuss.
5. substantial e. Group of financial companies of very different kinds.
6. in decline f. Subject, thing to be discussed
7. surplus g. Laws.
8. financial conglomerate h. Group of companies which sells goods to the public.
9. barriers i. General development or movement.
10. operations in real estate j. Main point of interest.
11. trend k. Giving up something.
l2. to neglect l. Activities in the buying and selling of land and houses.
13. abandonment m. Things which maintain separation.
14. legislation n. Not to give attention to
2. Look at the following suggestions to overcome the problem of developing country

debt.
Number them in what you think their order of importance and then compare your
answer with that of a partner.
- Increase concessional aid to poorer countries.
- Begin global dialogue of economic co-operation.
- Combat inflation.
- Reduce interest rates worldwide.
- Reduce the balance of payments deficit of rich countries
- Other (please specify.)
87
UNIT 30
Useful Phrases: Visual Aids

If you take a look at this slide, graph etc.
As you can see from this chart.
Economic Terms
CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT - ovla{}eni javni knjigovodja.
the title conferred by a state upon an accountant who
meets the requirements of state law for the public prac-
tice of accounting.
PROFIT - profit: korist, dobit (ra~unovodstvo)
vi{ak vrednosti (ekon.)
in accounting, an increase in wealth resulting from the
operation of an enterprise; in economics the remainder
after all factors of production have been fully compen-
sated at their opportunity cost.
RATE - odnos, razmera; norma, stopa; svota, cena
a term expressing a fixed relationship between two mag-
nitudes and used as a means of measurement by econo-
mists, businessmen, and statisticians (e.g., the charge
per unit for goods and services).
RATE OF RETURN - procena korisnosti, dobitak, stopa korisnosti, prihod.
a method of calculating the expected profitability of an
item of capital investment based on the ratio of its ex-
pected profit to its capital cost.
88
TEST 6
TEST 6
1. A: When did you get the tickets? B: I 2. Where ____ this afternoon? In the park?
got them two days ___. a) they meet
a) since b) are they met
b) before c) will they meet
c) ago d) they will meet
d) for
3. Where did he live while he ___ in 4. The last time I ____ to Paris was in 1990.
London? a) have gone
a) was working b) was going
b) has worked c) was gone
c) had worked d) went
d) works
5. Mary asked David _____ to go out. 6. What ____ this time next month?
a) if he likes to go out a) do you do
b) if he would like b) are you done
c) whether he likes c) can you be doing
d) would he like d) will you be doing
7. Where would you have gone if you ___ 8. Jill said she ____ for several hours.
a choice? a) has been typing
a) had been given b) had been typing
b) have been given c) types
c) would have given d) is typing
d) will be given
9. I wish I ____ all my money travelling. 10. He suggested I ___ with him to the con-
a) haven’t spent ference, but I didn’t feel like it.
b) shouldn’t spent a) was going
c) hadn’t spent b) should go
d) don’t spend c) to go
d) was to go
11. I can’t imagine why he doesn’t pay 12. They ____ if it was going to rain.
back his debts. Why ____ he? a) had been wondering
a) will b) have been wondering
b) may c) are wondering
c) might d) wonder
d) should
89
TEST 6
13. Everything is wet. It _____ last night. 14. If you hurry, you _____ it by six o’clock.
a) ought to have rained a) will have finished
b) ought to rain b) will be finished
c) must have rained c) are finished
d) should rain d) have been finished
15. Look! There’s a new bridge ___. 16. Please have his car ___ by tomorrow.
a) building a) fixed
b) being built b) being fixed
c) is building c) to fix
d) was built d) fixing
17. In some Japanese factories all the work 18. If I were you, ____ my money not waste
____ by robots. it.
a) has done a) I’ll save it
b) is doing b) I’ve saved it
c) being done c) would be
d) is done d) I’d save
19. Have you ever __ in a baloon? It’s ex- 20. If you ___ out John’s telephone number
citing. please let me know.
a) felt a) will find
b) fed b) have found
c) found c) find
d) flown d) were found
21. Unfortunately, we ____ David last year. 22. You _____ Larry. It’s a secret.
a) haven’t seen a) mustn’t tell
b) didn’t see b) weren’t told
c) don’t see c) aren’t telling
d) hadn’t seen d) weren’t told
23. Do you know when ____ arrive? 24. The committee ____ for the last time, the
a) they will club was dissolved.
b) will they a) to be meeting
c) they ought b) to have met
d) would c) being met
d) having met
25. _____ at the problem from your point of 26. A:______ to the pub at twelve? B: Yes,
view, you may be right. he went for lunch.
a) To look a) Does he go
b) If looked b) Did he go
c) Unless c) Was he gone
d) Looking d) Has he gone
90
TEST 6
27. We told John he ____ it. 28. The letter ___ on Monday morning. Why
a) can’t be doing didn’t it come?
b) wouldn’t be able to do a) ought to have been sent
c) will not be able to do b) ought to be sent
d) can’t have done c) ought to be sending
d) ought to send
29. I wish I ____ Mr Smith when he was in 30. If John _____ all the day he probably
Belgrade. needs a rest now.
a) meet a) has worked
b) will meet b) is working
c) would c) has been working
d) had met d) works
31. A: Would you like a sandwich? B: No, 32. David didn’t go home because he ____
thank you, I ___ rather have a drink. stay in the office.
a) had a) has to
b) would b) has got to
c) could c) had to
d) will d) may
33. If I ____ you, I’d leave the decision to 34. I’ll inform you about it as soon as I ___
someone more qualified. the results.
a) were a) shall hear
b) would be b) shall be hearing
c) am c) have heard
d) would have been d) have been heard
35. ______ like to go with us? We’ll have 36. If Mike doesn’t feel well, he ____ see his
fun. doctor.
a) Wouldn’t you a) need
b) Shouldn’t you b) had to
c) Can’t you c) ought
d) Mustn’t you d) should
37. A: What did Mary tell you? B: She told 38. When did you arrive ___ Greece?
me _____. a) to
a) learn English b) into
b) that I learn English c) at
c) to learn English d) in
d) learning English
39. The meetings are held ____ regular in- 40. The Secretary of the company appeared
tervals. when we _____ expected him.
a) in a) least
b) into b) at least
c) on c) in the least
d) at d) at least
91
TEST 6
41. You should not be rude ____ your em- 42. It’s been a long time __ our last confer-
ployees. ence.
a) on a) from
b) at b) since
c) to c) of
d) for d) yet
43. It’s not surprising that we agree ___ al- 44. _____ a few words and phrases Mary
most everything. doesn’t speak English.
a) at a) Except for
b) on b) Except
c) by c) Apart
d) of d) Aside
45. She is learning shorthand _____ get a 46. He’ll get the job _____ he’s prepared to
job as a secretary. work overtime.
a) so a) provide
b) so as b) if he provides
c) in order c) being provided
d) so as to d) provided
47. There were cars on ___ sides of the 48. Could you elaborate _____ your proposal
main street. for the new price.
a) other a) on
b) either b) about
c) two c) from
d) both d) over
49. He has been living in Leeds _____ he 50. The test results are _____ than last year.
got a job there. a) worst
a) while b) worse
b) for c) the worst
c) since d) bad
d) during
51. Do you know ____ car is it? 52. A: Who was at the conference, Jill or
a) of whom Mary? B: _______.
b) whom a) All
c) whose b) Two
d) how much c) The two
d) Both
53. I can’t see _____ in the garden. 54. This isn’t your typewriter. ___ is in your
a) these office.
b) anybody a) Your
c) somebody b) Your’s
d) no one c) Yourself
d) Yours
92
TEST 6
55. My bag is too small. Could you give me 56. Could you give me ___ help?
_______? a) a few
a) a big b) few
b) a big one c) a little
c) big d) little
d) big one
57. When did you get the tickets? -I got 58. _____ it was too expensive, I decided to
them a week ____. buy it anyway.
a) before a) Than
b) since b) Though
c) for c) Because
d) ago d) Until
59. Where is the letter _____ was on my 60. Which file do you want? _______?
desk? a) blue or red one
a) which b) blue or the red
b) what c) blue one or the red one
c) who d) the blue one or the red one
d) -
61. There were _____ more seats, and some 62. A: How many letters has she written? B:
of us had to stand. _______.
a) no a) Nothing
b) nothing b) No one
c) none c) None
d) not some d) Not much
63. Would you believe that Jim drives ____ 64. We enjoyed the conference in London
a professional? ____ it lasted too long.
a) even a) even though
b) as if b) however
c) like c) despite
d) as d) even
65. I didn’t think the manager has read my 66. This problem is ____ me. I really don’t
report _____. understand it.
a) still a) beyond
b) already b) over
c) nevertheless c) far from
d) yet d) away from
67. I’ve read their letter twice, _____ I still 68. I don’t have a place to stay tonight. Could
don’t know what they wanted to say. you put me _____?
a) unless a) out
b) yet b) in
c) lest c) up
d) until d) away
93
TEST 6
69. Since we started using computers and 70. If we hurry, we may get there __ time for
robots, we have been able to ___ pro- the opening.
duction. a) in
a) turn over b) at
b) put on c) for
c) step up d) by
d) take in
71. Our warehouse is just _____ the corner. 72. There was a delay ______ a breakdown
a) behind in the underground.
b) after a) by
c) over b) because of
d) round c) owing
d) due
73. I can do it myself. I don’t want to put 74. I come from _____ Great Britain.
you ______ any trouble. a) the
a) on b) -
b) under
c) to
d) over
75. What is the capital of ___ Netherlands? 76. I’d love to keep in ____ touch with you.
a) - a) a
b) the b) the
c) some
77. Walking under a ladder brings _____ 78. There were a lot of foreign imports on
bad luck. ______ display.
a) a a) a
b) the b) the
c) - c) some
d) -
79. Jill was the last person to go to ____ 80. A: What does he do? B: I think he is
secretary’s office. _____ engineer.
a) the a) -
b) - b) the
c) an c) an
d) a
81. Gagarin was the first man in ___ space. 82. What did you do ____ last night?
a) - a) an
b) some b) the
c) the c) -
d) a d) a
94
TEST 6
83. Driving to Edinburgh, they had ____ 84. When does your friend go to ___ work?
accident. a) the
a) an b) a
b) the c) some
c) a d) -
d) -
85. The boxes in the corridor are in ___ 86. The price of ______ copper is going up.
way. a) the
a) - b) an
b) the c) -
c) a d) some
d) an
87. Believe me, ______ life she had there
was terrible.
a) the
b) a
c) -
d) some.
95
Business
Correspondence
sample leters
Application Letter
-for a franchise
SITUATION: Perretta and Sons Hardware Store wants to expand the variety of
merchandise they offer. The store’s president, Howard Perretta has recently been to a trade
show where he saw and was impressed by the Harkins Company line of gardening tools.
Having decided that this would be a product line that the store could sell successfully,
he writes to the credit manager, David Lindberg, to apply for a franchise to sell Harkins
products.
LETTER ELEMENTS: In writing a letter of application for a new franchise,

Perretta does the following:
1. He opens with a compliment to the manufacturer, and then he presents his

request.
2. He provides the necessary supportive data.
3. He closes in an appreciative and courteous manner.
98
sample leters
99
sample leters
Collection Letter
- reminder
SITUATION: Joseph Thomas has purchased a new car from James-town Auto
Dealers. Up to now, he has been on time with his payments. At present, however, he is
two months behind. Francine Hopkins, the credit manager, writes to remind him of the
fact and to urge him to attend to his overdue payments.
LETTER ELEMENTS: In writing what is in essence a collection letter, Hopkins

does the following:
1. She begins her letter in an unusual way, one that will catch her reader’s
attention immediately.
2. Before bringing up the problem, she mentions something positive, the fact that
Mr. Thomas, up to now, has always met his payment deadlines.
3. She points out the problem tactfully but firmly.
4. She suggests possible alternatives, without being threatening.
5. She closes by asking politely for a response.
100
sample leters
101
sample leters
Collection Letter
- request for payment
SITUATION: Carol Derwinski is the treasurer for the advertising agency of

Douglas and Alward. One of their clients is Quick Shop, Inc., which runs a chain of
convenience stores and advertises on television and in the newspapers. Quick Shop’s
account with Douglas and Alward is now 90 days past due, and several reminders have
already been sent. Quick Shop has been a client for many years and has always paid its
bills promptly in the past; however, it now seems clear to Derwinski that failure to pay
is no mere oversight. She writes to George Sebastian, director of advertising for Quick
Shop, and once again requests payment. Her request to this valued client must be firm
but still friendly and polite.
LETTER ELEMENTS: In writing to Quick Shop to request the overdue

payment, Derwinski does the following:
1. She summarizes the situation and expresses her concern about it. Her opening
is somewhat indirect, since she could have simply begun, “Your account with
us is now more than 90 days past due.” However, in light of this client’s past
history with the agency, she is trying to be as tactful as she can.
2. She makes a clear and simple request for immediate payment, and she reminds
the client that his company’s credit record is at risk. She is well within her
rights to be doing this, so she employs no indirection at this point. Her praise
for the client’s past credit history is a polite gesture, but it is also a reminder
that his company has something to lose.
3. She ends with a series of friendly gestures. She wants to maintain good
relations with this company, especially if its failure to pay is the result of a
temporary problem. However, she needs to know what the situation is, so her
final request to Mr. Sebastian is that he make contact with her if something is
still preventing payment.
102
sample leters
103
sample leters
Consumer Relations Letter

- explaining a delay in service
SITUATION: Wright-Way Kitchen Supply finds itself in a predicament. Recently

they began carrying a rarity-an all-metal mixer/blender at a price comparable to the
same-size models made of plastic. The line sold out in a week, and the store is trying
to get in more units. However, the factory that makes the mixer is unable to keep up
with the demand, and there will be a shipping delay of at least three weeks. Meanwhile,
customers continue to order the new product from Wright-Way. The products manager,
Barney Cates, writes to each of them, explaining the situation.
LETTER ELEMENTS: In writing to the would-be customers, Cates develops a

basic text that he can use for all of the letters. Each letter will, of course, be personalized
with the name, address, and salutation of the recipient. In writing the basic text of the
letter, Cates does the following:
1. He begins by acknowledging the new product’s success, and goes on to explain

that the line is presently sold out.
2. He keeps the second piece of bad news, the three-week delay in restocking,
for the second paragraph-no need to hit the reader with two negative items in
the first paragraph-and then puts the best face on it he can.
3. He gets to the question that the reader would ask if he and the products
manager were face-to-face: What can be done in the meantime? He offers his
solutions.
4. These solutions may or may not be agreeable to the reader, so the products
manager does not push them. He closes by assuring the customer that he will
be notified as soon as the new mixer units arrive at Wright-Way from the
factory.
104
sample leters
105
sample leters
Credit Letter
- cancelling credit
SITUATION: Seven years ago, Howard Harris, owner of Universal Electrical

Service, opened an account with Kelley Electrical Supply Shop. For some time he paid
his store’s bills within 30 days. For the past several months, however, his payments
have been very late, necessitating letters of reminder from Albert Terranova, the credit
manager of Kelley Electrical. Universal Electrical is now several months behind in its
payments, and Terranova has decided to cancel the account.
LETTER ELEMENTS: In writing to Mr. Harris to cancel his account, Terranova

does the following:
1. Before getting to the problem, he commends Mr. Harris for prompt payment
in the past. An immediate negative or aggressive approach may prevent the
letter from being read any further, and Terranova wants to avoid that.
2. When he brings up the current problem, he does so as tactfully and politely as
possible.
3. Avoiding the negative, he suggests a solution.
4. He offers special assistance.
5. He requests a prompt response, keeping his wording polite but firm.
106
sample leters
107
sample leters
Credit Letter
- extending credit
SITUATION: Martin Goodson is credit manager of Craft’s, a luggage

wholesaler. He has received an order. and request for commercial credit from Carry-
on, a retail luggage shop now expanding its merchandise lines. A review of Carry-on’s
credit references shows that the store has a good track record of paying its bills on time.
Goodson writes to Charles Gordon, the owner of the shop, to let him know that credit has
been approved, and to establish a friendly relationship.
LETTER ELEMENTS: In writing to Mr. Gordon to extend him commercial

credit, Goodson does the following:
1. He begins by giving the store owner the good news. He welcomes him as a
new customer, and lets him know that the store’s order is being taken care of.
This letter should be kept informal, and credit terms should not be part of it.
They can be sent in the same letter as an enclosure (which may be preprinted).
2. He winds up with a restrained sales pitch, combining it with a personal touch
and an assurance of future service.
108
sample leters
109
sample leters
Credit Letter
- requesting credit
SITUATION: Bret Atkins is the owner of The Pet Place, a large pet store,
selling not only pets and pet supplies, but housing and fencing for large animals as well.
A recent fencing innovation has been heavily advertised in specialty magazines. Atkins
thinks it will sell well, even though it is a relatively expensive item. He writes to Gino
Russo, the sales manager for the manufacturer, to request commercial credit terms.
LETTER ELEMENTS: In writing to Mr. Russo to request credit terms, the pet
store owner does the following:
1. He opens by explaining how he came to hear of the new product. This

information is helpful to the manufacturer.
2. He moves on to the heart of the letter-his order. His calculations are accurate,
precise, and arranged in sequence so the manufacturer can see quickly how the
store owner arrived at the total. He then requests credit terms.
3. He gives detailed, precise information on his business, and then supplies the
names and addresses of credit references.
4. He also gives the name and address of a bank with which he does business.
This may not be something the manufacturer will follow up on, but the store
owner does give him the option. He closes by volunteering to give more infor
mation if the manufacturer wants it.
110
sample leters
111
sample leters
Credit Letter
- refusing credit
SITUATION: Thomas Polani is the office manager for Ardmore Office Prod-
ucts, a retail office supply store. Margaret Allen, the owner of Interior Enterprises, a
newly formed interior-design firm, has placed a sizable order for office equipment and
has asked for 120-day credit terms. Interior Enterprises has been a good customer for the
past year; however, a review of their financial statement and of the information supplied
by credit references indicates that Interior Enterprises is in some financial difficulty.
Polani decides to refuse the credit request, but he wants very much to keep Interior En-
terprises as a cash customer.
LETTER ELEMENTS: In writing to refuse credit, Polani does the following:
1. He expresses appreciation for the order and for past patronage. He is letting
Ms. Allen know that he sees their business relationship as are ongoing one and
that he hopes it will continue in the future.
2. He states that the application for credit has not been accepted. He avoids the
word refuse, and he expresses regret that this decision has to be made. At this
point, he is neutral in tone and does not criticize or offer advice, which can
often seem condescending. Nor does he say anything specific about the
financial situation of Interior Enterprises; he simply says that the information
provided does not warrant the decision to grant credit.
3. He holds out hope that the decision could be reversed if more information were
provided. Most probably, such information is not available; however, he is mak
ing clear that he has not come to any negative conclusions about the company.
4. He reminds Ms. Allen that the order can still be filled on a cash basis. He
adopts a cheerful tone here to encourage her not to cancel the order.
112
sample leters
113
sample leters
Inquiry
SITUATION: Thomas Domizio is marketing manager for Acme Equipment

Company, an equipment company that does a large proportion of its business through its
catalog. The company plans to add a line of tractors to the equipment it currently leases,
and it has chosen Laprade’s Harris Tractors for the purpose. Domizio writes to Harold
Thomas, sales manager of Laprade Industries, for specifications that can be used in the
upcoming catalogue.
LETTER ELEMENTS: In writing to Mr. Thomas, Domizio does the

following:
1. He immediately gets to the point, while complimenting the manufacturer on its

product.
2. He details his request in an easy-to-read way. He avoids the unhelpful request,
“Please send me all the information you have on this particular product.” He
lists precisely what he needs, and he sets it up in such a way that it stands out
from the surrounding text. Both things facilitate a helpful reply.
3. He mentions that he needs the requested information quickly, and he explains
why.
4. He closes politely.
114
sample leters
115
sample leters
Introduction Letter
SITUATION: For eight years Anita Rothstein has worked as children’s librar-
ian at a library in a small town. Recently her husband has been transferred to a large city,
and Anita intends to apply for a job at the city’s main library. She has asked Diane Green,
the head librarian at the small-town library, for a letter of introduction and recommenda-
tion to accompany her application. The head librarian responds.
LETTER ELEMENTS: In writing a combination letter of introduction and rec-

ommendation, the head librarian does the following:
1. She immediately makes the introduction.

2. She presents relevant professional information.
3. She gives her evaluation and a recommendation.
4. She offers more information upon request.
116
sample leters
117
sample leters
Invitation, Informal
- to a business event
SITUATION: Wayne Thoren is sales manager for Global Hardware Associates,

a sales promotion organization. They are hosting an exhibition of new industrial hard-
ware products, and they are inviting leading retail and wholesale vendors to the show.
The invitations will go out on business stationery and be individually signed by Tho-
ren.
LETTER ELEMENTS: In writing this kind of invitation, Thoren does the

following:
1. He opens in a cordial and attention-getting way.

2. He gives the date, time, and location of the event.
3. He describes the event and offers a motivation for attending.
4. He includes directions and other details.
5. He closes by encouraging the reader to attend.
118
sample leters
119
sample leters
Invitation, Informal
- to a social event
SITUATION: Sandra Wilhelm is president of Wilhelm and Cook, an industrial

design and packaging firm. She has recently hired Jeffrey Nirenberg to be their new fi-
nance director. She has decided to give a dinner party so that Nirenberg and his wife can
meet socially with the other executives of the company and their spouses, as well as with
a few of the firm’s most important clients. In all, ten couples are being invited. The word-
ing for each couple’s invitation may vary somewhat, but the basic text of the invitation
remains the same. In this case, she is inviting Michael Rankin, the firm’s design director,
and his wife.
LETTER ELEMENTS: In issuing this invitation, Wilhelm does the following:
1. She has the letter typed on her own personal stationery. The typing is
appropriate because this is in some respects a business event. If it were to be a
purely social event, a handwritten note would have been appropriate.
Because she knows the recipients very well, she addresses them by their first
names. There is no need for an inside address on this letter.
2. She offers the invitation, giving the date, time, and a brief description of the
event.
3. She offers a few more details about the event, and she encourages Sheila and
Michael to accept the invitation.
4. She issues the invitation on a “regrets only” basis, and she gives her home
phone number. For guests who don’t work at Wilhelm and Cook, she may also
include her work number.
120
sample leters
121
sample leters
Job Letter
- offering a job
SITUATION: Brandon Kiley is director of administration for Communications

Media Corporation, a holding company that owns several radio stations, newspapers,
and a television station. Kiley has recently been interviewing candidates for the position
of assistant director of administration. He has now chosen one of the candidates, and he
has called to give her the news. However, he also sends out a letter that confirms the of-
fer and sets out other necessary details.
LETTER ELEMENTS: In writing this confirming letter to Ms. Reeve, Kiley

does the following:
1. He restates the offer of the job, giving the exact title of the position.
2. He reviews pertinent aspects of the terms of employment.
3. He gives a starting date for the job.
4. He reviews the documents she will have to bring with her so that the company
can remain in compliance with federal regulations regarding citizenship and
residency status of new employees. He reminds her that it is mandatory that
she bring these documents.
5. He requests a formal acceptance of the offer.
122
sample leters
123
sample leters
Job Letter
- turning down an applicant
SITUATION: Gloria Markham is sales manager for Batterston Furniture Com-

pany, a retail furniture store. She has finished interviewing a group of applicants for a
sales position in the store. She has chosen a candidate, and the candidate has accepted.
She now writes to the other applicants to tell them that they did not get the job. Markham
will use the same basic text for each letter.
LETTER ELEMENTS: In writing her letter to the unsuccessful applicants,

Markham does the following:
1. She briefly thanks the applicants for applying and quickly moves on to the bad
news, telling them that they were not selected.
2. She expresses her appreciation to them. Markham is being extra polite here,
because she wants to do nothing to alienate the candidates. After all, they
might be potential customers.
3. She tells them that she is keeping their applications on file in case she has a
suitable opening in the near future. This is unlikely to happen, but it might. In
addition, this is another polite gesture that she can make.
124
sample leters
125
sample leters
Order
SITUATION: Paul Thomas is the purchasing agent of Rodriguez, Inc., a large

home-products store. He has just been informed that the store has run out of two types
of popular hardware. It is imperative that the store’s stock be replenished as soon as pos-
sible. He writes a letter ordering more stock from his supplier.
LETTER ELEMENTS: In ordering replacement stock for his store, the pur-
chasing agent does the following:
1. He makes known his store’s urgent need for the order. He gives the shipping ad
dress that will best facilitate delivery.
2. He lists clearly the quantity, description, and price of the ordered items. By
using a tabular approach, instead of inserting the item descriptions into the
body of his letter, he makes clear what his store needs.
3. He closes by explaining why prompt delivery of these two items is necessary
and by emphasizing that a rush order is needed.
126
sample leters
127
sample leters
Price Quotation
SITUATION: Barry Zubroski, sales representative for Waterville Typesetting,

Inc., has received a request for a price quotation for typesetting a new book from Nancy
Bains, managing editor of Hampden Press, a local publishing company. He responds
with a letter that supplies all of the pricing information that Ms. Bains has requested.
LETTER ELEMENTS: In submitting his price quotation, Zubroski does the

following:
1. He begins in a polite and respectful way.

2. He supplies the requested information in a complete and detailed manner.
3. He provides additional information regarding the terms of sale.
4. He closes with an offer to provide additional information if it is needed.
128
sample leters
129
sample leters
Refusal of an Invitation
SITUATION: Patricia Meacam is a partner in the law firm of Jenkins and Dan-
forth. Recently she and her firm have been in the news for their efforts in negotiating
some very important real-estate development projects in downtown Stateville. She has
just been invited to speak at the annual banquet of Stateville United, a volunteer service
that supports many charitable activities in the city. Meacam writes to Emilia Sheridan,
the banquet organizer, to say that she cannot attend their banquet.
LETTER ELEMENTS: In writing to decline the invitation, Meacam does the

following:
1. She thanks Ms. Sheridan for the invitation, and she expresses her regrets that
she cannot accept the invitation. She offers a reason why she cannot, but she
keeps the explanation very general.
2. She compliments the organization. The compliment is sincere, but it also helps
maintain good feelings with the organization.
3. She ends on a friendly and cheerful note.
130
sample leters
131
sample leters
Request
- for an appointment
SITUATION: Grace Diaz is a sales representative for Grayson Paper Company.

She writes to set up a business appointment with Brian Watson, purchasing agent for
the Pikeville School District. Diaz has done business with Mr. Watson in the past and is
aware of at least one of his product needs that her company can now answer.
LETTER ELEMENTS: In writing to ask Mr. Watson for an appointment, Diaz

does the following:
1. She opens by reminding her client in a low-key way that they have met before.
She mentions one of her company’s products that she feels will interest him.
2. She states her desire to meet with him, and she suggests a date and a time. She
does this as a way of helping her own scheduling and also as a way of urging
Mr. Watson to commit to a specific time for a meeting.
3. She says she will call later to confirm the appointment. This allows Mr. Watson
t he chance to suggest an alternate time or to decline the request entirely. It also
allows Diaz the chance to speak to Mr. Watson before the actual appointment
to get a better idea of his needs and to do some brief low-key pre-selling of her
product.
4. She offers a number at which she can be reached. Whether or not the number is
needed, it is a friendly gesture to offer it.
5. She closes in a mildly flattering way, saying that she is looking forward to the
meeting.
132
sample leters
133
sample leters
Creating the Perfect CV
Employers do not have time to spare working out what your CV is trying to tell
them. You must communicate clearly and concisely the information that you wish to
convey about yourself that will be of relevance to theme. As a potential employee you
are far more attractive if you can convince the employer that you have the qualities they
require. ‘therefore, your CV for your post-graduate job should be tailor-made for the
type of career you are seeking. You need to emphasize
a/ your personal attributes
b/ your education
c/ your skills end experience
so that once, when your CV is read, your potential employers may believe that you will
be an asset for the company.
a/ Personnel attributes include being smart, a fluent speaker, having a confi-
dent, outgoing personality, the ability to deal with people at all levels, being physically
strong, a good team member, or a strong leader. These features are all related to your
personality.
b/ Education - your education details should be shown in the most recent order;
exam results should not be hidden.
c/ Skills and Work Experience Think about the skills you needed for, or gained
from your previous part-time, or full-time job. Transmit a sense of achievement, say
what you accomplished in your work. There are two kinds of skills:
- Life Skill - acquired throughout life, although not necessarily at work, but
which can be useful in your work, to name only the ability to use the telephone with
confidence; use a computer; read a map.
- Job Skills - e.g. driving vans/cars; dealing with money; industrial packing;
language skills; computer packages you can use.
Experience - This is your career history and voluntary or part-time work experi-
ence does count.
You may also include experience gained in positions of responsibility in sport clubs, at
school or university.
Extracurricular Activities - Sports and sport results achieved will introduce
you as a good both a team and an individual player.
References In order to shorten the information provided in your CV, you can
only add that references are available on request.
Now when you have worked out what you have got to offer, it is time to think how to
present it. This is crucial to the impact and success of your CV. Bear in mind the follow-
ing:
134
sample leters
- Leave out any irrelevant material. Use the minimum amount of words to make
the maximum impact
- Make sure your grammar and spelling are correct
- Make sure the CV is fairly short: many people recommend a one side CV. Bear
in mind an employer can quickly lose interest.
Writing a covering letter
Now you have put together a strong CV and you need an equally strong Cover-
ing letter to convince the employer to look closely at your carefully crafted CV.
Here are some hints you should have in mind:
- The covering letter must be tailored to each job opportunity and each indi-
vidual company. It personalizes your approach to companies.
- The letter should be addressed to the particular person with whom you wish to
have an interview. Relate the letter to the specific needs of the company, look back at the
job vacancy advertisement.
135
sample leters
136
MASTERING ENGLISH
G R AMMAR AND STRUCTURE
II
ADVANCED
SECTION
EXERCISES
47 THE PRESENT TENSES
Use the correct form of the verb in parentheses in each sentence. Choose only the simple
present tense (example: he writes), the continuous present tense (example: he is writing), or the
perfect present tense (example: he has written).
1 That student (know) al of the new word very well now.

2 Mr. Howell (work) for the Ajax Company for nine years.
3 The two mechanics (finish) the work right now.
4 It (rain) very much in this region in the spring.
5 Betty’s friend Thomas (lose) his Greek-English dictionary.
6 Fred’s brother (graduate, just) from Purdue University.
7 The plumber (repair) the leak in that pipe now.
8 That student (make) much progress since September.
9 Listen! I (hear) someone at the front door.
10 We (see) the famous Washington Monument many times.
11 The earth (circle) the sun once every 365 days.
12 At present. professor Moore (write) another book.
13 Our present teacher (live) in this city all of his life.
14 James (take) a course in European history this semester.
15 I (call) Mr. Lucas about five times in the past hour.
16 Yes, I (remember) that other fellow’s name now.
17 Our friends from Cuba (enjoy) everything here up to now.
18 Mr. Harris (teach) English from two o’clock to five o’clock.
19 That brown briefcase (belong) to Professor Crowell.
20 Mr. Berg (live) in this country three years now.
21 We (study) the use of verbs in English at the moment.
22 It (rain) very hard almost every day this week.
23 Daniel Soto (work) about thirty-eight hours a week.
24 My uncle (be) in New York more than two months.
25 Just a minute! I (look up) that word in the dictionary.
26 Up to the present, we (write) almost every lesson in the book.
27 The sun (get) very hot during the afternoon.
28 I (watch) a baseball game on television every Saturday.
29 I (have) very little trouble with these lessons up to now.
30 Helen and I (wait) right here since four o’clock.
31 For the time being, the workers (use) a different method.
32 My friends Charles and Tom (need) some money right away.
140
THE PAST VS THE PERFECT PRESENT 48
Use the correct form of the verb in parentheses in each sentence. Choose between the past tense
(examples: she saw, they worked) and the perfect present tense (examples: she has seen, they
have worked).
1 Mr. and Mrs. Slater (sell) their house several days ago.
2 George Howell (work) for the Ajax Company since 1947.
3 Our instructor (explain) that lesson to us last time.
4 The weather (be) terrible ever since last Saturday.
5 We (spend) several weeks in Mexico City last year.
6 Many people in this class (see, never) the famous Grand Canyon.
7 Our friends (return) to Canada a week ago yesterday.
8 Michael (study) English at this school for six months now.
9 I (speak) to Mr. Scott about that matter several times already.
10 Miss Ross (be) in Havana until two months ago.
11 My wife and I (travel) by air many times in the past.
12 My friend Roger (see, never) that television program.
13 Fred and Bill (finish, not) their homework yet.
14 I (have) a little trouble with my car last week.
15 However, I (have) no trouble with it since that time.
16 John (see) the Empire State Building hundreds of times.
17 I (read) 187 pages of this new novel
18 From the time of his arrival until now, he (avoid) that topics.
19 We (study) practically every lesson in the book so far.
20 The mailman (deliver) the letter just a few minutes ago.
21 That fellow (work) here for the past three weeks.
22 Our teacher (give) us more than four examinations this semester.
23 Formerly, Mr. Foster (work) for the A.B.C. Supply Company.
24 We (have) more than the normal amount of rain so far this year.
25 Before his graduation, Fred’s brother (apply) for a job with them.
26 Mr. and Mrs. Phillips (live) in Pasadena from 1985 to 1992.
27 A little while ago, we (hear) some very bad news.
28 Professor Moore, our English teacher, (write) three textbooks.
29 I (read) that book three or four times before.
30 The Smiths (go) to Belgium during their vacation.
31 Pierre and Carlos (learn) a great deal of English since June.
32 Mr. and Mrs. Benson (fly) to New York twice since last summer.
141
49 THE CONTINUOUS PERFECT PRESENT TENSE
Use the continuous perfect present tense of the verb in parentheses in each sentence. Notice that
the verbs in these sentences show continuous action from the past to the present moment. Study
the example sentences carefully.
1 Mr. Johnson (work) for that company for ten years.

Mr. Johnson bas been working for that company for ten years.
2 I (listen) to the professor’s comments very carefully.
I have been listening to the professor’s comments very carefully.
3 Frank and Richard (work) on their English lessons all evening.
4 Those two fellows (study) English for six months now.
5 Helen and I (stand) right on this corner since five-thirty.
6 The children (watch) television programs since dinnertime.
7 It (rain) steadily since two o’clock this afternoon.
8 We (have) a great deal of trouble with our car recently.
9 Our teacher (avoid) that subject for a long time.
10 I’m getting tired. I (derive) this car since 8.00 a.m.
11 Mr. Wilson (consider) that possibility for quite a while now.
12 We (read) an average of 20 pages a day for three months.
13 I (wait) for a reply from that concern ever since February.
50 USING THE CONTINUOUS PERFECT PRESENT

If possible, change the form of the italicized verb in each sentence to the continuous perfect
present tense. In some cases, this is not possible because the action is not continuous.
1 The Harveys have lived in Miami for three years now.

The Harveys have been living in Miami for three years now.
2 I have studied English in this class for seven months.
3 Our guests have never seen the Statue of Liberty.
4 Father has felt very well ever since last winter.
5 Dorothy and I have waited for you for a whole hour.
6 Have you received a letter from that concern yet?
7 That woman has already talked on the phone for fifteen minutes.
8 Mr. and Mrs. Spiros have been here since the first of the year.
9 George Howell has worked for this company for nine years.
10 My friend has already spoken to Mr. Fox about the matter.
11 I have worked on my English assignment since eight o’clock.
12 We haven’t seen Mr. and Mrs. Brown for a long time.
13 Our car has used too much gasoline and oil recently.
142
COMPARISONS WITH ADJECTIVES 51
Study the comparisons in sentences 1 to 10. In sentences 11 to 34, complete the comparison
with the adjective in parentheses. Do not omit any words.
1 The last story was as interesting as the other one.

2 Mr. Slater’s house is bigger than our house.
3 Your example is better than the one in the book.
4 That brown chair is more comfortable than this one.
5 That brown chair is less comfortable than this one.
6 Fred is a more ambitious student than his brother.
7 Louise Drake is the prettiest of all the girls.
8 That was the worst part of the entire job.
9 That lesson is the most difficult of all the lessons.
10 That fellow is the least ambitious student in the class.
11 Mr. Johnson was (tactful) than the other fellow.
12 Everyone else was (nervous) as you were.
13 Mr. Kelly is (popular) man in that organization.
14 Our car is (old) than Mr. Kennedy’s car.
15 That big fellow was (clumsy) of the five players.
16 The weather is (warm) today than it was yesterday.
17 Brazil exports (much) coffee of all South American countries.
18 Marie is certainly not (intelligent) as her sister is.
19 William is (homely) boy than his brother.
20 Los Angeles is (far) from here than Philadelphia.
21 Miss Peters is (friendly) of all the girls in this office.
22 We’ve had (little) difficulty with this part than the other one.
23 Does your country have (bad) weather as this?
24 (Few) members came to the meeting this week than last week.
25 New York has (many) tall buildings of any city in the world.
26 The Empire State Building is (tall) building in the world.
27 Elizabeth is (charming) a woman as her mother.
28 (Many) people in that country speak French than German.
29 Roger is (talented) musician in that group.
30 The Gilberts bought (expensive) car than we did.
31 I didn’t have (good) luck with it as Frank did.
32 Mr. Jackson was (sensible) person at the meeting.
33 That sort of thing is (common) in Europe thane here.
34 Bill did (good) work in that class than anyone else.
143
52 INTENSIFIERS WITH AS.... AS
Use the words (9a) almost, (b) practically, and (c) just with as.... as in the following sentences.
Study the example carefully.
1 That’s as cheap as this. (a) That’s almost as cheap as this.

(b) That’s practically as cheap as this. (c) That’s just as cheap as this.
2 The exercise on this page is as easy as the last one.
3 The tall girl is as pretty as the dark girl.
4 The bedroom is as wide as the living room.
5 Everyone else was as nervous as you were.
6 The Ajax Company has as many employees as this one.
7 Mr. foster earns as much money as his brother.
8 Mr. Wilson has as many responsibilities as Mr. Johnson.
53 MUCH AND MANY IN COMPARISONS

Add much or many in the blank space in each sentence.
1 The weather is................ better today than yesterday.

2 Ellen Drake is a.............. prettier girl than her sister.
3 But Louis Drake has................ more friends than Ellen.
4 I had................. more trouble with this lesson than the last one.
5 Football is................. more popular than soccer in this country.
6 There are............... more tall buildings in New York than in Paris.
7 Tom Hanley is a............... more intelligent student than Harold.
8. ................ more students in this country study Spanish than German.
9 We got.......... worse results with that method than with this one.
54 GENERAL COMPARISONS
Complete these comparisons with the words as, to, or from.
1 That other car is the same model............. this one.

2 This exercise is different.............. the last two exercises.
3 Your new dress is similar................ my new dress.
4 The customs here aren’t exactly the same............. those in Cuba.
5 The design of that house is similar.............. the deign of this one.
6 Your example was quite different.............. the one in the book.
7 Mr. Johnson’s suit is the same color.......... yours.
8 This motor is different.............. any other motor on the market.
9 His answer to the problem wasn’t quite the same................ mine.
144
PASSIVE VERB FORMS 55
Change the verb to the active voice and rewrite the sentence. Be sure to keep the same tense. In
some cases, it will be necessary to supply a subject (see the second example).
1 The books were taken by John. John took the books.

2 The boxes were mailed today. He mailed the boxes today.
3 The two packages were opened by my secretary.
4 Our homework is corrected by our teacher.
5 Two buildings have been constructed by that company.
6 That room wasn’t cleaned carefully yesterday.
7 The truck is being loaded by the men now.
8 Was that machine checked by the inspector?
9 Will that report be written by the same committee?
10 Has the new been announced by the president yet?
11 The mail is delivered to this office twice a day.
12 All of us were surprised by his frank attitude.
13 Was the repair work done by that mechanic?
14 He wasn’t very much respected by the employees.
15 Are many courses in English given during the summer?
USING PASSIVE VERBS 56

Change the verb to the passive voice and rewrite the sentence. Be sure to keep the same tense.
1 He signed the letter. The letter was signed by him.

2 The secretary opens the mail every morning.
3 The committee is considering that proposal right now.
4 The army will complete that project next year.
5 His boss has transferred him to another department.
6 Will the company distribute the announcements?
7 An artist wrote that interesting article about Paris.
8 Today a large number of people speak English.
9 Didn’t the return those books to the library?
10 The government has not changed that regulation yet.
11 Someone stole all her valuable jewelry last night.
12 Miss Peters wrote all of the reports for Mr. Johnson.
13 Bad weather has delayed Flight 202 from Miami.
14 Did the court divide the money among the children?
15 Many scholars have translated that famous Greek epic.
145
57 ACTIVE VS PASSIVE
Use the correct voice (active or passive) and the correct tense of the verb in each sentence.
1 Everyone (shock) by the terrible news yesterday.

2 Almost everyone (enjoy) the lecture last night.
3 English (teach) in the schools of almost every nation.
4 That proposal (consider) by the members right now.
5 The accident (happen) right here at 6:30 last night.
6 Smith (teach) at the University of Washington since 1948.
7 Mr. Harris (divide) the class into two sections tomorrow.
8 Wilson (borrow) the money from Brown two weeks ago.
9 Not much (say) about the matter since that time.
10 My friend (write) to me about it several times now.
11 Davis (promote) to the rank of sergeant last week.
12 That event (occur) shortly after the meeting last week.
13 All the students (bring) guests to the party tomorrow night.
14 Less than half of the cans of paint (use) up to now.
15 More classes in English (list) in the catalog next fall.
16 Everything (go) well so far. There (be) no trouble yet.
17 That movie about Napoleon’s life (disappoint) me greatly.
18 The mail (deliver, always) to this office before 10 a.m.
19 Who (furnish) the food for the picnic next weekend?
20 At this time, much attention (devote) to that problem.
21 Think carefully. I’m sure you (remember) his name.
22 We (treat) very kindly by our hosts last Saturday.
23 Mr. Wilson (make) some interesting statements yesterday.
24 A new textbook (publish) by that company next year.
25 The noise from the trains (annoy) me terribly last night.
26 That old red house (build) in the year 1822.
27 The report (examine, not) by a committee of experts yet.
28 Cocktails (serve) to the guests about 10 minutes from now.
29 His sharp remarks (embarrass) everyone last night.
30 Fred (introduce) to the fellow by Mr. Brown yesterday.
31 Listen to this! I think this news (surprise) you!
32 The Ajax Shoe Company (employ) 25 new men next month.
33 Only 25 new students (admit) into the department in 1955.
34 A second coat of paint (spread) over that surface tomorrow.
146
EXPRESSING “ABILITY” WITH CAN 58
Use can with the verb in parentheses to express “ability” in the present or future. Write the sen-
tence (a) in statement form, (b) in question form, and (c) in negative form. Study the example
carefully.
1 Ed (go) downtown with us. (a) Ed can go downtown with us. (b)
Can Ed go downtown with us? (c) Ed can’t go downtown with us.
2 Mr. Lucas (give) you all of the money tomorrow.
3 Miss Cunningham (play) the piano very well.
4 The students in that class (speak) English fluently.
5 You (fund) many bargains in the stores after Christmas.
6 I (use) the same key for the front door and the back door.
7 That fellow (speak) to the director on Sunday morning.
8 Mr. Burke (get) someone to substitute for him tonight.
9 Roger (borrow) Mr. Kennedy’s car for the party tomorrow.
10 Dr. Hanson (usually, attend) the Friday night meetings.
11 You (buy) all of those things at a hardware store.
12 Father (read) the newspaper without his glasses.
13 Harold and his friend (meet) us right after class today.
THE PAST TENSE OF CAN 59

Change can (present and future) to could (past) in the following sentences. Study the first two
examples carefully.
1 I can understand that part. I could understand that part.

2 Can’t you go with Mr. Fox? Couldn’t you go with Mr. Fox?
3 I can see a big difference between the two examples.
4 We can’t find Dr. Hanson’s address in the directory.
5 Can your friend help you with the difficult part of the work?
6 Can’t Miss Cunningham find her hat and overcoat?
7 I can hear those men’s voices from the next room.
8 Elizabeth can play the piano, but she can’t sing.
9 Why can’t you explain everything to your boss on Monday?
10 No one can predict the results of the conference.
11 Can’t that other fellow take his vacation he following week?
12 Mr. Mendez can’t express his thoughts in English very well.
13 Why can’t you ask Roger to help you with the work on Friday?
14 Not many of the students can spell all those words correctly.
15 Can’t you postpone your trip to Boston until the following week?
147
60 USING CAN AND BE ABLE (1)
Use can in place of be able in he following sentences. Study the examples.
1 Mr. Burke will be able to go. Mr. Burke can go.

2 Carol wasn’t able to find it. Carol couldn’t find it.
3 Fred will be able to return the money before Thursday.
4 Are you able to understand everything the teacher says?
5 Miss peters wasn’t able to find her gloves in the drawer.
6 We won’t be able to announce the change until next week
7 Weren’t your friends from Boston able to go to the party?
8 I was able to finish only half of the lesson last night.
9 Which sections weren’t you able to do by yourself?
10 Are you able to get those two stations on yourself?
11 Wasn’t Mr. Kovacs able to follow the instructions in the book?
12 I’ll be able to tell you much more about our plans next week.
13 Not many of these students are able to pronounce that sound.
14 Who will be able to deliver the message to Mr. Franklin?
15 Won’t you be able to attend the meeting tomorrow afternoon?
61 USING CAN AND BE ABLE (2)

Use be able in place of can in the following sentences. Study the examples.
1 They can understand me. They are able to understand me.

2 We couldn’t hear everything. We weren’t able to hear everything.
3 You can get that information from Miss Stewart tomorrow.
4 Mr. Harris can speak three or four foreign languages.
5 I could answer all of the questions in the lesson except one.
6 Can you finish all of the work for us by next Thursday?
7 No one could explain the exact meaning of the word to me.
8 Unfortunately, I can’t attend the meeting with you tomorrow.
9 I couldn’t find Dr. Hanson’s name or address in the directory.
10 Can’t you help your friend with the difficult parts of the work?
11 We can certainly pay back the money before that time.
12 Couldn’t the students follow the teacher’s instructions?
13 Why can/t Mr. Johnson do that work sometime next week?
14 could your friends see most of the parade from their window?
15 Who can translate these two sentences into English for me?
148
EXPRESSING “ADVISABILITY” OR “OBLIGATION” 62
Use both should and ought with the verb in parentheses to express “advisability” or “obligation”
in the present or future. Study the example carefully.
1 We (invite) the Browns to the party. (a) We should invite the

Browns to the party. (b) We ought to invite the browns to the party.
2 You (return) the money to Mr. Lucas as soon as possible.
3 Your friends (leave) now. It’s getting quite late.
4 Everyone (help) his friends and neighbors whenever possible.
5 Robert (speak) to Mr. Kramer about that matter soon.
6 Mr. Burke (try) to find a better job with another company.
7 Students (always, spend) time on their lessons at home.
8 You (be) a little more careful about that in the future.
9 Dr. Hanson (take) a taxi home. It’s a very long walk.
10 We (urge) all of our friends to attend that meeting.
11 Drivers (always, be) courteous to others on the highways.
12 Harold (stay) at home tonight and (study) his English lesson.
13 You (go) to parties more often and (make) new friends.
14 They (write) that letter to James and (mail) it right away.
THE PAST TENSE OF SHOULD AND OUGHT 63

Change the verb in each sentence to the past tense form. After each sentence, add another sen-
tence to show that the action did not occur. Study the examples.
1 Mr. Kennedy should go to the meeting. Mr. Kennedy should have gone to the
meeting. however, he didn’t go to the meeting.
2 You ought to speak to the director. You ought to have spoken to
the director. however, you didn’t speak to the director.
3 You should tell your boss the truth about the accident.
4 Miss Irwin ought to send the company a check immediately.
5 I should study very hard for the next examination.
6 We ought to eat our dinner at a convenient time.
7 Harold should take some courses in history.
8 Mr. Farrell should answer that telegram soon.
9 You ought to explain all of the details to me.
10 Mrs. Wilson ought to stay in bed and res.
11 Everyone ought to do his share of the work.
12 You ought to call her and tell her the news.
149
64 NEGATIVES WITH SHOULD AND OUGHT
Use the verb in parentheses in negative sentences with both should and ought. Use the correct
tense. Study the first two examples carefully.
1 You (help) Fred tomorrow. (a) You should not help Fred tomorrow.
(b) You ought not to help Fred tomorrow.
2 Bill (go) home last week. (a) Bill should not have gone home last week.
(b) Bill ought not to have gone home last week.
3 Frank (tell) anyone about his plans until next summer.
4 Mr. Foster (write) to them about that matter last week.
5 You (go) to bed so late every night of the week.
6 Mr. Black (speak) so frankly in front of his boss yesterday.
7 Mr. Burke (give) that fellow any more money last week.
8 We (delay) any longer than next Wednesday in answering.
9 You (drink) so many cups of coffee last night.
10 They (nominate) Mr. Kennedy at the meeting tomorrow.
11 The janitor (lock) the two front doors yesterday morning.
12 You (force) Tom and Fred to come with us tomorrow night.
13 Smith and Green (object) to Brown’s suggestion yesterday.
65 QUESTIONS WITH SHOULD AND OUGHT

Use the verb in parentheses in question with both should and ought. use the correct tense. Study
the two examples carefully.
1 We (tell) everyone tomorrow. (a) Should we tell everyone tomorrow?

(b) Ought we to tell everyone tomorrow?
2 We (speak) to Bill yesterday. (a) Should we have spoken to Bill yesterday?
(b) Ought we to have spoken to Bill yesterday?
3 You (tell) your boss about that problem next Monday.
4 We (give) the message to someone else when we called.
5 I (ask) Mr. Kennedy for his advice about that tomorrow night.
6 Roger (send) them a telegram before he leaves tonight.
7 Mr. Johnson (submit) his application before this week.
8 The students (stay) there and (wait) for Mr. Fox yesterday.
9 We (invite) Mr. and Mrs. Bailey to the party next week.
10 My friend (announce) the news to them sooner than he did.
11 I (wait) until next week and (make) a decision then.
12 Fred (persuade) Mr. Lucas to ride with us tomorrow.
13 Mr. Johnson (take) the papers and (give) them to you yesterday.
150
EXPRESSING “NECESSITY” 66
Use both must and have with the verb in parentheses to express “necessity” in the present of
future. Study the first two examples.
1 We (finish) that work before Friday. (a) We must finish that work before Friday.
(b) We have to finish that work before Friday.
2 Bill (return) to Baltimore tomorrow. (a) Bill must return to Baltimore
tomorrow. (b) Bill bas to return to Baltimore tomorrow.
3 Mr. Kramer (make out) his income tax report next week.
4 You (inform) the police about the accident right away.
5 Everyone (take) the English placement examination.
6 All members of the club (pay) their dues before Friday.
7 I (finish) this work by tomorrow and (give) it to Mr. Wilson.
8 Carlos (work) much harder in order to improve his marks.
9 It’s late! We (walk) very fast to get there on time.
10 I (cash) this check. otherwise, I won’t have any money.
11 Mr. Kennedy (have) your reply no later than next Tuesday.
12 We (be) at the airport thirty minutes before flight time.
13 You (write) to the company and (explain) everything carefully.
THE PAST TENSE OF MUST AND HAVE 67

Change the verb in each sentence to the past tense form. notice that there is no past tense form
of must. Study the first two examples carefully.
1 We have to leave right away We bad to leave right away.

2 Mr. Adams must go to Boston. Mr. Adams bad to go to Boston.
3 I have to read the instructions carefully to understand them.
4 We must drive very fast to get there before eight o’clock.
5 Mr. Wilson has to get to the airport thirty minutes early.
6 I must stay at my office until six-thirty tonight.
7 Bill and I have to finish all of the work by tomorrow night.
8 We muse call a plumber to fix those broken pipes.
9 All of the members have to attend the meeting tomorrow.
11 Everyone has to do his share of the work next Wednesday.
12 I must return the money to Mr. Lucas before Wednesday.
13 We have to sign the contract and return it immediately.
14 Our teacher often has to explain the same lesson twice.
15 Smith has to fill out the papers and submit them by Saturday.
151
68 QUESTIONS WITH MUST AND HAVE
Change these sentences to questions. Study the first two examples.
1 Mr. hart must leave now. Must Mr. hart leave now?
2 We have to study that lesson. Do we have to study that lesson?
3 The students have to turn in their papers tomorrow.
4 Everyone in the class must take the final examination.
5 Miss Cunningham has to go shopping this afternoon.
6 Her friend has tog et ready to leave right now.
7 We have to return those books to the library tomorrow.
8 Frank had to explain everything to Mr. Moore carefully.
9 You must speak to Mr. Brink before the meeting tonight.
10 The Andersons have to leave for Denver next Tuesday.
11 Louise had to leave home early to get there on time.
12 The students must also write the other two exercises.
13 We must wrap that package and mail it to Miss holt today.
14 The students had to study the lesson and learn the new words.
15 The man must fill out the blank and give it to the secretary.
69 NEGATIVES WITH MUST AND HAVE

Change the verb in these sentences to the negative form and make any other necessary changes.
also indicate the meaning of the sentence (“prohibition” or “lack of necessity”). Study the first
two examples carefully.
1 Carol must leave before eight o’clock.

Carol must not leave before eight o’clock. (prohibition)
2 You have to write these two lessons.
You don’t have to write these two lessons. (lack of necessity)
3 Miss Peters has to cash that check right away.
4 We must say something to Mr. Adams about that matter.
5 Dave and I have to be there at a specific time tonight.
6 Your friend must reveal all of his plans to those people.
7 We always have to write the exercises for our teacher.
8 The students had to ask for permission in order to leave.
9 We must also give the other one to Mr. Wilson’s secretary.
10 The men had to show some kind of identification.
11 You must help your two friends with their homework.
12 I have to pay Mr. Lucas some of the money this week.
13 You must tell your friends your plans for next year too.
14 The students had to answer all of the questions on the page.
152
REVIEW: QUESTIONS WITH AUXILIARIES 70
Change the following statements and negatives to the question form.
1 He has to leave. Does be have to leave?

2 Tom can’t do it. Can’t tom do it?
3 Dorothy will be able to meet us here tomorrow.
4 You must tell your boss about your change in plans.
5 Miss Cunningham couldn’t find her purse and gloves.
6 We have to answer all the questions on the page.
7 We should invite Mr. and Mrs. Wilson to the party too.
8 I must wrap the package and mail it today.
9 Mr. Stewart won’t be able to attend the meeting.
10 I should tell them the truth about the accident.
11 The students had to ask for permission to leave.
12 The students can understand their teacher very well.
13 I should not tell anyone about it until tomorrow.
14 he’s not able to help the men with it right now.
15 You must speak to Mr. Henderson before the meeting.
REVIEW: NEGATIVES WITH AUXILIARIES 71

Change the following statements and questions to the negative form.
1 You should call them. You shouldn’t call them.

2 Can roger help us? Can’t Roger help us?
3 I must call Mr. Kennedy at his office today.
4 We could hear the man form the back of the room.
5 I have to get the money form Harold right away.
6 Bill will be able to lend us some money next week
7 You should urge them to join that organization.
8 Can your friends, o to the meeting with us tonight?
9 They must tell their boss al of their plans.
10 Were you able to finish the entire job yesterday?
11 We had to ask our boss for permission to leave early.
12 I can think of a few examples similar to that one.
13 You should have said something to Louise about it.
14 We must also show those people the other one.
15 The employees had to work on Saturday and Sunday.
153
72 REVIEW: THE AUXILIARY FORMS
Select the correct word or words from the parentheses in each sentence. Do not add any other
word or words to the sentence.
1 Everyone (must, bas) to take the examination tomorrow.

2 Students (should ought) spend much time on their homework.
3 Bill (can, will be able) help us with the work next week.
4 We (must, have) leave for home in a few minutes.
5 She (couldn’t wasn’t able) to fund her silver bracelet.
6 You (should, ought) to write to them today or tomorrow.
7 Johnson (must, bas) send out the report right away.
8 We (should, ought) explain that sentence to us?
9 Who (can, is able) explain that sentence to us?
10 The men (must, have) finish the job before Monday.
11 Everyone (should, ought) have tried to be more careful.
12 The students (could, were able) understand everything.
13 They (must, have) to have your answer immediately.
14 You (should, ought) not to smoke quite so much.
15 We (can’t, won’t be able) to visit you next weekend.
73 REVIEW: THE PRINCIPAL VERB

Use the correct form of the verb in parentheses in each sentence.
1 Which one of them should I (buy)? I can’t (decide).

2 Why do you have (explain) everything to your boss?
3 How long can you (be) away from your office?
4 When will Mr. Kennedy be able (give) us an answer?
5 What should we (say) to the director about that yesterday?
6 How long must we (wait) here for those people?
7 Why weren’t those men able (finish) the work right away/
8 How many sentences did you have (write) for the teacher?
9 How much can you (afford) to pay for an apartment?
10 Why should we (speak) to him when we saw him?
11 When must we (return) all of these books to the library?
12 How many students could (translate) those two sentences?
13 Why ought Bill (give) them the money before this week?
14 How many members can (come) to the meeting tomorrow?
15 How far must we (walk) in order to get to the Franklin hotel?
154
“THE IMPORTANT MEETING” 74
Read this conversation carefully. Notice the use of the auxiliaries will, should, etc.
Bill: Are you going to attend the meet-

ing tonight? Tom: I should go. Unfor-
tunately, I won’t be able to go. Bill:
Why should you go? Tom: The speak-
er will talk about job opportunities. I
ought to know all about this subject.
As you know, I will graduate from
school next June. Then I will have to
find a job. Bill: In that case, you ought
to cancel your other plans and attend
the meeting. You shouldn’t miss-this
meeting. Tom You’re right. But I can’t
go. Bill: Why can’t you? Tom: don’t
you remember? We’re going to have
an examination in our class tomorrow.
I have to study for the examination.
Bill: Do you have to study? Is it a necessity? Tom: Well, I suppose the expression “have
to stud” is too strong. No one is forcing me. But I really ought to study tonight. I should
devote the time to a thorough review. Everyone ought to review before an exam. Don’t
you agree? Bill: Yes, I do. Tom: In that case, shouldn’t you study too? Bill: I don’t have
to study. I studied last night, and I’m sure I can pass it. Besides that, I must attend the
meeting. Tom: Why must you attend it? Bill: Have you forgotten? I have to introduce the
speaker to the audience. Tom: Yes, That’s right. Does Fred have to go too? Bill: Yes, he
does. By the way, that reminds me of something. I must not forget to call him. Tom: Why
mustn’t you forget? Bill: I must remind him to bring the microphone. As a matter of fact,
I ought to call him right now because it’s getting late. Tom: I can remind him for you. I’ll
see him in half an hour. Bill: Good. That will help me a lot. Tom: Say, Bill, would you do
a favor for me? Bill: sure, I’d be glad to help you. What can I do for you? Tom. Would
you please take notes during the lecture tonight? Bill: Of course. I can do that very easily
because I have to keep a record of the meeting anyway. Should I as Fred to take notes
too? Tom: No, that won’t be necessary. Well, have to go now. I’ll see you later. Bill: All
right. So long and thanks. Tom: I won’t forget your message for Fred.
155
75 REVIEW: SIMPLE QUESTION FORMS
Change the following statements and negatives to simple questions.
1 Thom know that fellow. Does Tom know that fellow?

2 He won’t be able to come. Won’t he be able to come?
3 The students understood the instructions completely.
4 Miss Johnson does her homework at the library.
5 They had to check every one of the reports carefully.
6 I should have written to the Browns and explained it.
7 All of those students have their own dictionaries.
8 I can not think of anything to tell you right now.
9 You have not received any letters from them yet.
10 I shouldn’t lend that fellow the money to pay for it.
11 Mr. Anderson flies to South America every summer.
13 It is always hot in New York at this time of the year.
14 He always has to repeat the instructions for the students.
15 Carlos studied at Pasadena city college last year.
16 Mr. Johnson has already been introduced to that fellow.
76 REVIEW: NEGATIVE FORMS

Change the following statements and questions to the negative form.
1 I went to the meeting. I didn’t go to the meeting.

2 Can they go with us tonight? Can’t they go with us tonight?
3 The instructor explained that lesson to us yesterday.
4 You should call Mr. Johnson before nine o’clock.
5 Could your friends see the parade form their window?
6 Hurry! We have to have all those things right away.
7 The inside of the house has already been painted.
8 The Taylors planned to leave for the weekend too.
9 There have been some very bad storms recently.
10 I had an opportunity to speak to Mr. Smith yesterday.
11 We saw someone in the hall outside your office.
12 Those two carpenters did the work very quickly.
13 The students had to answer all the questions on the page.
14 I felt quite sick at eight o’clock this morning.
15 Will you be able to finish the work before next Friday?
156
INFINITIVE VS GERUND (1) 77
Choose the correct form (full infinitive or gerund) of the verb in each sentence. Check your
work with the answers in the appendix.
1 My friend promised (return) the book very soon.

My friend promised to return the book very soon.
2 Most people enjoy (write) letters to their friends.
Most people enjoy writing letters to their friends.
3 Tom avoids (study) his lessons as long as possible.
4 Did you offer (translate) those letters for them?
5 Davis finished (write) the report about four o’clock.
6 How soon do you expect (leave) for South America?
7 Senator Holt refused (eliminate) any of the major points.
8 Have you going to suggest (travel) by train or not?
9 Are you going to suggest (travel) by train or not?
10 Did they promise (reserve) some good seats for us?
11 I would appreciate (hear) from you as soon as possible.
12 They should postpone (leave) for another week or so.
13 I’ll need (buy) a new winter overcoat before long.
14 Did the students practice (use) the words in sentences?
15 Would you mind (wait) for 15 or 20 minutes?
16 We don’t dare (suggest) that possibility to them.
17 Why do you always put off (write) to your friends?
18 Miss Stewart hopes (receive) a reply within a few days.
19 Those men deny (know) anything at all about it.
20 Our guests don’t plan (leave) until the end of the week.
21 We couldn’t resist (tell) them the whole story.
22 Keep on (study). I don’t want (interrupt) your work.
23 I hesitate (say) anything to him about the mistake.
24 I don’t recall (see) your briefcase beside that desk.
25 His secretary failed (include) several important items.
26 I can’t stand (listen) to his complaints any longer.
27 I don’t want (risk) (lose) those valuable papers.
28 Smith claims (be) an expert on that particular subject.
29 Please stop (interrupt) me in the middle of a sentence.
30 I will remember (give) Mr. Brown your message.
31 Did the man agree (pay) for everything in cash?
32 That fellow really resents (take) orders from other people.
157
78 INFINITIVE VS GERUND (2)
Chose the correct form (full infinitive or gerund) of the verb in each sentence. Check your work
with the answers in the appendix.
1 We hope (visit) Mexico City on our next trip.

2 John avoided (speak) to the teacher about it.
3 Mr. Foster definitely needs (buy) an overcoat.
4 The Andersons enjoyed (go) to that play.
5 He demanded (see) the report immediately.
6 My friend says he plans (study) Italian next year.
7 Bill doesn’t wish (reveal) his plans to us yet.
8 Have you finished (read) that new novel yet?
9 Would you mind (shut) both of those windows.
10 Fred admitted (know) very little about that subject.
11 You shouldn’t put off (write) your homework.
12 We would appreciate (receive) your answer promptly.
13 I expect (receive) an answer from the Browns soon.
14 Mr. Green suggested (leave) before the weekend.
15 I definitely recall (put) the envelope here on my desk.
16 Why did they refuse (give) you the information?
17 I really can’t postpone (tell) them any longer.
18 We wanted (buy) something a little less expensive.
19 How can anyone resist (like) that charming girl?
20 We don’t want (risk) (lose) our money that way.
21 I don’ intend (tell) anyone about my plans yet.
22 For a while, we considered not (go) with them.
23 The children promised not (do) that any more.
24 I don’t deny not (understand) that part of the lesson.
25 Why don’t you offer (help) him with that work?
26 I hesitate (suggest) any changes at this time.
27 George delayed (write) the letter as long as possible.
28 I don’t advise (study) for very long periods of time.
29 He seems (know) a great deal about that subject.
30 I resolved (do) much better work in the future.
31 Did you forget (give) Mr. Simmons that message?
32 She pretends (understand) everything very clearly.
33 Miss Williams tends (exaggerate) things a great deal.
34 The police failed (notify) the man’s relatives of the accident.
158
THE INFINITIVE AFTER OBJECTS 79
Complete these sentences with an object and a full infinitive. Study the first four examples
carefully.
1 The foreman advised me to ask for a raise next month.

2 I finally persuaded my friend to stay for two more days.
3 The students wanted Mr. Brown to explain the lesson again.
4 Everyone urged Bill Black to continue his education.
5 Her mother allowed ..............................................................................................
6 Our friends asked .................................................................................................
7 Everyone wanted ..................................................................................................
8 We have invited ....................................................................................................
9 They didn’t permit ...............................................................................................
10 Do his friends expect ............................................................................................
11 The children begged .............................................................................................
12 The director advised .............................................................................................
13 The company hired ...............................................................................................
14 The manager instructed ........................................................................................
15 We finally persuaded ............................................................................................
16 Did you remind ....................................................................................................
17 They finally convinced .........................................................................................
18 We actually had to force .......................................................................................
19 Did you promise .................................................................................................?
20 The captain ordered ..............................................................................................
21 Almost everyone told ...........................................................................................
22 Why don’t you urge ............................................................................................?
23 Did your teacher advise ......................................................................................?
24 You can depend on ...............................................................................................
25 Can’t you persuade .............................................................................................?
26 Our friends invited ...............................................................................................
27 Did they ask ........................................................................................................?
28 I don’t expect .......................................................................................................
29 Should we remind ...............................................................................................?
30 They won’t you hire .............................................................................................
32 The policeman forced ...........................................................................................
31 Why can’t you hire .............................................................................................?
33 They should urge ..................................................................................................
34 We didn’t want .....................................................................................................
159
80 REVIEW: INFINITIVE VS GERUND
Use the correct form (infinitive or gerund) of each verb in parentheses.
1 Why did they insist on (leave) so early last night?

2 It takes about six hours (get) there from Miami.
3 How long do you expect (stay) in Puerto Rico?
4 We went to the lecture (hear) that famous author.
5 (Learn) English quickly is not an easy thing.
6 She promised (return) it just as soon as possible.
7 We are looking forward to (see) our friends next week.
8 It’s very easy (criticize) other people’s work.
9 You ought to postpone (leave) until next Wednesday.
10 We invited them (attend) the meeting next week.
11 I took the cover off the machine (show) it to them.
12 Would you mind (open) both of those windows?
13 (Write) good compositions is extremely difficult.
14 Foster didn’t explain his reasons for (quit) his job.
15 Did you remind the man (lock) both of the doors?
16 Our teacher encourages us (think) for ourselves.
17 It took us only two hours (get) there by plane.
18 He mentioned the possibility of (buy) a new one.
19 We came (listen) to the music, not (discuss) it.
20 They have offered (show) us how (work) the machine.
21 He wants (teach) the students (speak) English correctly.
22 (Travel) abroad increases one’s (understand) of life.
23 I didn’t think of (say) anything to him at the time.
24 We hope (finish) (paint) the house by Thursday.
25 It is impossible (do) that without any help form you.
26 I need (get) a new briefcase (replace) this one.
27 We’re afraid of (offend) them by (suggest) that.
28 Those two examples are quite difficult (understand)
29 His boss refused (consider) (give) him the day off.
30 I forgot (ask) his brother (tell) him about it.
31 Most people save for a long time (buy) a house.
32 Mr. Moore advised me (change) my method of (do) it.
33 They aren’t depending on (get) a loan (buy) the house.
34 The students are enjoying (learn) (write) English correctly.
160
THE PASSIVE INFINITIVE WITH AUXILIARIES 81
Write the correct infinitive form of the verb in parentheses in each sentence. Study the first two
examples carefully.
1 That work must (complete) before tomorrow night.

That work must be completed before tomorrow night.
2 These machines ought (inspect) once a year.
These machines ought to be inspected once a year.
3 All seats have (reserve) at least a week in advance.
4 That information can (obtain) at the information desk.
5 A different method should (try) in the future.
6 All accidents must (report) to the police immediately.
7 Much more attention should (devote) to that problem.
8 That assignment doesn’t have (complete) this week.
9 The statistics in that report ought (check) very carefully.
10 The entire amount must (repay) within twelve months.
11 Examples of that sort can (fund) almost everywhere.
12 Part of the work should (assign) to another department.
13 The final examination has (take) by all students.
14 That part of the job can (do) anytime before next Friday.
INFINITIVE VS GERUND (PASSIVE FORMS) 82

Write the correct form (infinitive or gerund) of the verb in parentheses in each sentence. Study
the first two examples carefully.
1 That fellow seems (trust) by everyone.

That fellow seems to be trusted by everyone.
2 Don’t you recall (tell) about that by Mr. Burke?
Don’t you recall being told about that by Mr. Burke?
3 Mr. Foster hopes (transfer) to Chicago by his company.
4 No one enjoys (deceive) by another person.
5 I absolutely refuse (cheat) by them in that manner.
6 We would appreciate (inform) about the matter promptly.
7 Naturally, I would like (promote) to a higher position.
8 Mr. Anderson wishes (notify) just as soon as possible.
9 That author doesn’t mind (criticize) by his friends.
10 The whole problem certainly needs (consider) very carefully.
11 That fellow couldn’t avoid (draft) into military service.
12 I really didn’t expect (introduce) to the president.
13 Of course, we intend (pay) in full for all of our services.
161
83 SHORT ADDITIONS WITH TOO AND EITHER
Make short additions to these sentences with the proper verb and too or either. Study the first
four examples carefully.
1 I like classical music. Bill does too.

2 They are working right now. We are too.
3 Mr. Brown didn’t meet that man. I didn’t either.
4 Alice won’t have enough time. Betty won’t either.
5 Louise wasn’t at the party. Martha ....................................
6 The Moores went to that concert. We ..........................................
7 I should study for the examination. You .........................................
8 We don’t have enough money. They .......................................
9 We’ve already done that lesson. He ..........................................
10 I’m not going to go tomorrow. Roger .....................................
11 Her brother can speak Spanish. She .........................................
12 Frank didn’t know that word. Fred ........................................
13 Alice bought a new spring coat. Louise ....................................
14 You must make a decision soon. I ..............................................
15 Not many people enjoyed his speech. We ..........................................
84 SHORT ADDITIONS WITH SO AND NEITHER

Make short additions to these sentences with so or neither and the proper verb. Study the first
four examples carefully.
1 Fred usually woks on Saturday. So does frank.

2 They could understand everything. So could we.
3 We won’t be at that meeting. Neither will Fred.
4 The girls didn’t get there on time. Neither did I.
5 I know Mr. Harris very well. ........................................Tom.
6 They haven’t had any trouble yet .........................................She.
7 You should leave for home early ..........................................we.
8 We don’t usually drive to the office .........................................they.
9 Mr. Howell can’t come tomorrow ........................................Bob.
10 She’s been there several times ..........................................we.
11 I fell on those slippery steps ..........................................she.
12 Those students weren’t absent ..............................................I.
13 Martha would like to learn French .........................................Bill.
14 We didn’t finish the work yesterday .........................................they.
15 I am going to write a letter to him ..........................................we.
162
THE CONNECTING WORDS 85
Select who, whom, whose, or which for the blank in each sentence. The put brackets around the
adjective clause.
1 The book.................... we are reading now is very interesting.

The book (which we are reading now) is very interesting.
2 The fellow.............. is walking with Tom is in my class.
3 The assignment.................. we did yesterday was quite easy.
4 The man....................... you just met is a very famous writer.
5 The rumor.................... we heard yesterday is not true.
6 He’s the kind of person............ gets results quickly.
7 We met a woman.................. name was very unusual.
8 The police caught the man............. had stolen the jewels.
9 The new model,.................. has just come out, is the best so far.
10 He’s the man...................... installed our electrical equipment.
11 The box in.................... she put the gift was very attractive.
12 The house.................... Smith lives in is located on this street.
13 The teacher about............... she spoke was my teacher last year.
14 The subject.................... you wrote about interested everyone.
15 Miss Fox belongs to an organization.......... assists hospitals.
THE CONNECTING WORD THAT 86

Change the italicized word that to who, whom, or which. Then put brackets around the adjective
clause.
1 That is the package that came in the mail.

That is the package (which came in the mail).
2 He said the first thing that occurred to him.
3 I admire a man that tries to maintain high ideals
4 The book that I’m using belongs to the teacher.
5 The person that told it to me know the mayor well.
6 Is this the package that you wanted me to take?
7 It’s a custom that is quite difficult to explain.
8 The doctor that he recommended was very competent.
9 The lesson that we’re studying seems quite easy.
10 He said something that everyone should remember.
11 She doesn’t know the person that they mentioned.
12 The part that is the most difficult for me is this one.
13 He is the man that will take care of the matter.
14 The one that my sister Alice wants is brown and yellow.
163
87 PREPOSITIONS IN QUESTIONS
W rite a question about the italicized part of each sentence. W rite the question in the two ways
indicated in examples (a) and (b). Notice the position of the preposition.
1 those two fellow are talking about the election.

(a) What are those two fellows talking about?
(b) About what are those two fellows talking?
2 The men spoke to Mr. Wilson yesterday morning.
(a) Whom did the men speak to yesterday morning?
(b) To whom did the men speak yesterday morning?
3 Thomas and Frank are waiting for their friends.
4 That young couple got the money from their parents.
5 Mr. Kennedy has invested his money in stocks and bonds.
6 That difficult exercise is on page one hundred and sixty.
7 The teacher talked about clauses in class this morning.
8 Tom’s friend devotes most of his time to studying English.
9 Maria Perez was born in the Dominican Republic.
10 Miss Cunningham is shopping for a spring coat.
11 The four salesmen report to Mr. Johnson once a week.
12 Mr. Wilson’s secretary put the letters in the first drawer.
13 The chairman objected to our suggestion at the conference.
14 Mr. Andrew’s son is studying medicine at Columbia University.
15 My secretary addressed the letter to the Jiffy Company.
16 The men should connect the rope to the post in the middle.
17 Mr. Gregory is employed by the A.B.C. Supply company.
18 I keep my money in the First People’s Savings Bank.
19 Miss Stewart sent the memorandum to Mr. Green’s office.
20 We stayed the longest time in Brazil and Venezuela.
21 Mr. Phillips insisted on a change in methods very strongly.
22 Everybody was very excited about the president’s announcement.
23 You can cover the opening with a piece of metal to protect it.
24 I confused this word with the word “imminent.”
25 The insurance agent should give the report to Mr. Burke.
26 The treasurer explained the plan to the board of directors.
27 The students had the most trouble with the first part of the lesson.
28 You should submit your application to me after the interview.
29 Those people complained to me about the amount of noise.
30 Mr. Smith and Mr. Wilson were arguing about the annual report.
164
WHAT VS WHICH IN CLAUSES 88
Chose what or which for the blank in each sentence.
(PART ONE)
1 Did you understand................. the teacher taught us today?
2 Did you understand the part......... the teacher discussed?
3 I don’t recall the story................. you are talking about.
4 I don’t recall.................. you said about the story yesterday.
5 I always enjoy a story............ has a surprise ending.
6 Our friend didn’t tell us.............Mr. Foster had said to her.
7 The used car............John bought last week has a good motor.
8 Can you tell the students.............. the population of Cuba is?
9 That’s the house..............the Millers were talking about.
10 I always read every book.............. the teacher recommends.
11 Smith didn’t reveal............... he had discussed with the director.
12 I gave Helen the boxes............... I wanted her to deliver for me.
13 I told Helen.............she should do with the two boxes.
14 Fred repeated the same things...............you had already told me.
15 Did Martha buy the one...............she liked the best of all?
16 Martha didn’t mention................ the rice of the dress was.
(PART TWO)
1 Please tell us............ you think about our suggestion.
2 This is............... I recommend for you to do.
3 I tried to do everything............. you wanted me to do.
4 Did Mr. Wilson tell you............... happened at the conference?
5 I have several books................... I hope to read this week.
6 That’s something................. we should all try to remember.
7 Betty forgot to ask Jim.................... he had done the previous week.
8 I read the article............. you recommended to me.
9 The lesson................... we studied yesterday was quite difficult.
10 I can’t remember............... Mr. Harris said about the lesson.
11 Do you know................... that man does for a living?
12 It’s very difficult to find the things........... you need there.
13 A man is judged by the books................ he reads. (proverb)
14 The teacher explained................... the words in the sentence meant.
15 There are few questions............... do not have an answer. (proverb)
165
89 THE WORD THAT IN CLAUSES (2)
Copy each sentence, and if possible, omit the word that at the beginning of the dependent
clause. In some cases, the connecting word that can not be omitted.
1 Bill paid $800 for the car that he bought from Edward.
Bill paid $800 for the car be bought from Edward.
2 Howard told us that the car was in perfect condition.
3 I can’t afford a car that costs much more than $650.
4. Please remember that we must get to the office before noon.
5. No one was hurt in the accident that John and I saw today.
6. The accident that happened at the corner was quite unusual.
7. The police have assumed that the other driver was at fault.
8. Don and I enjoyed the program that we listened to last night.
9. How did you like the actor that played the leading role?
10. Doesn’t ‘Alice realize that we don’t agree with her?
11. I didn’t know that Mr. and Mrs. Miller owned that house.
12. Do you know the fellow that owns the house next to theirs?
13. Mr. Miller admitted that he had never met his neighbor.
14. Did you notice the typewriter that they bought for the office?
15. Yes. I also noticed that that the typewriter made very little noise.
90 CLAUSES WITHOUT CONNECTING WORDS (2)

Copy each sentence, and if possible, omit the italicized connecting word. Make any other
necessary chanes. In some cases, the connecting word can not be omitted. Study the examples
carefully.
1. The lesson which we studied in class today was difficult.

The lesson we studied in class today was difficult.
2. The man to whom you should speak is Mr. Kennedy.
The man you should speak to is Mr. Kennedy.
3. Did your friend mention what his father had said to him?
(The connecting word what can not be omitted.)
4. We tried to follow the instructions which Tom had given us.
5. They have already decided which one they’re going to buy.
6. The doctor to whom I went last week specializes in surgery.
7. Try to remember what your teacher said about this exercise.
8. The lawyer who handles our legal problems mentioned that.
9. The part with which I had the most difficulty is that one.
10. Would you please explain why you didn’t finish all of the work.
11. What’s the name of the song which those girls are singing?
12. No one here knew the man who delivered those packages.
166
USING CONNECTING WORDS CORRECTLY 91
Add connecting words (which, who, that, etc.) to these sentences only if necessary.
1 The man is sitting by the door takes care of requests for catalogs.
2 The gloves I lost at school yesterday were not my best ones.
3 lots of students don’t know the Island of Majorca is located.
4 I asked the clerk about the price of the camera in the window.
5 please try to remember you did with my books and notes.
6 No one knew Mr. hart had already accepted the director’s offer.
7 The butcher sold me these steaks usually has very good meat.
8 We assured the man we weren’t going to bother him in the least.
9 I wonder books and papers these are. Are they Mr. Meyer’s?
10 The girl you see at the rear door of the office is Miss peters.
11 Can you suggest someone can give me some advice in this matter?
12 At the last moment, I found I would be unable to help the men.
13 Walter Burns, spoke to you last night, would like to join the club.
14 Professor Moore, our English teacher, has written two textbooks.
15 Almost everyone believed the election would be won by Mr. Doe.
16 The fellow you spoke to at the convention is a good friend of mine.
17 The letter the mailman delivered today was from Mrs. Anderson.
18 Have you heard is coming to stay with us for a week or two?
19 They’re coming to visit us. We don’t know they are coming.
20 The student wrote these two papers made a lot of mistakes.
21 Without any hesitation, the man denied the policeman’s accusation.
22 The evening newspaper reported it would be quite cold tomorrow.
23 American football, is unknown in Chile, attracts many spectators.
24 Jefferson, was president from 1801 to 1809, was also a writer.
25 Can you tell me the janitor locked all of the doors so early?
26 That tall fellow reminds me of someone I knew a long time ago.
27 I didn’t mention anything at all to my boss about my plans.
28 The report Mr. Johnson is writing must be finished before Friday.
29 I can’t imagine they’re going to invite to the reception party.
30 The instructor teaches that class teaches another section at night.
31 I think the man is talking to Mr. Berg works for the Ajay Company.
32 The Ajax Company, exports metal products, employs 92 workers.
33 The Ajax Company, a branch of EXCO, Inc., was founded in 1946.
34 The student lent you his book speaks both Italian and Spanish.
167
92 VERBS AFTER QUESTION WORDS (1)
Read each question (a) carefully. Then put the subject and auxiliary verb in the correct order in
the answer (b). Notice the difference in word order in (a) and (b). Also notice that the question
word in each answer (b) is also the connecting word for a dependent clause.
1 (a) Where is William working now?

(b) I don’t know where William is working now.
2 (a) When will the guests arrive?
(b) I don’t know when the guests will arrive.
3 (a) Where is Frank going to eat lunch?
(b) I don’t know where....... ......... going to eat lunch.
4 (a) When should we tell them the news?
(b) I don’t know when........ ....... tell them the news,
5 (a) What are they laughing about/
(b) I don’t know what........ ......... laughing about.
6 (a) Where will you spend your vacation?
(b) I don’t know where......... ........ spend my vacation.
7 (a) What country is Pierre from?
(b) I don’t know what country....... ........ from.
93 VERBS AFTER QUESTION WORDS (2)

Read the question (a0 carefully. Then eliminate the auxiliary verb do, does, or did and use the
simple present or simple past form of the verb in the answer (b). Notice the difference between
the form of the verb in the question and in the dependent clause in the answer.
1 (a) Where does Mr. Anderson live?

(b) I don’t know where Mr. Anderson lives.
2 (a) When did Louise write that letter?
(b) I don’t know when Louise wrote that letter.
3 (a) Where does George usually eat his lunch?
(b) I don’t know where George usually.... his lunch.
4 (a) How much does that typewriter cost?
(b) I don’t know how much that typewriter.......
5 (a) Where did Mary go during her vacation?
(b) I don’t know where Mary....... during her vacation.
6 (a) What does Mr. Smith do for a living?
(b) I don’t know what Mr. Smith...... for a living.
7 (a) When did the mailman deliver the letter?
(b) I don’t know when the mailman ..... the letter.
168
DIRECT QUESTIONS VS NOUN CLAUSES 94
Finish the sentence at the right with a noun clause based on the preceding direct question. Study
examples 1 through 4. Keep the same tense throughout.
1 Where will he be? Let’s ask him where he will be.

2 Why did she leave? Do you know why she left?
3 Who is that man? I don’t know who that man is.
4 When did Tom return? Please tell me when Tom returned.
5 Where is Charles going? I don’t know .....................................................
6 Where does Fred live? Do you remember ..........................................?
7 When did they arrive? I can’t tell you ..................................................
8 When are they leaving? Let’s ask them ..................................................
9 Why were you absent? Please explain ..................................................
10 Why didn’t you return/ I can’t understand ............................................
11 Why did you buy it? Please tell me ...................................................
12 Who is that tall fellow? Can you find out ............................................?
13 Who is doing the work? I don’t know .....................................................
14 Who wrote this paper? Can you tell me ..............................................?
15 Whom did they invite? I can’t imagine .................................................
16 Whom should I speak to? I would like to know ........................................
17 Whose house is that? Can’t you ask somebody ................................?
18 Whose book did he use? I wonder ...........................................................
19 What happened to you? Won’t you tell me ..........................................?
20 What is he talking about? Can you guess ..............................................?
21 What does the word mean? Can you tell me ..............................................?
22 What do you call that? I really don’t know ...........................................
23 What did she ask them? Do you remember ..........................................?
24 what country is he from? Let’s ask Carlos ...............................................
25 What cities did you visit? Please tell us ....................................................
26 Which one is Brown’s? Don’t you know .............................................?
27 Which one does he want? I don’t remember .............................................
28 Which do you prefer? Please tell the clerk ..........................................
29 How does it work? The man will explain .......................................
30 How old is Mr. Wilson? Can you guess ................................................?
31 How much does it cost? Ask the manager ..............................................
32 How much did it cost? He doesn’t remember .......................................
33 How do you say this? Can you tell me ..............................................?
169
95 SEQUENCE: THE TWO PAST TENSES
Change the italicized verb in each sentence to the simple past tense (example: he says to he
said). Then change the following verb to the simple past tense or the continuous past tense (ex-
ample: he is talking to he was talking). Study the first two sentences carefully.
1 I think Robert needs some money right away.
I thought Robert needed some money right away.
2 Tom says Frank is writing letters to his friends.
Tom said Frank was writing letters to his friends.
3 I know that they always study their lessons very carefully.
4 My friend believes there is absolutely nothing to worry about.
5 The newspaper article says that professor teaches at Harvard.
6 Fred thinks the students are talking to the teacher.
7 He says the members are discussing that matter now.
8 That article says it rains a great deal in that country.
9 I thinks Mr. Meyer is working on his English assignment.
10 Mr. Jackson says he usually works thirty-five hours a week.
11 I think that Professor Duncan is writing another book this year.
96 SEQUENCE: THE TWO PAST TENSES

Change the italicized verb in each sentence to the simple past tense (example: she reports to
she reported). Then change the following verb to the perfect past tense (first example: she has
spoken to she had spoken; second example: she forgot to she had forgotten) Study the first two
sentences carefully.
1 Mr. Kirby claims that he spoke to those people.

Mr. Kirby claimed that be bad spoken to those people.
2 The foreman says the men have done the work already.
The foreman said the men have done the work already.
3 I think that Carlos has never seen the Empire State Building.
4 Bill says he forgot to buy a new dictionary last week.
5 Their boss reports that they have had no trouble with the machine.
6 I assume that you had no difficulty with that lesson yesterday.
7 The newspaper reports that there have been several bad storms.
8 I hear that your friend fell on some steps and broke his arm.
9 I remember that the wind blew very hard the week before last.
10 We suspect that Dr. Gray has heard the new already.
11 Walter says that he won twenty-five dollars on that election bet.
12 I know my friends haven’t received any letters from Robert.
13 Our neighbors say the water in their pond froze very quickly.
170
SEQUENCE: THE AUXILIARIES 97
Change the italicized verb to the simple past tense. Then change the following verb in order to
keep the same time relationship between the two verbs. Study the first five examples carefully.
1 Dr. Gray says he will return next Monday or Tuesday.

Dr. Gray said be would return next Monday or Tuesday.
2 We regret that we can stay only fifteen minutes longer.
We regretted that we could stay only fifteen minutes longer.
3 Mr. Thompson thinks we should go to the meeting tomorrow.
Mr. Thompson thinks we should go to the meeting tomorrow.
4 My teacher says I ought to work harder in the future.
My teacher said I ought to work harder in the future.
5 Miss Adams says she must leave early tomorrow morning.
Miss Adams said she bad to leave early tomorrow morning.
6 Harold thinks he can go to the movies with us tonight.
7 His secretary says he will return on the sixteenth of May.
8 My friend thinks we should ask Mr. Fox about it tonight.
9 Mr. Kahrman says he can help us now but not tomorrow.
10 I suppose Walter will finish the work before next Friday.
11 John says you ought to send the letter today or tomorrow.
12 The message indicates he will be back from Chicago next week.
13 Mr. Harris says we must write two compositions for tomorrow.
14 My friend says she can’t come along with us this afternoon.
15 I regret that we must drive so fast to get there on time.
16 I think they will be able to return it before next Thursday.
17 His letter implies that you should tell him the truth about it.
18 Mr. Macris says he can pay back all of the money before that time.
19 Miss Fox thinks we ought to invite them to the party tomorrow.
20 I presume that we’ll have to show the men how to use the machine.
21 Everyone anticipates that we won’t succeed in getting permission.
22 do you recall who has to stay in the office next Friday evening?
23 Of course, I regret that I can’t help my friend financially.
24 The evening paper says the weather will be cloudy tomorrow.
25 Mr. Simmons say I should ask my boss for a day off.
26 I think that I will have plenty of time to finish all of the work.
27 No one believes that you can persuade him to leave before Friday.
28 The policeman says we must appear in court next Monday morning.
171
98 REVIEW: SEQUENCE OF TENSES (1)
Select the correct word or words from the parentheses in each sentence.
1 Helen regretted that she (can, could) not go with us.

2 Fred says that he (has, had) forgotten the name of the book.
3 Did the man tell you when he (is, was) going to leave?
4 We assumed that the meeting (will, would) be over by that time.
5 Mr. Berg hopes that they (will, would) accept his application.
6 I didn’t know that Tom (has, had) enough money to buy a car.
7 Janet didn’t recall what I (told, had told) her the day before.
8 I guess that our friends (haven’t hadn’t) heart the good news yet.
9 They didn’t know that we (must, had to) leave before then o’clock.
10 We had to promise Charles that we (agrees, agreed) help him.
11 The senator claimed that the (agrees, agreed) with the others.
12 The man admits he (has, had) had little experience in that field.
13 We assume that the man (can, could) help us with the work.
14 Our friends asked us why we (came, had come) there so early.
15 He thought we (should send; should have sent) the wire next week.
99 REVIEW: SEQUENCE OF TENSES (2)

Change the italicized verb to the simple past tense. Then change the following verb in order to
keep the same time relationship between the two verbs.
1 I wonder what Mr. Fox is going to say to George,

I wondered what Mr. Fox was going to say to George.
2 The newspaper says it will be cloud and cold tomorrow.
3 I know that there were very few requests for that catalog.
4 James says the has to leave for home just as soon as possible.
5 Mr. Shaw believes that he tore his sleeve on a sharp nail.
6 My friend Tom says that he enjoys studying grammar.
7 Carlos thinks he can find someone to explain everything to us.
8 Does Frank recall who is taking care of that matter?
9 I can’t remember what my teacher said about that sentence.
10 Everyone assumes that the work will be finished very soon.
11 We suspect that Mr. Kelly has already spoken to the director.
12 No one can anticipate exactly what the director will do.
13 The teacher says that we must study hard for the test.
14 Elizabeth wants to know when Mr. and Mrs. Miller arrived.
172
CLAUSES AFTER ADJECTIVES OR PARTICIPLES 100
(1) Add a dependent clause after the adjective or participle in each sentence. Then (2) change
the principal verb (italicized) to the simple past tense, and change the verb in the dependent
clause in accordance with the rule for sequence of tenses. Study the first three examples care-
fully.
1 We are happy (that) Charles can come with us after all.

We were happy (that) Charles could come with us after all.
2 I’m delighted (that) the guests have had a good time up to then.
3 It is strange (that) that fellow doesn’t try to find a good job.
It was strange (that) that fellow didn’t try to find a good job.
4 Bill and I are sure (that) .......................................................................................
5 Everyone is sorry (that) ........................................................................................
6 It is very interesting (that) ....................................................................................
7 The boys are ashamed (that) ................................................................................
8 We are very happy (that) ......................................................................................
9 It is wonderful (that) ............................................................................................
10 Of course, I am disappointed (that) .....................................................................
11 No one in the group is aware (that) ......................................................................
12 Bob’s friends are surprised (that) .........................................................................
WRITING CLAUSES 101

Complete each sentence with an appropriate clause. Follow the rule for tense relationships care-
fully. The parentheses indicate the use of the connecting word is optional (unless the connecting
word is also the subject of the clause).
1 My boss always says (that) ..................................................................................

2 Can you tell me why ...........................................................................................?
3 Everyone was positive (that) ................................................................................
4 My friends all think (that) ....................................................................................
5 I really didn’t know what .....................................................................................
6 Isn’t it quite peculiar (that) .................................................................................?
7 The teacher suspected (that) ................................................................................
8 All the students assume (that) ..............................................................................
9 Have you forgotten who .....................................................................................?
10 Don couldn’t remember which .............................................................................
11 It’s quite probable (that) .......................................................................................
12 Didn’t anyone believe what ................................................................................?
13 I really can’t imagine why ....................................................................................
14 Of course, we were pleased (that) ........................................................................
173
102 DIRECT QUESTIONS VS NOUN CLAUSES (2)
Complete the sentence at the right with a noun clause based on the preceding direct question.
Change the tense of the verb in the clause in accordance with the rule for sequence of tenses.
Add the correct punctuation (period or question mark) at the end of each sentence. Study the
first four examples carefully.
1 Where will he be? I didn’t know where be would be.

2 When did she go? Did you ask Ed when she bad gone?
3 Why isn’t it ready? He explained why it wasn’t ready.
4 Who is that man? I wondered who that man was.
5 When are they leaving? Bill asked them ................................................
6 What did he find? I couldn’t imagine ............................................
7 Whose book is that? He didn’t know ................................................
8 Who will help us? Didn’t he tell you .............................................
9 When can they come? I didn’t ask them ..............................................
10 Why was he absent? Did he explain ..................................................
11 What does she want? Didn’t she mention ..........................................
12 Which one is hers? I couldn’t remember ........................................
13 When should we leave? Brown didn’t say ..............................................
14 How much does it cost? Did she ask him ...............................................
15 How far is it? I forgot to ask Ed .............................................
16 Whom should I call? I couldn’t decide ..............................................
17 When did she arrive? Did she mention ...............................................
18 What are they doing? We wondered ...................................................
19 How will he do it? Everyone asked him .........................................
20 Where is he from? Couldn’t she guess ..........................................
21 What did Ed tell her? I didn’t recall ....................................................
22 Why didn’t he return? No one knew ....................................................
23 Where can I get it? Fred told me .....................................................
24 Who wrote that article? Did she remember ............................................
25 Where does she live? They didn’t know .............................................
26 What does it men? He asked the teacher ........................................
27 Who is that tall man? Did she mention ...............................................
28 What has happened? They couldn’t ask him .....................................
29 Where will he buy it? We didn’t ask him ............................................
30 Who is doing the work? Didn’t Harry know ...........................................
31 Whose book did she use? Helen didn’t mention .......................................
32 What countries did he visit? Mr. Brown told us ............................................
33 Whom should we speak to? Did you ask him ...............................................
174
THE WORDS SAY AND TELL 103
Write the correct form of say or tell in each blank space. Study the use of say and tell in the first
four examples.
1 Mr. Brown said that the had been too busy to leave his office.
2 Mr. Brown said to his wife, “I have to go to that meeting.”
3 Mr. Brown told his wife that the had to leave right away.
4 “I will return in an hour or two, “ Mr. Brown said.
5 Mr. Meyer.......... that he would describe his trip to us.
6 Mr. Meyer is......... the boys about his trip to France now.
7 He......... that he had enjoyed he trip to France a great deal.
8 My friend.......... me that he was planning to leave right away.
9 John....... to me, “I will meet you at the train station.”
10 “I think we should choose a better place to meet,” I...........
11 Bill......... his friend had....... him about the announcement.
12 Did you ......... everyone what his friend had...... about it?
13 Bill’s friend...... us that his friend would..... everyone else,
14 We couldn’t....... the man exactly what Bill’s friend had.......
15 Yesterday we....... that Alice shouldn’t have...... them anything.
16 “I really should have....... the truth,” Alice........ later.
17 “Alice....... a lie about that matter last week”, Fred........
18 Don’t.......... anything about what Fred has just....... you.
19 I.......... them that I hadn’t ......... a word about it to anyone.
20 I...... quickly, “Don’t worry. I haven’t..... anything at all.”
21 Fred didn’t ...... why he had already...... his own friends.
22 !I’ll....... you a secret about that,” Fred........ to his friends.
23 Fred’s friend......, “I have something to..... to you too.”
24 “Fred........ you that, didn’t he?” Alice.... with a smile.
25 Actually, I didn’t........ Fred had already....... me the news.
26 “...... something in English”, Betty....... to Pierre.
27 “You didn’t ........the word correctly”, betty...... frankly.
28 Tom...... the children had asked Mary to........ a story.
29 Mary...... to me unhappily, “I’ll never....... that story again!”
30 “Don’t just stand there,” I ..... angrily.”...... something!”
31 I....... him that it was not nice to..... things like that.
32 Ed didn’t......... when he intended to....... things like that.
33 Ed didn’t......... us what he intended to...... about his plans
34 Ed...... to us, “I can’t........ anything to you about my plans.”
175
104 DIRECT VS INDIRECT SPEECH (1)
Change the direct speech in each sentence to indirect speech. In changing to indirect speech,
apply the rule for sequence of tenses carefully. Notice the use of the verbs say and tell in the
examples. Also notice the use of the comma, the period, and quotation marks.
1 “I have written that letter already,” my friend said.

My friend said (that) be bad written that letter already.
2 Carol said to me, “I will ask Mr. Harris about that word.”
Carol told me (that) she would ask Mr. Harris about that word.
3 I aid, “I can’t understand those two lessons at all.”
4 “I know those two girls quite well,” Catherine said.
5 Charles said to me, “I have to leave the office before 3:00 p.m.
6 “My secretary, “I can’t possibly finish the work by that time.”
8 Mr. Anderson said, “I have been smoking too much recently.”
9 “Our entire trip cost us two thousand dollars,” Mr. Brown added.
10 “Your health will improve very quickly,” the doctor said to me.
11 “It has not been possible to do that so far”, the man repeated.
12 “You must study hard for the test,” the teacher informed us.
105 DIRECT VS INDIRECT SPEECH (2)

Change the direct speech in each sentence to indirect speech. Notice the use of the verb ask in
place of the verb say in the second example. Study the use of the question mark carefully.
1 “Where did you put my hat and gloves?” Martha asked me.
Martha asked me where I had put her hat and gloves.
2 Mr. Farrell sad, “How soon can you pay back the money?”
Mr. Farrell asked bow soon we could pay back the money.
3 “How well does Miss Wang speak English/” the teacher asked.
4 The agent said, “When do you plan to leave for South America?”
5 The woman asked me, “Where can I find the director’s office?”
6 Fred said to me, “What will you offer me for this camera?”
7 “When must I turn in this report?” the treasurer asked.
8 Mr. Johnson asked Mary, “How soon can you finish the letters?”
9 “What kind of suit did you buy?” my friend betty asked me.
10 Doris said, “Why should I reveal my plans to the other girls?”
11 “How long ago did you make the reservation?” the clerk asked us.
12 Father asked, “Who gave you all of the money to pay for it?”
13 The student said to the teacher, “What does the word outfit mean?”
176
DIRECT VS INDIRECT SPEECH (3) 106
Change the direct speech in each sentence to indirect speech. Use both forms given in the
examples.
1 Roger asked us, “Have you seen that movie yet?”
* Roger asked us if we bad seen that movie.
* Roger asked us whether or not we bad seen that movie.
2 I said to her, “Do you understand that lesson?”
I asked her if she understood that lesson.
I asked her whether or not she understood that lesson.
3 My friend asked me, “Do you enjoy your English class?”
4 “Will everyone be ready to leave by ten?” the driver asked.
5 Frank said to me, “Did you give the letters to Mr. Watson?”
6 “Are you going to join that organization?” Howard asked me.
7 Doris said, “Do you like my new summer dress?”
8 “Can you go to the meeting with me tonight?” Bill asked us.
9 Mr. Moore said, “Have you taken the other two courses yet?”
10 “Do I have to lock both of the doors?” the janitor asked.
* Other commonly used variations are: (a) Roger asked us if we hod seen that movie
or not. (b) Roger asked us whether we had seen that movie or not. (c) Roger asked us
whether we had seen that movie.
DIRECT VS INDIRECT SPEECH (4) 107

Change the direct speech in each sentence to indirect speech. Study the examples carefully.
1 “Show me your driver’s license,” the policeman ordered.

The policeman ordered me to show him my driver’s license.
2 The clerk said to us, “Don’t come back before one o’clock.
The clerk told us not to come back before one o’clock.
3 The teacher said to us, “Write the next two exercises.”
4 “Turn left at the corner and drive two blocks,” the man directed.
5 My friend said, “Show me all of the photographs.”
6 “Don’t leave your coat on the chair, “Mr. lane’s wife said o him.
7 I said to the waitress, “Bring me a cup of black coffee, please.”
8 “Be careful! Watch out for reckless drivers!” Frank urged.
9 The speaker said, “Don’t forget to vote for John Doe!”
10 “Stop now and give me your papers,” the teacher ordered.
11 I said do Miss peters, “Come here and show me your notes.”
12 “Don’t forget to lock all the doors,” the janitor said to the boys.
177
108 REVIEW: DIRECT VS INDIRECT SPEECH
Change the direct speech in each sentence to indirect speech.
1 I asked Bill, “What will you say to your friends afterwards?”

I asked Bill what be would say to his friends afterwards.
2 The announcer said, “It’s difficult to make a prediction so soon.”
3 Martha said, “Has your brother ever taken an English course?”
4 Fred said to me, “Why did those people leave so early?”
5 Dorothy said to Don, “Turn the lights on in the living room.”
6 “Can you go to the party with me tomorrow?” Arthur asked us.
7 “No one has finished that part yet,” the teacher said.
8 “go to the stoplight and then turn left,” the policemen directed me.
9 “When do you plan to leave for Boston?” my secretary asked.
10 Miss Peters said to us, “You can’t speak to him until tomorrow.”
11 “Will you have enough money to pay for everything?” my boss asked.
12 Dr. Davis said, “How long will you stay in California?”
13 “Don’t forget about your appointment,” John’s friend reminded him.
14 “I told the police the truth about the accident,” the man repeated.
15 Mr. Shaw asked the students, “Did you enjoy your trip yesterday?”
16 Where are those two fellows going?” the man said to me.
17 “Turn in your papers at the end of the hour,” the teacher ordered.
18 “Have you had a good time so far?” Uncle Robert asked me.
19 I said to my friend, “When did you buy your new car?”
20 My aunt said to me, “Put your hat and coat in the front closet.”
21 “Must I finish these reports before Friday?” the secretary asked.
22 “Where will you wait for me after work?” Miss Stewart asked us.
23 Father said to us, “I’m going to tell you a big secret about that.”
24 The manager said, “Don’t deliver the box to anybody but Mr. Lucas.”
25 Paul said to me, “How can I find out that girl’s name and address?”
26 The teacher said to the students, “Do all of you understand this”
27 “Who is going to help me with the work?” Tom asked the men.
28 “Be sue to read the instructions carefully,” the clerk advised us.
29 “Your strength will increase quite rapidly,” the doctor said to me.
30 “Do we have to turn in our homework today?” I said to Mr. Shaw.
31 The student asked, “When should John and I come to your office?”
32 My friends said to me, “We have known about that for a long time.”
33 “Get away from those wires!” the watchman shouted at the boy.
178
USING THE GENERAL FORM OF VERBS 109
Supply an appropriate verb in the dependent clause in each sentence. Use only the general form
of each verb (examples: I come, you come, be come, she come; I be, you be, he be, etc.). Study
the examples carefully. Notice which verbs introduce clauses with a verb in the general form.
Also notice that the general form is used after these verbs regardless of their tense.
1 I recommend that the student speak to the director.

2 I will recommend that the student speak to the director.
3 Our boss insists that we be careful with that machine.
4 Our boss insisted that we be careful with that machine.
5 I will propose that the president.......... the report next week.
6 Tom suggests that we.............. ready before ten o’clock.
7 The policeman demanded that the man........ him his permit.
8 I would prefer that Alice......... to Mr. Wilson herself.
9 Mary’s boss insists that she.......... on time every morning.
10 The members proposed that the treasurer......... the money.
11 I will suggest that everyone........... a letter to his senator.
12 The teacher demands that we........ prompt with our homework.
13 He preferred that Miss peters........ the packages by messenger.
WRITING CLAUSES 110

Complete each sentence by adding an appropriate dependent clause. The parentheses indicate
that the use of the connecting word is optional (unless the connecting word is also the subject
of the clause).
1 Almost everyone thinks (that) ..............................................................................

2 Do you recall where .............................................................................................
3 Of course, I’m happy (that) ..................................................................................
4 The teacher recommended (that) .........................................................................
5 My brother doesn’t know what ............................................................................
6 Did that fellow claim (that) ..................................................................................
7 I would suggest (that) ..........................................................................................
8 My friend didn’t mention when ...........................................................................
9 Everyone was disappointed (that) ........................................................................
10 Didn’t your teacher tell you what ........................................................................
11 Donald couldn’t understand what ........................................................................
12 Mr. Berg’s boss demanded (that) .........................................................................
13 Do you still regret (that) .......................................................................................
14 I can’t remember who ..........................................................................................
179
111 “JOHN’S NEW USED CAR”
Read this conversation carefully. Study the use of clauses in the sentences.
Bill: This is the car that John bought from Mr. Smith. Tom: I didn’t even know
that he had bought a new car. When did he tell you that he even know that he had bought
a new car. When did he tell you that he had bought it? Bill: he told me yesterday that he
had bought it two days earlier. Tom: Do
you know how much he paid for the car?
Bill: Well, he said he paid $800 for it. Of
course, I assume that he had to pay the
city sales tax also. Tom: I wonder why
he bought Mr. Smith’s old car. I didn’t
think that he needed a car. Bill: Well, I
suppose he will use it for his new job.
haven’t you heard that he was hired as
a salesman by the Ajax Company? Tom:
Oh, in that case, I can understand why
he wants to have a car. Do you think the
car is in good condition? Bill: He told
me the car was in perfect condition. The
tires that Smith bought for it are practi-
cally new. The new generator that was
put in works perfectly. Also, John knows the mechanic who fixed the motor. Frankly, I
think that it was a good bargain. Tom: I believe you’re right. I hope that he doesn’t have
any trouble with it. I guess he won’t have any trouble after all those repairs. Bill: Mr.
Smith promised John that he would pay for any necessary repairs in the next two months.
Mr. Smith is a man who sticks to his promises too. Tom: Now I’m convinced that john
got a real bargain. A man who’s as honest as Smith is very rare. I don’t know anyone
Who has gotten a guarantee like that. Bill: I didn’t mention that the car has been driven
only 25,000 miles. Also, the covers which are on the front seat are brand new. They’ re
made of a material that can be washed. Tom: Of course, performance is the thing that’s
the most important of all. Now I want to see how well the car really runs. Bill: O.K. Let’s
ask John when he’s going to take us for a ride. Then we can see whether or not the car
runs well. Tom: Do you know if John is going to come back here soon? I think he went
into the store at the end of the block. Bill: Yes, I’m sue he’ll be back right away. Do you
want to walk to the store and meet him? Tom: No, I suggest we be patient and wait for
him right here. By the way, can you tell me where john is keeping his car? Bill: He’s us-
ing the garage that belongs to the people that live next door.
180
INTRODUCTION TO ADVERB CLAUSES 112
In the following sentences, indicate (1) the simple subject and verb for the entire sentence and
(2) the simple subject and verb for the dependent adverb clause in italics. Notice carefully how
these clauses are used to show “result,” “place,” “time,” etc.
“REASON” OR “PURPOSE”
1 Carl left for home early because he had to study.
2 Since Mr. Fox was sick, he had to cancel the appointment.
3 I sent the letter airmail so (that) be would get it right away.
“RESULT”
4 I couldn’t hear the speaker, so I moved to the first row
5 The man spoke so rapidly (that) I couldn’t understand him.
6 I had such a wonderful time (that) I didn’t want to go home.
“OPPOSITION”
7 Ralph bought that used car although we advised him against it.
8 Although he’s 65 years old, Mr. Cole is still an active man.
“COMPARISON”
9 The weather is better today than it was yesterday.
10 There are as many students in this class as there are in that one.
“PLACE”
11 Would you please put the book where it belongs.
12 Our dog Saki usually goes wherever be wishes to go.
13 Wherever we went, we seemed to see very interesting things.
“TIME”
14 The Browns saw the Eiffel Tower when they were in Paris.
15 When I visited Rome, I saw the famous Coliseum.
16 George and I will wait right here until you get back.
17 Before the secretary leaves, she will put the letters on your desk.
“CONDITION”
18 I will give Mr. Anderson your message if I see him tomorrow.
19 If I had had enough time, I would have gone to the meeting with you.
181
113 SHOWING “REASON” OR “PURPOSE”
Choose because, since, or so (that) as the connecting word for the dependent clause in each
sentence. Study the first five examples carefully.
1 Bill needs some money so (that) he can buy a new suit.

2 Bill needs some money because he wants to buy a new suit.
3 I moved to the front row so (that) I could hear the speaker.
4 I moved to the front row because I couldn’t hear the speaker.
5 Since I couldn’t hear the speaker, I moved to the front row.
6 I borrowed ten dollars from Ed........ I could pay or my books.
7 I borrowed the money from him........ I had to pay for my books.
8 Dorothy gave don a list.......... he wouldn’t forget anything.
9. ................. Don often forgets things, his wife usually gives him a list.
10 You should call Mr. Slater......... he wants to talk to you
11 You should call Mr. Slater.......... you can get the information.
12 ................. you have changed your plans, you should call Mr. Slater.
13 We should leave for home early....... we won’t be tired tomorrow.
14 We should leave for home early....... Mother will be waiting for us.
15 ............we must go to work tomorrow, we should leave for home early.
114 WRITING CLAUSES OF REASON OR PURPOSE

Complete these sentences with appropriate clauses of reason or purpose.
1 I lent Mr. Meyer my dictionary so that ................................................................

2 We stayed at home last night because ..................................................................
3 Since..................................., I left the message with his secretary.
4 I can’t write to Mr. Yamamoto because ...............................................................
5 I wrote the sentence on the blackboard so ...........................................................
6 Since.............................., would you like some coffee instead?
7 Please open both of the window so that ...............................................................
8 He’s studying English at Purdue University because ..........................................
9 I’m going to borrow some money from Tom so ..................................................
10 Since.......................,I wasn’t able to help Carl with the lesson.
11 I took all the books off my desk so that ...............................................................
12 I got up at 6:30 this morning because ..................................................................
13 Since........................., you should spend more time on your lessons.
14 I will put the package right here so ......................................................................
15 I won’t be able to go with you tomorrow because ...............................................
16 I gave John the keys to my car so that .................................................................
182
THE CONTINUOUS PAST TENSE 115
Use only the continuous past tense of the verb in parentheses in each sentence. Note that the
continuous past tense describes an action which was continuous until (ad possibly after) the mo-
ment at which another action took place. Study the example sentence carefully.
1 The truck (go) very fast when it hit our car.

The truck was going very fast when it bit our car.
2 The Andersons (eat) their dinner when we arrived.
3 When I left the house this morning, it (rain) very hard.
4 The handle broke just as they (move) the heavy box into place.
5 As we (cross) the street, the policeman shouted at us.
6 The students (write, still) their papers when the bell rang.
7 When we arrived at the meeting, everyone (discuss) the plan.
8 I read the newspaper while David (get) ready to leave.
9 While I (walk) around the park, I saw two different accidents.
10 Fred (argue) with George when we walked into their office.
11 When their son got married in 1947, the Smiths (live) in Detroit.
12 I mailed the letters while Edward (talk) over the telephone.
13 The man motioned to us just as we (get) ready to leave the store.
14 Howard (sit) in the cafeteria with Virginia when we saw him.
15 While the man (write) the check, I glanced at the contract again.
THE SIMPLE PAST VS THE CONTINUOUS PAST (1) 116

Write the correct form of each verb in parentheses. Use only the simple past tense (example: he
spoke) or the continuous past tense (example: he was speaking).
1 Mr. Carlson (talk) to another man when I (see) him today.

2 As I (cross) the street, two cars (race) by me at full speed.
3 When we (meet) the Burkes in 1954, they (live) in Cleveland.
4 Our English teacher (give) us an examination yesterday.
5 The boy (fall) and (hurt) himself while he (ride) his bicycle.
6 Bill (have) breakfast when I (stop) at his home this morning.
7 When I (leave) my office last night, it (rain, still) very hard.
8 Mr. Brown (borrow) the money from Mr. Wilson two weeks ago.
9 That tourist (lose) his camera while he (walk) around the city.
10 The two men (argue) about the plan when I (come) into the office.
11 Our hosts at the party last Saturday night (treat) us very kindly.
12 The telephone (ring) while I (take) my shower this morning.
13 At the beginning of the semester, this class (seem) quite easy.
14 The teacher (interrupt) us just as we (finish) the last page.
15 Dorothy and I (leave, just) the house when the telephone (ring).
183
117 THE SIMPLE PAST TENSE
Use only the simple past tense of each verb in parentheses. Note that both verbs in each sen-
tence express momentary (not continuous) action. Study the first example carefully.
1 When the alarm (ring), Frank (jump) out of bed quickly.

When the alarm rang, Frank jumped out of bed quickly.
2 The moment I (notice) the man’s injury, I (call) an ambulance.
3 When the teacher (open) the door, the students (stop) talking.
4 The minute we (hear) the news, we (send) them a telegram.
5 When I (hear) the loud crash outside, I (run) to the window.
6 When Donald (say) that, Dorothy (wink) at me secretly.
7 The moment I (get) out of the plane, I (see) them at the gate.
8 When the elevator (stop) at the tenth floor, everyone (get) out.
9 When I (see) the fire trucks, I (put on) my brakes immediately.
10 Mr. Kelly (tell) the manager about it the next time it (happen).
11 The next time Mary (see) Harold, she (give) him the message.
12 Every time the doorbell (ring), Betty (run) to the door quickly.
14 When the man (snap) his fingers, the dog (jump up) immediately.
118 THE SIMPLE PAST VS THE CONTINUOUS PAST (2)

Write the correct form of each verb in parentheses. Use only the simple past tense
(example: she worked) or the continuous past tense (example: she was working).
1 Charles (talk) to professor Moore when I (see) him.

2 When the students (hear) the bell, they (get up) and (leave).
3 My friend Louise (buy) a new spring coat last week.
4 We (eat, still) our dinner when Mr. and Mrs. Holt (arrive).
5 Mr. Harvey (ask) me about my plans the next time he (see) me.
6 Just as I (leave) for home, a student (stop) me in the hall.
7 The train for Miami (leave) Grand Central Station at five o’clock.
8 The moment he (hear) the news, Jim (call) me by telephone.
9 Since you (leave) last year, many unusual things have happened.
10 I (see) a bad accident while I (wait) for you on this corner.
11 The two men (discuss) the election when we (interrupt) them.
12 The agent (sell) Mr. Lane a house in North Plains at a low price.
13 I haven’t seem Roger at all since he (move) to his new apartment.
14 Catherine (wave) at us happily as soon as she (see) us there.
15 When Mr. Shaw (stop) us, we (work, still) on the last section.
184
THE PERFECT PAST TENSE 119
Use only the perfect past tense of the verb in parentheses in each sentence.
1 Almost everyone (leave) for home by the time we arrived.

Almost everyone had left for home by he time we arrived.
2 I (see, never) the Louver before I visited Paris last year.
I bad never seen the Louver before I visited Paris last year.
3 We (walk) no more than two blocks when we met Frank.
4 After Jim (read) the message carefully, he wrote a reply.
5 Mr. Smith (leave) about five minutes before I called his office.
6 The manager (dose, just) the store a moment before I got there.
7 The men left the office after they (receive) their instructions.
8 Harold couldn’t leave for home until he (complete) everything.
9 By the time Bill and I got there, the meeting (start, already).
10 When I saw David in July, he (finish, almost) his new garage.
11 I called Mr. Fox just as soon as I (check) the report carefully.
12 Before you mentioned him, I (bear, never) of that author.
13 The man wouldn’t leave until he (receive) a definite answer.
THE SIMPLE PAST VS THE PERFECT PAST 120

Write the correct form of each verb in parentheses. use only the simple past tense
(example. he ate) or the perfect past tense (example: he had eaten).
1 The druggist (leave, already) for home when we (get) to the store.
2 The Andersons (move) into their new apartment last week.
3 The next time I (see) George, he (have) a different car.
4 Dorothy (sign) the check and (give) it to Dr. Davis yesterday.
5 When John and I (get) to the theater, the movie (start, already).
6 Whenever it (rain), Mr. Gilbert (take out) his old umbrella.
7 When I (see) Arthur in may, he (write) 280 pages of his novel.
8 After the war, many workers (return) to their hometowns.
9 Everyone (eat) dinner by the time we (get) to the dining room.
10 When the policeman (shout) at me, I (stop) the car immediately.
11 Since I (speak, last) to you, I have had no trouble with my car.
12 We (turn off, just) the lights when we (bear) someone at the door.
13 Our friends (arrive) in Los Angeles on the eighteenth of October.
14 The same day Bill (arrive), I (receive) a wire from his father.
15 When Father (return) from downtown, I (prepare, already) dinner.
185
121 THE SIMPLE PRESENT FOR FUTURE ACTION
Express future action by using only the simple present tense of the verb in parentheses in each
sentence. Note that the simple present tense is used after the words when, until, before, after,
etc. Study the example sentence carefully.
1 Harold will give Catherine your message when he (see) her.

Harold will give Catherine your message when he sees her.
2 I’ll be ready to leave for home when my friend (arrive).
3 When we (get) the photographs, we’ll show them to you.
4 Virginia and I will wait right here until Ralph (get) back.
5 Before Mr. Fox (leave) for Detroit, he’ll explain that to you.
6 After the play (be) over. we’ll meet you in front of the theater.
7 Miss Irwin will help you as soon as she (finish) that letter.
8 The two drivers must not leave until the police (get) here.
9 The next time I (see) the Gilberts, I’ll ask them about it.
10 We’ll pay for the materials when the company (deliver) them.
11 You should ask the boss about it before you (make) any changes.
12 When Mr. Wilson (return) from Detroit, we’re going to tell hi.
13 I want to speak to professor More as soon as he (be) free.
14 After the class (be) over, ask the teacher about that sentence.
122 THE SIMPLE PRESENT VS THE FUTURE

Write the correct form of each verb in parentheses. Use only the simple present tense
(example: he leaves) or the future with will or go (example: he will leave or he is going to leave).
1 We (send) you a telegram as soon as we (arrive) in Chicago.

2 When George (come) this afternoon, he (bring) his friends.
3 Mr. Green (leave, not) the office until you (call) him.
4 I (speak) to you about that matter after the meeting tonight.
5 as soon as our guests (arrive) tonight, we (serve) dinner.
6 Mr. Henderson (smoke) two packages of cigarettes a day.
7 I (help) you with your homework as soon as I (finish) this letter.
8 We (send) the company a check when we (receive) a bill.
9 The company (deliver) the materials to you next Wednesday.
10 Alice and I (wait) at that corner until you (come) with the car.
11 The next time I (go) to the library, I (get) that book for you.
12 My friend Mr. Wilson (know) professor Moore very well.
13 Our friends (be, still) here, when Louise (return) from school.
14 Don’t worry! We (start, not) dinner until everyone (get) here.
15 When Miss Stewart (come) back from lunch, give her the message.
186
THE CONTINUOUS FUTURE TENSE 123
Use only the continuous future tense of the verb in parentheses in each sentence.
Note that the continuous future tense describes an action which is continuous until
(and possibly after) a particular point in the future. Study the example sentence carefully.
1 We (wait) for you when you get back tomorrow.

We will be waiting for you when you get back tomorrow.
2 I (work) on the report when you arrive this afternoon.
3 When be receives his diploma, his family (sit) in the audience.
4 I (wait) for you right here when you come out of the building.
5 It’s too early. Our friends (eat) dinner when we arrive.
6 By the time you receive this letter, we (travel) through Spain.
7 We (live) in our new house by the time Christmas comes.
8 When you return with the car, I (pack, still) my suitcase.
9 The sky is dark. It (rain) by the time we’re ready to leave.
10 When you come to Room 410, I (work) at the desk in the rear.
11 Don’t call me at 2:30. I (interview) job applicants at that time.
12 Just about that time, Mr. Fox (dictate) letters to his secretary.
13 Frank (wait) here for your telephone call at eleven o’clock.
14 At this same time tomorrow, we (drive) through Pennsylvania.
15 Don and Dorothy (live) in San Francisco at this time next year.
THE SIMPLE FUTURE VS THE CONTINUOUS FUTURE 124

Write the correct form of each verb in parentheses. Choose between the simple future tense
(example: he will write) and the continuous future tense (example: he will be writing).
1 I (give) Mr. Harris your message when I see him tomorrow.

2 Mr. Brink (cross) the Atlantic by the time the news reaches him.
3 When you go into the office, Mrs. Roland (sit) at the front desk.
4 Our English teacher (explain) that lesson to us tomorrow.
5 Mr. and Mrs. Taylor (live) in their new house by next spring.
6 I (try) to explain it to the students when they ask me about it.
7 We (wait) for you right here when you return at 5:30 p.m.
8 The Browns (travel) through New England at this time tomorrow.
9 When we see Mr. Johnson tomorrow, we (remind) him of that.
10 When you come today, I (work) at my desk in room 12.
11 Don’t take so many books. Your suitcase (weigh) too much.
12 It’s too early. Our friends (eat) their dinner when we get there.
13 Mary (give) us the information after she has spoken to Fred.
14 Jack says he (return) the money to you at two o’clock tomorrow.
187
125 “MR. FOSTER’S TRAVELS”
Supply the correct form of each verb in parentheses.
At the time I first (meet)1 Mr. Foster in 1949,

he (consider)2 the possibility of (study)3 foreign lan-
guages again. he said that he (forget)4 everything that
he (learn)5 about Latin and French in high school. The
languages he (want)6 (learn)7 at that time (be)8 Span-
ish and Portuguese. I suggested that the (study)9 those
languages in the Division of General Education at New
York University. Therefore, he (enroll)10 at that school
in 1950.
After my friend (finish)11 (study)12 at New York Uni-
versity, he (decide)13 (go)14 to South America for a
year. Since he (be, never)15 there before, he (enjoy)16
(visit)17 the famous cities of Colombia, Venezuela,
Brazil, and Argentina. He liked Sao Paulo so much
that he (consider)18 (stay)19 there much longer. He even thought that he (enjoy)20 (live)21
there for the rest of his life. Before that time, he (hope, always)22 (find)23 a place with an
ideal climate. Therefore, Sao Paulo (seem)24 (be)25 a real paradise. However, he (spend,
finally)26 all of his money and (force)27 (return)28.
Now my friend Mr. Foster (plan)29 (visit)30 France next year. he (leave)31 for
Paris on March 15. Naturally, all his friends (be)32 there (say)33 “goodbye” when his
boat (leave)34. When he (start)35 his first letter to us on march 17, he (cross, still)36 the
Atlantic Ocean. Mr. Forster said he (visit, also)37 Belgium, Holland, and Germany on the
same trip. I know that he (have, always)38 a great deal of curiosity about those countries.
Therefore, he (appreciate)39 (visit)40 all the famous places which he (read)41 about so
many times in the past.
Mr. Foster realizes that he (learn)42 French and German before he (go)43 to Eu-
rope. At the moment, he (take)44 a course in French in preparation for the trip. He (think)45
French is quit easy. Of course, he (be, never)46 in France up to now, so he (have)47 little
opportunity (hear)48 French (speak)49 by natives. last week, he told me that he (study)50
German at New York University next semester. however, at present, I (urge)51 him (take,
not)52 a course in German. He (work)53 very hard every day, and in addition, he (attend,
already)54 a French class. I’m sure that he (have)55 no language problem in the other
countries when he (get)56 there. Many people in those countries (understand)57 English
or French.
188
REAL CONDITIONS: FUTURE (1) 126
Use only the simple tense of the verb in parentheses in each sentence to indicate a possible or
anticipate future action. Study the first two examples carefully.
1 The teacher will explain that part to you if you (ask) him.
The teacher will explain that part to you if you ask him.
2 If harry (invite) me, I will probably go to the party.
If Harry invites me, I will probably go to the party.
3 You will have enough time to eat lunch if you (get) here early.
4 If Tom (see) Miss Irwin, he’ll give her your message.
5 We are going to leave tomorrow if the weather (be) good.
6 If I (decide) to join the club, I will fill out this application blank.
9 We will get there before midnight if the train (arrive) on time.
10 If Mr. Burton (need) any assistance, I will tell you right away.
11 Father Will surely get wet today if he (take, not) his umbrella.
12 If you (be, not) more careful in the future, you’ll have an accident.
13 The teacher will get angry at me if I (make) that mistake again.
14 If anyone (ask) for you, I will tell him to call back later today.
WRITING CONDITIONAL SENTENCES 127

Practice completing the following conditional sentences.
1 Professor More will help you if ...........................................................................

2 If Edith goes to the post office, ............................................................................
3 I will explain everything to Harold if ...................................................................
4 If I see Mr. Miller at the meeting, ........................................................................
5 I am going to buy Mr. Smith’s car if ....................................................................
6 If you have any trouble with that lesson, .............................................................
7 Bill and I will wait for you right here if ...............................................................
8 If the weather is bad tomorrow, ...........................................................................
9 What will you do if ..............................................................................................
10 If I find your purse and gloves, ............................................................................
11 Daniel will not understand you if .........................................................................
12 If you study these lessons carefully, .....................................................................
13 We’re going to go on a picnic if ...........................................................................
14 If no one answers the telephone, ..........................................................................
15 What will you say to Mr. Cole if ..........................................................................
189
128 REAL CONDITIONS: FUTURE (2)
Complete these conditional sentences of instruction following the pattern of the two example
sentences. Note that (10 the simple present tense is used in the “if” clause to express a future
possibility and (2) the following instructions are expressed by use of the imperative form.
1 If you find any mistakes on the paper, show them to the teacher.
2 If you get lost in this city, don’t hesitate to ask a policeman for help.
3 If you.............................., give him both of the packages.
4 If anyone asks or me today, ..................................................................................
5 If Mr. Smith...................., don’t say anything to him about it.
6 If you have any trouble with the machine, ...........................................................
7 If the mailman.............................., please call me right away.
8 If the students don’t understand you, ...................................................................
9 If anyone.............................., ask him to leave a message.
10 If you see Mr. Johnson today, ..............................................................................
11 If you..................................., look up the words in your dictionary.
12 If the plumber comes this afternoon, ...................................................................
13 If the dog......................................, just talk to him calmly.
14 If you don’t have enough time to finish, ..............................................................
129 REAL CONDITIONS: GENERAL

Use only the simple resent tense of the verbs in parentheses in each sentence. Note that each
sentence describes a conditional general truth.
1 If I (make) a mistake, the teacher (find, always) it.

If I make a mistake, the teacher always finds it.
2 My dog (bark, always) if he (hear) any strange sounds.
My dog always barks if be bears any strange sounds.
3 If a policeman (see) anything unusual, he (report, usually) it.
4 Mary (call, always) Mr. Green if anyone (ask) for information.
5 if I (know, not) the answer, I (admit, always) it right away.
6 A teacher (be, always) happy if his students (study) hard.
7 If the train (get) to my station late, I (get) to my office late.
8 John (get, usually) angry if we (say) anything about his accent.
9 If the newspaper (predict) rain, he (carry, always) his umbrella.
10 The stockholders (get) dividends if the company (make) a profit.
11 If there (be) any doubt about a case, the jury (be, usually) lenient.
12 Mr. nelson (drive, seldom) to work if the weather (be) bad.
13 If we (understand, not) him, Mr. Shaw (speak) more slowly.
14 Farmers (complain, always) if it (rain, not) enough in the summer.
190
UNREAL CONDITIONS: PRESENT AND FUTURE 130
Use the simple past tense of the verb in parentheses in each sentence to indicate (1) a future
action which is unlikely or improbable or (2) an action which is unreal or contrary to the truth
at the present time. For the past tense of be, only were is used after if. Note that the past future
tense is used in the “result” clause.
1 If I (have) the day off tomorrow, I would go to the beach.

If I had the day off tomorrow, I would go to the beach.
2 If I (have) a million dollars right now, I would retire.
If I had a million dollars right now, I would retire.
3 If I (be) the mayor of this city, I would change certain things.
If I were the mayor of this city, I would change certain things.
4 If that man (work) harder, he could earn more money.
5 I would gladly tell you the answer if I only (know) it myself.
6 If Don and I (have) enough money, we would buy (a house.
7 If the weather (be) better right now, we could go for a walk.
8 That student would get much higher marks if he (study) harder.
9 If Mr. Smith (call) me, I would explain everything to him.
10 Mr. Moore would give up teaching if he (enjoy, not) it so much.
11 If I (be) in your place, I would accept Mr. Anderson’s offer.
12 People would understand you better if you (speak) more carefully.
WRITING CONDITIONAL SENTENCES 131

1 If the weather were better today, ..........................................................................

2 I would be a millionaire if ....................................................................................
3 If we had a different English teacher, ..................................................................
4 We could play a game of cards if .........................................................................
5 If everybody dressed the same way, .....................................................................
6 I wouldn’t do that if .............................................................................................
7 If I had more free time, ........................................................................................
8 No one would be happy if ....................................................................................
9 If I spoke Japanese fluently, .................................................................................
10 Your suit would look better if ..............................................................................
11 If I knew all of the details, ...................................................................................
12 Almost anyone would be frightened if .................................................................
13 If I had the day off tomorrow, ..............................................................................
14 The world would be a better place if ....................................................................
15 If Alice were a little more careful, .......................................................................
191
132 UNREAL CONDITIONS: PAST
Use the perfect past tense of the verb in parentheses in each sentence to indicate on action
which was unreal or contrary to the truth in the past. Note that the perfect past future form
(would have spoken, could have spoken) is used in the “result” clause. Study the two example
1 If George (have) the money, he would have lent it to me.

If George had had the money, be would have lent it to me.
2 I would have spoken to Frank if I (see) him yesterday.
I would have spoken to Frank if I had seen him yesterday.
3 If the weather (be) better, we would have left Friday morning.
4 Alice would have told you the truth if you (ask) her about it.
5 If you (study) a little harder, you would have passed the test.
6 I could have lent you some money if I (spend, not) everything.
7 If there (be) any complaints, we would have heard about them.
8 We would have gone with Fred last Friday if he (invite) us.
9 If you (ask, only) me, I could easily have given you the answer.
10 Bill would have taken more photographs if he (had) more film.
11 If Tom (be) here yesterday, he would have been able to advise us.
12 We would have bought that house if the price (be) a little lower.
13 If they (need) any help with the work, they would have called us.
133 WRITING CONDITIONAL SENTENCES

1 If you had taken my advice, .................................................................................

2 I would have had less trouble if ...........................................................................
3 If anyone had asked me about it, ..........................................................................
4 Our dog Saki would have barked if .....................................................................
5 If I had been in your place, ..................................................................................
6 Bill wouldn’t have said anything if ......................................................................
7 If you had followed my instructions, ...................................................................
8 You wouldn’t have lost your money if ................................................................
9 If John had taken better care of his car, ...............................................................
10 We couldn’t have gone on our trip if ...................................................................
11 If you had only left your house earlier, ................................................................
12 It would have been much better if ........................................................................
13 If my watch hadn’t been five minutes slow, ........................................................
14 Things would have been different if ....................................................................
15 If I had been born a century ago, .........................................................................
192
USING THE WORD UNLESS IN CONDITIONS 134
Substitute the word unless for if.... not or if.... no in the following sentences. Study the example
1 If you don’t leave immediately, I will call a policeman.

Unless you leave immediately, I will call a policeman.
2 Fred wouldn’t do that if he didn’t have your permission.
Fred wouldn’t do that unless be bad your permission.
3 I won’t bother to call you if I don’t hear from Mr. Brown.
4 If you didn’t agree with him, Charles wouldn’t even suggest it
5 We can’t write to Mr. Suzuki if he doesn’t send us his address.
6 If you don’t study harder, you’re going to fail the examination.
7 I wouldn’t have believed it if I hadn’t seen it with my own eyes.
8 If she doesn’t start the letter now, she’ll have to do it tomorrow.
9 The lawyer wouldn’t say that if he didn’t have strong evidence.
10 If you don’t invest your money wisely, you will lose all of it.
11 I won’t say anything if Smith doesn’t bring up the matter himself.
12 If no more guests come, there will be enough food for everyone.
13 Our dog wouldn’t have barked if he hadn’t herd a strange noise.
14 If no one complains, we’ll leave everything just the way it is now.
USING CLAUSES AFTER THE VERB WISH 135

Write the correct form of the verb in parentheses in each sentence. Notice the forms of the verbs
which are used in clauses after the verb wish to indicate future (examples: he would be, they
would write), present (he were, they wrote), and past (he had been, they had written). Study the
example sentences carefully.
1 I wish you (write) more carefully in the future.

I wish you would write more carefully in the future.
2 I wish my uncle (be) here now to give us some advice.
I wise my uncle were here now to give us some advice.
3 I wish I (know) all about this matter several weeks ago.
I wish I bad known all about this matter several weeks ago.
4 I wish I (have) more time now to help you with your lesson.
5 I wish I (study) psychology when I was a college student.
6 I wish someone (offer) to help me with that work tomorrow.
7 I wish it (be) possible for me to help you with it yesterday.
8 I wish it (be) a little warmer in this room. I feel very cold.
9 I wish it (rain) tomorrow in order to cool the air a little.
10 I wish I (ray) attention to the teacher’s explanation yesterday.
11 I wish our teacher (explain) that lesson to us again tomorrow.
193
136 REVIEW: CONDITIONAL SENTENCES
Supply the correct form of the verb or verbs in parentheses in each sentence.
1 If we (receive) the news sooner, we’d have written to George.

2 I’m sure they (give) Ellen the information if they had it.
3 If a policeman (see) an accident, he (take) the drivers’ names.
4 We’re going to buy the furniture if we (borrow) some money.
5 What would you do tomorrow if you (be) a millionaire?
6 If you (go) downtown, take these letters to the post office.
7 I don’t think you (believe) me even if I told you the truth about it.
8 If Carl (be, not) so careless, he wouldn’t have lost his good job.
9 Please (leave) a message if anyone (call) while I (be) away.
10 I (accept, certainly) Mr. lane’s offer if I were in your place.
11 The accident (happen, never) if the driver (see) the stop sign.
12 If a large number of guests (come), they’ll use the other room.
13 I know Louise (tell) you if she (go) to the party last night.
14 If you (understand, not) the instructions, read them again.
15 I wouldn’t accept that job even if the manager (offer) it to me.
137 REVIEW: WRITING CONDITIONAL SENTENCES

Practice completing these conditional sentences.
1 Many people would be in accidents if .................................................................

2 If my friend had taken my advice, .......................................................................
3 Can I return this dress to the store if ....................................................................
4 Unless I get the money before tomorrow, ............................................................
5 My brother would have written to me if ..............................................................
6 What would you say to your boss if .....................................................................
7 I’m sure Doris wouldn’t do that unless ................................................................
8 If I hadn’t spent my money so foolishly, ..............................................................
9 My grandfather always gets mad if ......................................................................
10 If everyone agreed with you completely, .............................................................
11 Things would have been quite different if ...........................................................
12 If you find anything you don’t understand, ..........................................................
13 That fellow won’t give you the money unless .....................................................
14 If you had been a little more ambitious, ...............................................................
15 Almost everyone could afford a new house if .....................................................
194
GENERAL REVIEW OF THE TENSES 138
Write the correct form of the verb or verbs in parentheses in each sentence.
1. At present, my friend Arthur (write) a long

novel about the Civil War.
2 I think his book (become) a “best seller” when
it (publish) next year.
3 Arthur got the original idea for the book while
he (go) to college.
4 When I saw Arthur last June, he (write) about
125 pages of the book.
6 Arthur is very prolific. he (write) four books
and 434 articles.
7 Although Arthur enjoys writing, he (like) to be
a history teacher.
8 We would prefer that Mr. Hill (speak) to Mr. hull himself.
9 I strongly suspected that Mr. Hull (speak, already) to Mr. hall.
10 Mr. hall will speak to Mr. Howell before he (leave) the office.
11 Mr. Howell, our director, (work) for this company nine years.
12 Mr. Hill interrupted Mr. hull while he (speak) to Mr. Howell.
13 Don’t you think that the subways (run) behind schedule lately?
14 Yes, but at this time, much attention (devote) to that problem.
15 I wish that I (know) more about that particular problem than I do.
16 When you have read today’s paper, you (understand) everything.
17 The planet earth (move) around the sun once every 365 days.
18 This fact (prove) by Brahe and Kepler more than 300 years ago.
19 We’ll meet Alice at the corner. She (wait) when we (arrive).
20 As I (go) to work today, I saw Alice on her way downtown.
21 Whenever I meet Alice on the street, she (wear) something new.
22 It (rain) very much in this part of the country every spring.
23 When I (leave) my office last night, it (rain, still) very hard.
24 The radio announcer said that it (be) cloudy and cold tomorrow.
25 Ever since Jim (win) that $60,00 contest, he (refuse) to work.
26 Jim will never look for a job unless someone (force) him to do it.
27 If Jim (win, not) that contest, he (resign, not) from his good job.
28 When I discovered my camera (steal), I called the police at once.
29 The police think that the camera (take) sometime during the day.
30 If I (take) the camera with me yesterday, all of this (happen, not.)
195
139 THE EMPHATIC FORMS WITH DO
After each number, there are two sentences, (a) and (b), representing two speakers. Use the
emphatic forms of the simple present or past tense (examples: I do work, he does write, they
did see, etc.) of an appropriate verb in the blank space in sentence (b). Study examples 1 and 2
carefully.
1 (a) Mr. Smith said John didn’t write the letter.

(b) But John did write the letter! I saw the letter.
2 (a) Did Frank write the report you assigned to him?
(b) he didn’t do all of it, but he did do the first part.
3 (a) Of course this seems difficult. You didn’t study it.
(b) That’s not true. I........ it! Look at my notes!
4 (a) I’ve heard that Carl doesn’t attend class regularly.
(b) But Carl......... class regularly! I’m sure of that.
5 (a) I thought that you were going to finish the report yesterday.
(b) Well, I........... it. It’s on your desk now. Take a look.
6 (a) The man said that you didn’t give him the money.
(b) He’s wrong. I.......... it to him! Here’s the receipt.
7 (a) since you don’t ever wear this suit, let’s give it away.
(b) I certainly...... it! Don’t give it away.
8 (a) Did you speak to the director about that problem?
(b) No, I didn’t speak to him, but I.......... to his secretary.
9 (a) Did his secretary call up the men to tell them about it?
(b) She didn’t call John, but she.......... Fred and Edward.
10 (a) I don’t think I know that tall fellow. What’s his name?
(b) Well, he doesn’t like most sports, but he........ baseball.
11 (a) I don’t think I know that tall fellow. What’s his name?
(b) But you.......... him! You met him just last week.
12 (a) Did Eleanor buy a new spring hat yesterday?
(b) No, she didn’t buy a hat, but she....... a new purse.
13 (a)Your English teacher speaks Spanish, doesn’t she?
(b) No, she doesn’t speak Spanish, but she....... Portuguese.
14 (a)You probably didn’t read the instructions in the book carefully.
(b) But I........ them carefully! I even copied them!
196
THE HABITUAL PAST WITH USED 140
Express habitual action in the past with the verb used and the full infinitive of the verb in paren-
theses in each sentence (examples: I used to work, he used to work, etc.) Remember: this form
implies that a contrary condition exists at the present.
1 Mr. Smith (smoke) cigars, but he doesn’t any more.

Mr. Smith used to smoke cigars, but be doesn’t any more.
2 Bill (work, not) very hard, but he does now.
Bill didn’t use to work very bard, but he does now.
3 I (enjoy) “detective stories,” but I don’t any more.
4 Mr. Shaw (teach) in the morning, but now he teaches at night.
5 Many years ago, people (travel) by horse and buggy.
6 Mary (get, not) to work on time, but she does nowadays.
7 Mrs. nelson (walk) downtown, but now she takes the bus.
8 What has happened? Thomas never (do) his work poorly.
9 John (attend) the meetings regularly, but he doesn’t any more.
10 When I was a child, I (read) the “comic strips” every Sunday.
11 We never (like) that kind of food, but we often serve it now.
12 I (play) the piano, but I haven’t even tried it for years now.
13 I (enjoy, not) classical music, but I listen to it regularly now.
THE EXPRESSION BE USED (TO) 141

Use the expression be used (to) in place of be accustomed (to) in the following sentences to
show acceptance of a condition or situation (or to show familiarization with it).
1 We are accustomed to the noise of the airplanes now.

We are used to the noise of the airplanes now.
2 I am accustomed to working at night. It doesn’t bother me.
I am used to working at night. It doesn’t bother me.
3 We are accustomed to the hot weather in this city now.
4 He writes poorly, but I’m accustomed to his writing by now.
5 Are you accustomed to living in a small apartment jet?
6 Mr. Silvera is accustomed to drinking American coffee now.
7 Is your friend accustomed to traveling by subway yet/
8 We’re not accustomed to hearing so much English every day.
9 That student from Sweden is accustomed to cold weather.
10 Maria is not accustomed to American popular music yet.
11 I’m not accustomed to seeing so many cars and trucks.
12 Mr. Moore is accustomed to hearing many different accents.
197
142 THE EXPRESSION GET USED (TO)
Use bot get accustomed (to) and get used (to) in place of become accustomed (to) in the
following sentences. Study the examples carefully.
1 I’m becoming accustomed to the climate in this country.

I’m getting accustomed o the climate in the climate in this country.
I’m getting use to the climate in this country.
2 You will become accustomed to hearing English every day.
You will get accustomed to hearing English every day.
You will get use to hearing English every day.
3 I am becoming accustomed to this weak American coffee.
4 You will soon become accustomed to traveling by bus.
5 We soon became accustomed to the constant noise of the traffic.
6 They will become accustomed to the food here after a while.
7 I can’t become accustomed to this method of learning English.
8 Peter soon became accustomed to writing everything in English.
9 I couldn’t become accustomed to the confusion in that office.
10 You’ll become accustomed to your new working hours very soon.
143 THE EXPRESSION BE SUPPOSED

Use the correct form of be supposed with the full infinitive (example: I am supposed to go,
he was supposed to work, etc.) to show action which is (or was) anticipated because of a duty
or because of an appointment, schedule, plan, etc. Remember: the use of the past tense form
implies that the action did not occur.
1 Dean Brown (return) before next Thursday.

Dean Brown is supposed to return before next Thursday.
2 The work (finish) yesterday afternoon.
The work was supposed to he finished yesterday afternoon.
3 Mr. Johnson (get) back to the office before three o’clock.
4 When he returns, Mr. Harris (go) to dean brown’s office.
5 We (meet) our friends here yesterday, but we didn’t.
6 You (be) ready to leave at eight o’clock tonight.
7 The plane from Miami (get) here ten minutes from now.
8 I (mail) this letter to Mr. Fox yesterday, but I forgot to.
9 You (sign) your name on the last line of the contract.
10 Everyone in this office (work) from nine to five every day.
11 These packages (deliver) to the Ajax Company tomorrow.
198
EXPRESSING “EXPECTANCY” WITH SHOULD 144
Express “expectancy” by using should or should have with the correct of the verb in
parentheses in each sentence. Remember: the use of the past tense form (should have been,
should have arrived) implies that the action did not occur.
1 Our friend (arrive) from Boston tomorrow morning.

Our friend should arrive from Boston tomorrow morning.
2 We (receive) a telegram form Mr. Cole last night.
We should have received a telegram from Mr. Cole last night.
3 You (hear) from the committee today or tomorrow.
4 The plane from Boston (arrive) more than an hour ago.
5 The committee (approve) the plan at the meeting tomorrow.
6 Those men (finish) that work two or three hours ago.
7 Wait right here. We (be) back within 10 or 15 minutes.
8 That regulation (cause, not) you any trouble in the future.
9 The next exercise (be) very easy for everyone in the class.
11 You (have) much difficulty with the lesson for tomorrow.
12 You (have, not) any difficulty with your homework for today.
“ADVISABILITY” VS “EXPECTANCY” 145

Read the following sentences carefully. Indicate the meaning (“advisability” or “expectancy” of
the italicized verb in each sentence.
1 You should work harder. (advisability)

2 They should arrive soon. (expectancy)
3 You should read that book. It’s funny.
4 That work shouldn’t take you very long.
5 I should write a letter to Mr. Jackson.
6 Fred should have arrived by this time.
7 I shouldn’t have borrowed that money.
8 The Taylor’s’ trip to France and Italy should be very interesting.
9 Miss Williams should take a taxi. It’s too far to walk tonight.
10 We should have heard from our friends long before this time.
11 You shouldn’t have said anything to your boss about that matter.
12 Mr. and Mrs. Anderson should be here within a few minutes.
13 I think that you should have stayed there and waited for the girls.
14 We should receive a reply from the company today or tomorrow.
199
146 EXPRESSING “NECESSITY” WITH HAVE GOT
Use both have and the full infinitive (I have to go, he has to work) and the informal expression
have got and the full infinitive (I have got to go, he has got to go) in place of must in the follow-
ing sentences. Remember: in using have got, the word have or has is usually contracted (I’ve
got to go, he’s got to go). Study the examples carefully.
1 You must go to the dean’s office right away.

You have to go to the dean’s office right away.
You’ve got to go to the dean’s office right away.
2 Fred must finish all of the work by noon tomorrow.
Fred has to finish all of the work by noon tomorrow.
Fred’s got to finish all of the work by noon tomorrow.
3 We must give our boss a good reason for leaving early.
4 If you want to earn more money, you must work harder.
5 George says he must return the map to them tomorrow.
6 We must write the next two lessons for tomorrow.
7 Mr. Shaw says everyone must take the final examination.
8 I must go to the bank right away in order to cash this check.
9 If you plan to go with us, you must get ready right now.
10 Miss Elliot knows she must finish that work before two-thirty.
147 EXPRESSING “NECESSITY” IN THE PAST

Use the verb had with the full infinitive (I had to leave, she had to write) as the past tense form
of the italicized verb in each of the following sentences. If necessary, change the expression of
time (change tomorrow to yesterday, etc.).
1 Dr. Davis must leave for home before two o’clock.

Dr. Davis had to leave for home before two o’clock.
2 The messenger has to deliver those two packages today.
The messenger had to deliver those two packages today.
3 We’ve got to return Edward’s dictionary to him tomorrow.
We had to return Edward’s dictionary to him yesterday.
4 The director must finish that report by 4:00 p.m. today.
5 Mr. Brown has to make a trip to Philadelphia next week.
6 They’ve got to fill out the application before next Thursday.
7 We have to send a telegram to the main office of that company.
8 Everyone must do his share of the work this afternoon.
9 Miss Stewart’s got to leave the office early tomorrow afternoon.
10 Edward says we must return the dictionary before Wednesday.
11 When Mr. Brown returns, we’ve got to explain everything to him.
200
INDICATING “ASSUMPTION” WITH MUST 148
Indicate “assumption” in each of the following sentences by using must or must have with the
proper form of the verb in parentheses. Study the examples carefully.
1 Mr. Foster isn’t here. He (be) in the other room.

Mr. Foster isn’t here. He must be in the other room.
2 The secretary wasn’t there. She (go) home already.
The secretary wasn’t there. She must have gone home already.
3 I hear someone at the front door. it (be) the mailman.
4 I, don’t see the package. John (mail) it yesterday.
5 By this time, your friend Thomas (speak) English very well.
6 Mr. Johnson looks tired. he (work) very hard today.
7 I’ve seen the boy there several times. They (go) regularly.
8 The ground is quite wet today. It (rain) very hard last night.
9 Mr. Fox didn’t say anything, so he (think) that we are right.
10 When I met the Slaters, it (be) at least seven or eight o’clock.
11 You (think) I don’t have a job because I’m at home so often.
12 I can’t get either of these doors open. They (lock).
13 George (assume) that e had already taken care of the matter.
“NECESSITY” VS “ASSUMPTION” 149

Read the following sentences carefully. Indicate the meaning (“necessity” or “assumption”) of
the italicized verb in each sentence.
1 We must leave for home right away. (necessity)

2 Mr. Foster must be in the other room. (assumption)
3 It’s very late now. I must go home and study my lessons.
4 I’ve never seen Mr. Miller on the bus. He must drive to work.
5 When you see Mr. Moore, you must tell him about this.
6 Since you play tennis so often, you must really enjoy it.
7 You look healthy. You must have rested during your vacation.
8 You must explain that part again. I didn’t understand it at all.
9 Mr. Crowell must have gone home. I don’t see his briefcase.
10 Virginia must believe that we’re angry about her remarks.
11 I must complete that report for my boss before next Friday.
12 When the man brings the groceries, you must pay him.
13 When our friends left, it must have been well after midnight.
14 You must be ready to leave when Charles and Frank get here.
15 That car is certainly Beautiful, but it must be very expensive.
201
150 USING MAY FOR “PERMISSION” OR “POSSIBILITY”
Rewrite these sentences using the auxiliary verb may to show “permission” or “possibility”.
Study the first three examples carefully.
1 Perhaps your friends will return tomorrow night.

Your friends may return tomorrow night. (possibility)
2 It’s possible that Mr. Johnson won’t arrive on time.
Mr. Johnson may not arrive on time. (possibility)
3 You have my permission to tell everyone the new.
You my tell everyone the news. (permission)
4 Possibly Mary will know the answer to your question.
5 You have our permission to leave whenever you’re ready.
6 It is possible that Mr. Kennedy will do that for you.
7 Perhaps Mr. Howell, the director, won’t agree with you.
8 You have my permission to try that method if you wish to.
9 If you ask the men politely, possibly they will help you with it.
10 Maybe the work will be a lot easier then you expect it to be.
11 It’s possible that there will not be enough food for everyone
* Notes: Might the past tense sequence form of may) is frequently used in place of may
to indicate “possibility.” Can is frequently used of may to indicate “permission.”
151 EXPRESSING “ADVISABILITY” WITH HAD BETTER

Use the informal expression had better (with the short infinitive) in place of should and ought
in the following sentences to express “advisability.” Remember: in using had better, the word
had is usualy contracted (I’d better go, you’d better ask). Study the exaples carefully. Notice the
negative forms.
1 It’s getting quite late. We ought to go home very soon.

It’s getting quite late. We’d better go home very soon.
2 You should not say anything to Mr. Wilson about the matter
You’d better not say anything to Mr. Wilson about the matter
3 Shouldn’t we explain exactly what happened to Mr. Wilson?
Hadn’t we better explain exactly what happened to Mr. Wilson?
4 You ought to buy yourself a new suit and overcoat.
5 It’s much too far to walk. Miss Stewart should call a taxi.
6. Shouldn’t the children wear something very warm today?
7 You shouldn’t leave the building until you get permission.
8 I think we ought to send a telegram to Mr. Holt right away.
9 Shouldn’t we tell them that we won’t be able to meet them?
10 You shouldn’t leave your car in front of Mr. Kelly’s garage.
202
POLITE OR UNEMPHATIC STATEMENTS WITH WOULD 152
Make a polite or unemphatic statement with would and the verb in parentheses in each of the
following sentences. Study he examples carefully.
1 I (like) to eat dinner earlier than usual tonight.

I would like to eat dinner earlier than usual tonight.
2 I (appreciate) receiving a prompt reply to my letter.
I would appreciate receiving a prompt reply to my letter.
3 I know I (enjoy) visiting Rio de Janeiro and Sao Paulo.
4 I (suggest) that you speak to Dean Brown as soon as possible.
5 I think that I (prefer) to stay at home and read a book tonight.
6 I (hesitate) to say anything to the director about that matter.
7 I am sure Alice (like) to go shopping with us tomorrow.
8 I (advise) you to investigate carefully before doing anything.
9 I (suggest, definitely) trying a different method next time.
10 I (recommend) that you ask Mr. Anderson for his advice.
11 I (prefer) seeing a movie to watching television tonight.
12 I (appreciate) hearing from you regarding this problem.
13 I (enjoy, really) having a chance to meet all of your friends.
EXPRESSING “PREFERENCE” WITH WOULD RATHER 153

Practice making statements, questions, and negatives which indicate “preference” with would
rather and the verb in parentheses in each sentence. In this usage, would is often contracted (I’d
rather go, he’d rather work). Study the example sentences carefully. Notice the negative forms.
1 I (walk) rather walk downtown this afternoon.

Would you rather walk downtown this afternoon?
Wouldn’t you rather walk downtown this afternoon?
I would (I’d) rather not walk downtown this afternoon.
2 I (stay) at home over the Christmas holiday.
3 I (live) in New York than in Washington, D.C.
4 I (sit) in the first row of seats than in this one.
5 I (tell) Mr. Anderson about the problem myself.
6 I (eat) my lunch now than later in the day.
7 I (meet) you in the lobby of the building than on the corner.
8 I (work) for a very large company than for a small one.
9 I (stay) at home tonight and write my English lesson.
10 I (watch) a television program than go to the movies.
203
154 REVIEW: USING AUXILIARIES
Analyze the use of the auxiliaries in these sentences.
1 May we smoke in this room? 2 You’d

better wear an overcoat. Otherwise, you may catch
a cold. 3 This lesson is very easy. it shouldn’t
take much of your time. 4 My friend couldn’t
tell me who would be at the party. 5 I’ve got to
complete all of this work before tomorrow night.
6 You ought to have paid more attention to your
guests than you did. 7 Alice said she would rather
live here than in Chicago. 8 Edward must have
been disappointed when you told him the news. 9
Would you please slow down. I can’t walk quite
so fast. 10 If you can’t control your temper, you
shouldn’t get into arguments. 11 You must not say
a word about this to anyone. 12 Fortunately, we
don’t have to pay the money back right away. 13
our guests should arrive almost any moment now.
14 You ought to have been more attentive in class
this morning. 15 We couldn’t get used to their
way of doing things. 16 I’d rather not go with you tonight. I have a great deal of work
which I should do. 17 I tried to convince him, but he wouldn’t listen to me, 18 It must
be quite late because everyone has already gone home. 19 you may use my car anytime
you want to. 20 I couldn’t understand the lesson, so Jim had to help me with it. 21 do
you want some coffee? - Yes, I would like some. 22 Don’t you think that you should see
a doctor right away/ 23 Even though it rained, I should have gone to the country yester-
day. 24 Our teacher said we didn’t have to answer all of the questions. 25 We must not
forget to ask the teacher about that matter. 26 Hadn’t you better wait until tomorrow and
make your decision then? 27 I would suggest that you try a different method next time.
28 I suppose I could do that kind of work if I had to. 29 Frankly, I would prefer to stay
at home and read tonight. 30 I wish that you could stay with us for a few more. days.
31 Must we turn in our homework tomorrow morning? 32 You should have called your
friends and told them the news. 33 I didn’t do the first part of the lesson, but I did do the
last half. 34 Would you mind speaking a little more softly. 35 Alice must have finished
the report yesterday. 36 Do you have to return? Can’t you stay a while longer?
204
USING TWO-WORD VERBS 155
In the two blank spaces in each sentence, complete the two-word verb with the correct particle
(up, out, on, etc.) and add the correct object pronoun (me, it, them, etc.). Remember: if the two-
word verb is “separable”, he object pronoun must precede the particle.
1 If you find any unnecessary things on the list, cross them out.
2 I’d like to see the Coles’ new house. Why don’t we call on them?
3 I submitted an application, but the committee turned..... .....
4 We didn’t arrive there until late because the
bad weather held...... .....
5 You can’t act that way here. No one in this
group will stand..... .....
6 I don’t know Mr. nelson’s address, but I can
find.... ..... easily. I can look ..... ..... in the telephone
book.
7 I missed two assignments. I must make..... ..... before Monday.
8 I think this blouse is your size. Why don’t you try.... ...... ?
9 He feels bad about his failure now, but he’ll get..... ..... soon.
10 Here’s an application blank for you. Fill...... ..... carefully.
11 I hate new shoes because it’s so hard to break...... ......
12 Don’t offer Mr. Green any coffee. he doesn’t care..... ..... at all.
13 If you don’t understand it now, you’ll probably figure.... ..... later.
14 I wrote the lesson last night and handed...... ...... this morning.
15 Mrs. Kelly had a good job, but she gave..... ...... to get married.
16 This coat is much too warm. I am going to take..... ......
17 You should do things on time. Don’t put...... .... until later.
18 If you go to the second counter, the clerk there will wait..... .....
19 Bill bought some paper last week, but he’s used..... ..... already.
20 If that word doesn’t belong there, why don’t you take..... ..... ?
21 Since Fred couldn’t find his mistakes, I pointed...... ...... to him.
22 You can ride to work with me. I’ll call....... ..... at eight o’clock.
23 Your question was embarrassing. Why did you bring..... .......?
24 If you keep on wearing that suit every day, you’ll wear..... ......
25 Whenever you don’t know a word, look..... .... in your dictionary.
26 If Pierre doesn’t understand that lesson, I’ll go..... ..... with him.
27 I can’t find the papers now, but I’m sure I’ll run..... ..... later.
28 Ed is dependable. You can always count..... .... to help you.
205
156 PREPOSITIONS WITH TWO-WORD VERBS
Supply the correct preposition in the blank space in each sentence. Check your answers with
those given in the appendix.
1 Everyone laughed at Ed’s joke, but I didn’t catch on..... it.

2 I don’t have a book today. May I look on.... you, please?
3 George really goes in.... tennis. It’s his favorite sport.
4 Before they hire anyone, they check up .... his background.
5 I don’t see how you can put up.... such bad working conditions.
6 When I was a child, I once tried to run away..... home.
7 The Coles are probably home tonight. Let’s drop in...... them.
8 You should always do your best to get along.... other people.
9 We like to get away..... the city during the hot summer months.
10 If you walk fast, you can catch up..... them in the next block.
11 The motor of the car won’t start. We have run out.... gas!
12 When did you get back.... your vacation in France and Italy?
13 Are you anxious to get back.... work after your vacation?
14 Do you and Martha plan to go back..... Europe again next year?
15 People often look back.... their childhood as a very happy time.
16 It’s impossible to do away..... classroom discipline completely.
17 What time did you get through..... your assignment last night?
18 Mr. Kennedy said that he was going to go ahead.... his plan.
19 Why don’t we get together..... him in order to discuss the plan?
20 You’ll have to work hard to make up.... the time you’ve lost.
21 I’d prefer not to play golf today. I really don’t feel up..... it.
22 You should try to keep up.... the other students in your class.
23 Be careful! Watch out.... cars whenever you cross the street.
24 If they insist on it, I suppose we’ll have to give in.... them.
25 I don’t think I can get out.... going to that meeting tomorrow.
26 How is Mr. Kovacs getting along.... his classwork these days?
27 Hang on.... that end of the box very tightly. Don’t let go of it!
28 That fellow violated the rules, but he apparently got away..... it.
29 I don’t want to break in.... their conversation. I’ll wait here.
30 Get away..... that fence! Keep away...... those electrical wires!
31 I just can’t go on.... this work any longer. I’m too discouraged.
206
WORD ORDER (1) 157
In most case the words and expressions within the brackets () are not in the correct order. put
the sentence elements which are within the brackets into their normal order. Do not add or
eliminate any words or expressions.
1 Donald bought a (green - little) jewelry box for his wife.

2 The man made a (plastic - square) cover for the box.
3 Fred was given that (unusual - modern) pocket watch.
4 That museum has (ancient - Egyptian - valuable) vases.
5 My father always used a (fishing - long - bamboo) pole.
6 My (sons - friend’s - three) were all at the meeting.
7 The girl returned (to the library - promptly - those books).
8 The wind takes (in the fall - the leaves - form the trees).
9 You can see (good programs - at night - on television).
10 Mr. Meyer studies (carefully - his lessons - every year).
11 That firm exports (to India - much machinery - every year).
12 The professor dictates (in class - to us - short sentences).
13 Mr. Smith sold (to Bill Benson - his old car - last week).
14 The man gave (the money - reluctantly - the bill collector).
15 Anna had to go (to school - during the war - with boys).
16 The Taylors were (in Bogota - last ear - for two months).
17 That employee gets (to the office - every morning - late).
18 John worked (in Brooklyn - for one year - in a factory).
19 Those people can’t conceal (forever - the truth - from us).
20 The man asked (for the rent - in advance - the tenants).
21 I wanted to take (right back - the ship - to my country).
22 He allowed himself (two years - completely - to finish it).
23 I hope (my English - quickly - to improve ) by studying hard.
24 George said it was (yesterday - in the city - quite cool).
25 Baseball was (in Europe - almost unknown - until the war).
26 These things seemed (at first - to me - quite unimportant).
27 It is difficult (to speak - correctly - for me - English).
28 I don’t know why (didn’t - say - the man) anything to me.
29 What (will - say - your friends ) about this change in plans?
30 Mr. Cunningham doesn’t know whose (that - is - car).
31 When (were - they - in Paris), they visited the Louvre.
32 Where (have - gone - all of the students ) since last week?
207
158 WORD ORDER (2)
In most cases, the words and expressions within the brackets () are not in the correct order.
put the sentence elements which are within the brackets into their normal order. Do not add or
eliminate any words or expressions.
1 Pierre said he liked (than television - better - movies).

2 Our dog Saki likes to play with a (rubber - soft ) ball.
3 I’m sure it (has - been - tried - never) before this time.
4 How (can - believe - you) such a peculiar excuse?
5 No one here seems to know whose (is - bicycle - that).
6 When (did - arrive - your visitors) at the train station?
7 I’m sure that (will - be - always) a source of difficulty.
8 I asked her when (had - finished - her husband) the work.
9 She explained (again - the part - to me - about verbs).
10 (haven’t - been - ever - you) inside that famous building?
11 When (have - done - you ) that part, show it to Mr. Shaw.
12 The owner charged us his (usual - high) price for it.
13 I think that you are (that shelf - to reach - enough - tall).
14 She inherited (from him - in 1930 - a million dollars).
15 I can’t think (to improve - your plan - of any way at all).
16 That author was (in England - unknown - until a year ago).
17 Judge Parker introduced a (legal - new) concept in that case.
18 How (could - know - possibly - they) about it so soon?
19 I can’t imagine how (could - know - possibly - they) about it.
20 You can inquire (by the door - at the desk - about that).
21 The city has (well-organized - bus - two) companies.
22 I’ll ask my friend Thomas what (lesson - today’s - is).
23 When (had - finished - Alice) her speech, she sat down.
24 When (can - expect - we) to hear from you regarding this?
25 He said it was a (square - wrapped in cloth - object - hard).
26 Who (can - explain - that part) for the rest of the students?
27 She’s a person whom (will - have - you) much confidence in.
28 The (along the edge - ornaments - small) were removed.
29 I didn’t ask how much (them - had cost - their trip - to Canada).
30 He mentioned (known by everyone - a man - Shakespeare).
31 The Wilsons live in that (big - brick) mansion on the hill.
32 Wives work but (all the responsibilities - husbands - have).
208
WORD ORDER (3) 159
The word and expressions in the following sentence are no in the correct order. Put these
separated sentence elements into their normal positions. Do not add or eliminate an words or
expressions. Capitalize the first word in each sentence, and add the proper punctuation at the
end of the sentence.
1 every day - at the school cafeteria - our lunch - we don’t eat

We don’t eat our lunch at the school cafeteria every day.
2 those fellows - will - remain - how long - in Washington, D.C.
3 an official - about this rule - a question - the two men asked .
4 whose name was Prus - lived - at that time - in
Poland - a writer.
5 the flowers - to see - it’s wonderful - in the
spring - come to life
6 are mine - the purse - and - the coat - with the
red collar - with the handle
7 this fine sport - don’t - enjoy - why - you Amer-
icans - please tell me.
8 only in the winter - lives - in this part of the country - that bird
9 to their daughter - for her birthday - a bracelet - they sent
10 television - watches - seldom - during the afternoon - my wife
11 for most artists - is - Paris - to work - a very good place
12 those letters - yesterday - to Mr. Fox - delivered - the postman
13 the car - to the country - drove - last weekend - the postman
13 the car - to the country - drove - last weekend - the two men
14 is very interesting - on the table - of the glass bowl - the shape
15 today - cold - is it - enough - for a heavy winter overcoat
16 was - to me - the whole idea - new and unusual - something
17 the large red house - is - Mr. Anderson’ - text to ours
18 were finished - more than 50 - the manager said - in two days
19 the two suitcases - moved - the man - to his wife - closer
20 the examinations - so far - have - taken - how many students
21 to anyone’s face - adds - a warm smile - always - charm
22 to understand - was - for me - the last lesson - very difficult
23 two times - they have visited - in the past week - that museum
24 to improve - the student - he’d have to study harder - realized
25 a very easy decision - that’s certainly not - to make - for anyone
26 cars - at very high speeds - is extremely dangerous - driving
27 what Mr. Shaw had said - the students - contused - for a while
209
160 WORD ORDER (4)
Copy each sentence and add the italicized word to the sentence in its usual position. Do not add
or eliminate any other words.
1 (almost) My friend Albert got lost on his way over here.

2 (all) Love, hate, and fear are abstract words.
3 (possibly) How can you consider such a peculiar suggestion?
4 (rarely) We attend the school programs on Tuesday night.
5 (still) He is studying English at the University of Texas.
6 (only) I am trying to help you with your English lesson.
7 (always) Does their teacher ask them difficult questions?
8 (later) We expect to visit Switzerland in the summer.
9 (really) Do the students in the class believe what he said?
10 (even) I think he wrote about that subject before Flaubert.
11 (never) Those students used to complain about their work.
12 (not) I had to ask them to smoke in the other room.
13 (seldom) Ordinary people have that kind of opportunity.
14 (yet) Have you heard anything from Mr. and Mrs. Fox?
15 (hardly) It was so dark we could see the signs along the road.
16 (always) Plan your composition carefully before you begin.
17 (better) We will be able to understand our own customs.
18 (still) I don’t agree with Mr. Harris on that subject.
19 (both) I’m sure they contain exactly the same material.
20 (just) There is one more thing I must tell you about.
21 (long) The two Cuban students have not been in Florida.
22 (always) The teacher has to explain everything carefully.
23 (daily) I had to study English grammar, and I hated it.
24 (not) Many people had sufficient interest in the subject.
25 (never) That possibility has been considered carefully.
26 (twice) They have visited the Yellowstone National Park.
27 (often) Fred does his homework at the public library.
28 (either) Doris couldn’t find her purse, and I couldn’t.
29 (a little) I think you’d better change that last statement.
30 (always) Why is that part so difficult for you?
31 (the most) The girl’s hair was what attracted my attention.
32 (detailed) Green submitted a report to his boss at once.
33 (not) Do you think that Howard did a very good job?
34 (more) Has the teacher said anything to you about that?
210
“THE TRAVELER” 161
Add the definite article the in the blank spaces if necessary.
There is no part of ....world which I have not visited. I have traveled through ....
thickest jungles of ..... Africa and ..... upper regions of ..... Amazon. I have been through
...... Taj Mahal, ....... Vatican, and...... Leaning Tower of..... Pisa. I have even gone to.....
Seven Wonders of..... World. I wonder if you can tell me ...... seven great structures in
this group?
I have been over..... Cuba,..... Philippine Islands, ..... England, and ....... Soviet
Union. I have touched...... top of ...... Empire State Building,..... peak of ...... Mount
Everest, and ..... whole range of...... Alps. I have drifted on ....... Rhine River,...... Lake
Victoria, ..... Atlantic ocean, ...... Caribbean Sea, and....... Gulf of ...... Mexico. I have
been through..... streets of..... New York, ...... Berlin, and...... Singapore. I have wandered
through...... Balkans,...... Near East, and ..... Scandinavian peninsula. How many of these
things have you done?
I have passed through ..... House of .... Parliament in .... Great Britain, through
..... White House in ..... Washington, and through ..... Kremlin in ..... Moscow. I have
been to ..... Coliseum in ..... Rome, ..... Acropolis in ...... Athens,...... Louvre in ...... Paris,
...... Lenin’s Tomb in ..... Russia, and ..... Statue of liberty in ...... New York Harbor. I
have been in ...... Texas, ...... largest state in ..... United States, in ...... Venezuela, ......
northernmost state of ..... South America, and in ..... Republic of..... Panama, split by ......
Panama Canal. Do you think that you could locate all these places on your map?
I have been through ..... Orient, over...... length of ..... Long Island, and down
..... Park Avenue. I have traveled down ...... Mississippi River, over...... Island of .....
Formosa, and around ...... entire Australian Continent. I have gone through..... United
Nations Building and...... Imperial Japanese Palace. I heve been through all..... countries
in ..... Americas, in all ...... cities in...... Europe, and from..... one end of ..... British Com-
monwealth to ..... other.
Although I have gone to .... Columbia University and..... M.I.T., ...... Saint An-
drews, ..... Oxford, and ..... Sorbonne, ..... University of...... California, ..... Pennsylvania
State College, and ..... Renssalaer Polytechnic Institute, I didn’t learn geography in these
schools. Now can you guess who I am?
211
162 “MY MISTAKE”
Choose the, a, or an for each blank in the following selection.
I live in ..... small house in..... country. There is .... small city ....few miles away.
Going to ....city is no problem unless you are in .....hurry. There is .....bus which stops
at .... little gas satin opposite our house, but ....driver of ....bus never carries ....watch or
pays any attention to .....printed schedule which he distributes regularly. Therefore, when
I have .....appointment or .... important engagement, I never depend on ....Weston Trans-
portation Company (..... name of .... bus line). ...... week ago, I wanted to go into ....city
to buy ..... suit. However, I was expecting .... guest to come to spend .... evening with us,
so I wanted to get back to ..... house early. In order not to lose any time, I drove to ....city.
I parked in front of ....one-hour parking meter. When I returned with ...... suit, .... police-
man was standing there. .... meter indicated .... violation. I had been away more than ....
hour. .... policeman was putting .... parking ticket on ....car. I tried to persuade him to tear
up .... ticket. I soon realized this was.... waste of time. When I went to.... Court House
..... week later, I found out ..... fine for..... violation was five dollars.
163 “THE IMPORTANCE OF ADVERTISING”

Choose the, a, or an for each blank in the following selection.
In ..... middle of .... summer last year, my wife and I were out for ..... Sunday
drive. Since it was..... beautiful day, we drove almost to .... state border, ..... distance of
40 or 50 miles. On .... way back, we stopped in ..... small village. We had .... sandwich
and ..... cup of coffee in ...only restaurant in ..... village. As we were leaving, we noticed
..... roadside stand managed by ..... old Indian. There was..... tiny painted sign above.....
stand. Of course, we went over to see ........old Indian was reading ....book. .......name
of ....book was Modern Advertising. He said that is was ....important book. ....book had
taught him .....importance of advertising. He then told us that he was going to modernize
.....stand. He had ordered .... new neon sign to replace .... tiny painted one. After we had
left, I told my wife that .... little knowledge could be .... dangerous thing.
212
“THE FLAG OF THE UNITED STATES” 164
The articles the, a, and an have been omitted from the following selection. Supply the necessary
articles.
Story of origin of flag of United states of America is

interesting. of course, flag has not always been same in appear-
ance. as nature of nation changed, appearance of flag changed
too. Various elements of present flag have different origins.
Country was founded by people of other lands who came to
new World to create new nation. people who came brought tra-
ditions across ocean to shores of America. Among traditions
they brought was that of using ancient symbols on banners.
origin of pattern of stars and stripes goes back into darkness
of history. Star is symbol of sky. Stripe is symbol of rays of
light which radiate from sun. Through centuries, from ancient
to modern civilization, star and stripe have been common sym-
bols on flags or banners of nations, empires, companies and
even individuals.
QUOTATIONS BY FAMOUS AMERICANS 165

The articles the, a, and an have been omitted from the following quotations by famous Ameri-
cans. Supply the necessary articles.
(10 Liberty, when it begins to take root, is plant of rapid growth. - George Wash-
ington (2) God who gave us life gave us liberty at same time - Thomas Jefferson (3)
Goodness is only investment that never fails. - David Henry Thoreau (4) Shallow men
believe in luck. Self-trust is first secret of success. - Ralph Waldo Emerson (5) One of
greatest sources of strength of our country has been pioneering spirit. - Calvin Coolidge
(6) First lesson in civics is that efficient government should begin at home. - Charles
Evans Hughes (7) Sharp tongue is only edged tool that grows keener with constant use.
- Washington Irving (8) Great difficulty in education is to get experience out of ideas. -
George Santayana (9) Life is great bundle of little things. - Oliver Wendell Holmes (10) I
believe in democracy because it releases energy of every human being. Woodrow Wilson
(11) Not one student in thousand breaks down from overwork. - William Neilson.
213
166 USING THE WORD SOME
Use the word some in the blank spaces wherever possible. If the addition of some changes the
meaning of the sentence, explain the difference in meaning carefully.
1 This book describes the lives of...... famous historical figures.

2 ........ famous historical figures are less interesting than others.
3 ...... students actually have o take examinations in their courses.
5 I had...... coffee around ten o’clock this morning.
6 The United States imports....... coffee from brazil and Colombia.
7 Afterwards, the teacher made ...... comments about our mistakes.
8 ....... three-room apartments in that new building cost $30.
9 He has written ....... articles for....... magazines for thirty years.
10 That Fifth Avenue store sells...... inexpensive clothes.
11 All of the children in that family have...... unusual names.
12 Our English instructor wrote ....... examples on the blackboard.
167 USING THE WORD OTHER

In each section, choose one of the indicated forms of other for each sentence.
ANOTHER, THE OTHER, ANY OTHER, SOME OTHER
1 That building is taller than...........................in the city of new York.

2 Yes, those two examples are correct. Can you give me........ one?
3 I received........ letter from my friend in brazil..........day.
4 Are there........ questions before we start the next lesson?
5 Your composition is much too short. Write...... page or two.
6 I really can’t go now. I’ll have to go with you........... day.
7 Then we’ll have to go on Monday. I don’t have the time..... day.
ANTHER, THE OTHER, THE OTHERS, OTHER
8 I had two copies of it originally, but I can’t find........ one now.

9 Children should be taught how to get along with.......... people.
10 Can you think of......... example of the same thing?
11 Here are four boxes, but I can carry only two. please bring........
12 A student ha much less liberty there than in......... countries.
13 He corrected a few papers, but he had no time to do..............
14 There are two reasons for this. You know the first. I’ll tell you......
214
PREPOSITIONS IN EXPRESSIONS OF TIME (1) 168
Select the correct preposition for the blank or blanks in each sentence. If there are two possibili-
ties, give both and explain the difference. Use only following prepositions:
IN, ON, AT, BY, FOR, TO, FROM, UNTIL, SINCE, DURING
1 He said the boat would be leaving the dock........25 minutes.

2 My friend Bill Allen married his sweetheart.......... the war.
3 Mr. and Mrs. Harrison have been in Colombia........ last August.
4 Those men have been working on the motor.... three hours now.
5 The contractor hopes to finish the entire job...... April or May.
6 The messenger won’t get back here...... later this afternoon.
7 That student has been here....... the beginning of the semester.
8 We think the thief broke into the house sometime..... the night.
9 She said she was going to return to Detroit.... the tenth of August.
10 All of the guests had finished eating dinner....... ten o’clock.
11 The Andersons lived in California........ two or three years.
12 Pierre made his first trip to the United States....... October 1948.
13 The train will leave Pennsylvania Station..... twelve minutes.
14 Wait right here for me. I’ll only be away...... fifteen minutes.
15 Our friend Bob is arriving here a week....... next Saturday.
16 Mr. Johnson said that the meeting would begin..... 8:30 sharp.
17 ...... yesterday, I thought that the man had really told us the truth.
18 I told my boss that I would be there........ an hour or more.
19 Do you know if Helen’s parents plan to stay there.... October 15?
20 We haven’t seen our friends the Moores........ last Tuesday.
21 Mr. Foster worked there...... quite late...... the evening.
22 ........ the time Uncle Robert gets your letter, it will be too late.
23 Dr. Westman’s office hours are....... 10 a.m. ....... 3 p.m.
24 The two children stayed awake...... eleven o’clock last night.
25 The director has never said a word about the matter..... that time.
26 You returned..... July 1943. I was in the army...... that time.
27 The clerk said he would try to have everything ready...... then.
28 ...... a long time, everyone wondered if that method could be used.
29 Mr. Kovalski works in a factory.... the day and studies.... night.
30 Our boss, Mr. Howell, has worked for this company..... the war.
31 Dean and Mrs. Brown will be in Oregon..... June..... September.
215
169 PREPOSITIONS IN EXPRESSIONS OF TIME (2)
Select the correct preposition for the blank or blanks in each sentence. If there are two possibili-
ties, give both and explain the difference. use only the following prepositions:
IN, ON, AT, BY, FOR, TO FROM, UNTIL, SINCE, DURING
1 The doctor was busy with another patient...... the time.

2 My wife and I make trips to nearby cities..... time..... time.
3 ...... no time...... all, he had learned to speak English fluently.
4 Just...... that moment, we heard a loud crash outside the house.
5 Once...... a while, I enjoy eating at a French restaurant.
6 Edward’s command of English is improving day...... day.
7 I don’t think Mr. holt plans to stay in England...... very long.
8 The captain ordered Sergeant Hardy to leave...... once.
9 Howard drank three or four cups of coffee..... succession.
10 We got there just..... time to see the end of the program.
11 We had taken a taxi in order to get to the meeting..... time.
12 The director has decided to do something about that...... last.
13. ..... the beginning, everything seemed to be difficult for us.
14 I drove downtown....... the meantime, Dorothy prepared dinner.
15 ....... occasion, we enjoy seeing a good Broadway play.
16 Both of the men were trying to speak..... the same time.
17 ...... the end, we decided that Harry was right about that matter.
18 Would you please try to be much more careful..... now on.
19 ...... present, Arthur is working on a novel about the Civil War.
20 I’m usually completely exhausted...... the end of the day.
21 ...... times, I felt as though I would never be able to finish it.
22 Please submit your reports to me...... Thursday...... the latest.
23 ....... first, I could hardly believe what the man had said to me.
24 I think your suggestion is probably the best one.... the long run.
25. .... the first time.... his life, he didn’t argue about anything!
26 Do those men usually get paid ..... the week or..... the month?
27 I hope that these conditions will be changed..... the future.
28 ...... once, not one of the students in the class made a mistake.
29 We really don’t know what to expect..... one day...... the next.
30 ...... the past, people did a great deal of work by hand.
31 The girls usually go for coffee..... the middle of the afternoon.
216
PREPOSITIONS IN EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE (1) 170
Select the correct preposition for the blank or blank in each sentence. If here are several pos-
sibilities, explain the differences in meaning carefully.
1 The tallest building..... the world is located..... New York City.

2 It’s..... 34th Street..... Madison Avenue and park Avenue.
3 Their business office is..... the fiftieth floor.... that building.
4 Our office is..... 165 Main Street. It’s ..... the post office.
5 I drove..... the block slowly while Martha ran.... the store.
6 Our friends drove..... us..... their car, but they didn’t see us.
7 They’ll meet us.... the corner.... Broadway and 8th Street.
8 I always go..... work.... bus. Do you ride..... the bus too?
9 Did Ed park his car.... front.... the house or.... the driveway?
10 Your friend can park his car.... the alley ..... our house.
11 Joe is going.... school..... the University..... Wisconsin now.
12 The Smiths live..... West Chestnut Street..... the university.
13 Mr. Kennedy was walking..... Madison Avenue when I saw him.
14 Please be careful! Walk..... the sidewalk, not..... the street.
15 They’ll stop..... London..... their way...... France and Italy.
16 They’ll stop...... London..... their way....... France and ital.
17 They plan to arrive..... London..... Tuesday or Wednesday.
18 Are you going to go.... Spain.... way..... New York or Miami?
19 If you don’t drive faster, we’ll arrive..... the train station late.
20 Mr. Gomez was born.... South America, but he moved.... Cuba.
21 Bill and Tom dove.... Washington.... New York.... five hours.
22 Mr. Harrison parked the car..... least fifteen feet.... the hydrant.
23 Fred’s sister said he wasn’t..... home. he must be.... school.
24 I believe Fred’s..... ....... town. He wasn’t ...... town last week.
25 That’s right. He went..... Chicago..... a business trip last Monday.
26 Turn..... the left. Mr. Shaw’s house is the third one.... the right.
27 There are people who don’t care for driving..... long tunnels.
28 How far is San Francisco.... Los Angeles.... kilometers/
29 Mr. and Mrs. Anderson live just a few blocks..... Frank’s house.
30 If you can’t get..... the house.... the door, climb..... a window.
31 There are quite a few trees.... some sections.... this city.
32 Father heard the noise and rushed..... the stairs.... the basement.
33 A student.... South America has the apartment right...... mine.
217
171 PREPOSITIONS IN EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE (2)
Select the correct preposition for the blank or blanks in each sentence. If there are several pos-
sibilities, explain the differences in meaning carefully.
1 Did you put those packages.... the drawer or .... the shelf?
2 You will find much information.... the appendix..... this book.
3 Did Dorothy hear it.... the radio or see it.... television?
4 The lesson.... this page is the easiest one.... the whole book.
5 The carpenter went..... and ..... the ladder three or four times.
6 What time do you usually get...... .... bed..... the morning?
7 Bill’s roommate hung the photograph.... the wall..... his desk.
8 A monkey escaped.... the zoo..... jumping..... a very high fence.
9 When you are away..... home, things always seem more difficult.
10 The ball fell ..... ..... the child’s hand and rolled..... a chair.
11 I think that Dave’s brother was.... the army..... three years.
12 He pointed.... the rope which hung..... a hook far.... our heads.
13 Catherine took her new dress.... ..... the box very carefully.
14 He carried the box..... the stairs..... the attic..... his shoulder.
15 Harold sits..... one side...... Alice and James sits..... the other.
16 Alice sits...... Harold and James...... the first row..... seats.
17 The part..... the floor..... the rug needs to be washed and waxed.
18 ...... the way..... his office, Mr. Brown has to come.....this hallway.
19 Please move the chairs.... .... the aisle. They’re.... my way!
20 I enjoy sailing.... the ocean, but I prefer swimming.... lakes.
21 there’s some shade.... that tree. let’s sit.... the shade.
22 The airplane flew..... the heavy clouds in order to miss the storm.
23 The man dug many small holes.... the ground.... the sidewalk.
24 You shouldn’t sleep.... the ground.... night. It’s much too damp.
25 He added the words.... the bottom.... the page.
26 The boys had to wait.... line to get the tickets.
27 .... the dark, I couldn’t read the words.... the sign.
28 Don’t slip.... the shingles and fall..... the roof.
29 There’s dust.... the edges.... those two windows.
30 Fred put the ladder .... the side.... the building.
31 All his friends came.... the graduation ceremony.
32 The student’s relatives were.... the audience too.
33 The student looked handsome... his cap and gown.
218
USEFUL IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS 172
Select the correct prepositions for the idiomatic expressions in each of the following sentences.
1 Robert resembles his grandfather.... many respects.

2 I think the conference was very successful.... the whole.
3 He works very hard, or.... any rate, he gives that impression.
4 Carol didn’t seem to be excited.... the least about the news.
5 The dean said I had to take..... least twelve credits a semester.
6 ..... second thought, perhaps you are right about that matter.
7 You don’t like it, do you/ ___..... the contrary, I love it.
8 ..... best, this is only a temporary substitute for the other one.
9 Were you able to make use.... the book I lent you last week?
10 This tool is delicate..... that case, we’ll use it carefully.
11 .... case anyone calls for me, tell him I’ll be back a little later.
12 ..... the event.... trouble, call me at my office immediately.
13 I’m going to settle that matter with him once and.... all.
14 Should I start now? Yes,..... all means. The sooner the better!
15. .... the moment, Mr. Foster is .... danger ..... losing his job.
16. .... the one hand, I want to tell my boss exactly what I think.
17. .... the other hand, I don’t want to lose my good position here.
18 The weather here is like the weather in my country..... some extent.
19 It isn’t a very good plan.... one thing, it is too complicated.
20. .... a way, it’s too bad he didn’t tale advantage........the opportunity.
21 Just..... hand, I can’t think of any other way to handle the matter.
22 What’s the use..... telling him the truth? he wouldn’t believe it..
23 Well,..... this particular case, I believe that you are mistaken.
24 Frankly, I think that Frank’s suggestion is.... .... the question.
25 I’m sorry, but l don’t have anything..... mind to suggest either.
26. .... the way, what did you think about the movie you saw yesterday?
27 I wish he would come.... the point. he never says what he thinks.
28 why don’t we take a chance..... finding our friends at the library?
29 Professor Moore takes a great interest.... community activities.
30 Paul said Mr. Fox was.... far the best salesman in the company.
31 My friend wants to get rid.... his car before he leaves for Miami.
32 All.... a sudden, the man in the car ahead.... us put on his brakes.
33 Mr. Meyer tried to translate the whole article word.... word.
219
173 COMMON IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS
Select the correct prepositions for the idiomatic expressions in the following sentences.
1 All...... all, we had a wonderful time during our vacation.

2 The elevator isn’t running now. It must be ...... ..... order.
3 ..... course, Ed has heard the news..... fact, he told me about it.
4 ..... long, I’m sure you will be speaking English like a native.
5 I’m always.... my worst whenever I take examinations.
6 Mr. Harrison was..... quite a hurry and couldn’t wait for us.
7 Would you like to go..... a walk..... the park this afternoon?
8 That house on the corner is.... sale. Are you interested.... it?
9 The clerk..... that counter said those purses were..... sale.
10 First..... all, I think you should explain your idea to the director.
11 .... the time being, I think you’d better not say anything to him.
12 Aren’t you glad that you went to the party with us .... all?
13 It’s always better to study vocabulary..... connection..... reading.
14 Mr. Johnson said he was..... favor..... doing the work right away.
15 We had to postpone the picnic..... account ..... the bad weather.
16. .... the circumstances, it was impossible to do anything about it.
17 Try to answer all .... the questions..... that page...... detail.
18 They are going to go.... Italy...... way...... England and France.
19 Miss Williams makes most..... her own clothes...... hand.
20 The girls had to use newspapers..... place..... wrapping paper.
21 Frank has to work..... night..... order to earn some extra money.
22 Did Mr. Kennedy park his car..... front..... our house?
23 We are really looking forward..... our trip..... Hawaii and Japan.
24 ..... mistake, I took the wrong book ..... my desk this morning.
25 Professor Moore called my attention .... that particular mistake.
26 ..... the most part, his explanations are quite easy to understand.
27 ..... general, that is true. however, there are many exceptions.
28 The teacher said we had to learn all these expressions.... heart.
29 That is last year’s telephone directory. It’s ..... ..... date now.
30 What’s the matter..... Howard? He seems to be very angry.
31 I haven’t the matter..... Howard? he seems to be very angry.
32 Do you really think Doris threw those papers away ..... purpose?
33 Certainly not! I’m sure that Doris threw them away..... accident.
220
VERBS wHIT ALLIED PREPOSITIONS (1) 174
Select the correct prepositions for the blank spaces in the following sentence.
1 You should try to cooperate..... that organization.... every way.

2 We complained..... the landlord.... the condition of the house.
3 Why did you quarrel.... your friends.... such a small matter?
4 Professor Moore’s friend recommended that book .... him highly.
5 Mr. Howell, our boss, recommended George..... a promotion.
6 They forced us.... a ridiculous position.... arguing.... the matter.
7 My wife and I are going shopping..... a new living room carpet.
8 Mr. Johnson said he definitely disagreed..... us..... that matter.
9 Students often compete..... each other..... various school honors.
10 Were they unable to collect any money..... the insurance company?
11 I think the treasurer strongly disapproves.... our new system.
12 You should submit your application.... this office before May first.
13 Mr. Green said that the had obtained the information.... a friend.
14 Don’t you think you should remove the weeds.... your garden soon?
15 I definitely prefer traveling by air.... traveling by train or bus.
16 There’s no way we can prevent people.... talking.... this matter.
17 I think it will be difficult to hide the truth.... them.... very long.
18 Those two companies import chemicals.... Sweden and Germany.
19 That corporation exports machinery.... Latin American countries.
20 Did the officials of the company express interest.... your plan?
21 Did you finally succeed.... convincing them they were wrong?
22 We suggested that possibility.... the members of the committee.
23 We weren’t able to convince them .... the real value of the plan.
24 Don’t able to convince them.... the real value of the plan.
25 They are going to transfer him... this department.... another one.
26 I don’t see how you can fit all those clothes.... that little suitcase.
27 You’d better demand an answer.... that fellow as soon as possible.
28 Art said he planned to devote a great deal of time.... the project.
29 It was difficult for me to keep.... smiling.... his funny remark.
30 The teacher suspected the student..... cheating on the examination.
31 I think it’s easy to confuse these two expressions.... the other one.
32 You really shouldn’t boast.... your success.... other people.
33 I don’t know why John insists... blaming me.... all his troubles.
221
175 VERBS wHIT ALLIED PREPOSITIONS (2)
Select the correct prepositions for the blank spaces in the following sentences
1 That man reminds me ............... my grandfather.

2 I really respect that ............. his honesty.
3 Fred worries ......... his brother a great deal.
4 Sometimes I wonder ............. that very much.
5 We’ll advise them ........... our change in plans.
6 I’m going to apply ............ a scholarship there.
7 She will profit ........... her work in this class.
8 I’d better warn my friend ............ that soon.
9 You can inquire ........... that in the front office.
10 Can you account .......... all the money you’ve spent since you arrived?
11 I think that we’ll have to eliminate some names ......... those lists.
12 Since it’s important, would you attend ........... that matter right away?
13 I really don’t see why you object ...... our suggestion so strongly.
14 Why don’t you plan ........ meeting us here shortly after five o’clock.
15 Unfortunately, I couldn’t think ......... anything to suggest at that time.
16 You should think ........ this matter carefully before making a decision.
17 I think you ought to apologize ...... Virginia ........ your rude remarks.
18 George is a dependable person. You can rely ......... him to help you.
19 When you read the newspapers, you should watch ......... article.
20 Father says it’s hard to distinguish one make car .......... another.
21 I don’t think that they’ll approve ......... getting the money in that way.
22 Thomas has changed ......... a poor student ......... good one overnight.
23 Some people seem to enjoy gossiping ........ other people’s affairs.
24 You should be able to interest those people ..... your new invention.
25 Please don’t lean ....... that wall. There’s fresh paint ........ wall!
26 Frankly, I don’t care to argue ..... you ............ that particular subject.
27 A thick layer of paint will protect the wood .......... the rain and snow.
28 Be sure to thank your hast and hostess ............ having you to their house.
29 Could you supply us ........ several more copies of the announcement?
30 My friend Arthur is still working .......... his novel about the Civil War.
31 His friends have constantly encouraged him ........ his difficult work.
32 Arthur told me he hadn’t decided ............ a name for his new novel yet.
33 After you’ve done this page, refer .......... the answers in the appendix.
222
ADJECTIVES WITH ALLIED PREPOSITIONS (1) 176
Select the correct prepositions for he blank spaces in the following sentences.
1 Were your friends successful.... getting a loan from the bank/

2 I’m sure the explanation in the book will be quite clear.... you.
3 That type of Deisel motor is definitely superior.... any other type.
4 Mrs. Parker was ver upset.... the news of her father’s death.
5 I’m not familiar.... his name, but his face seems familiar.... me.
6 I certainly hope that David is aware.... all the problems involved.
7 We were very grateful.... our friends.... all of their assistance.
8 My friend Howard is very enthusiastic.... his new equipment.
9 Don’t you think you should try to be friendly.... your classmates?
10 You should try to be considerate..... other people’s feelings.
11 I’m conscious.... their feelings, but I’m afraid.... offending them.
12 Mr. Anderson is responsible.... hiring and firing employees.
13 That type of music is quite popular.... teen-age boys and girls.
14 At present, my daily expenses are just about equal.... my income.
15 Fred is capable.... doing better work than he’s doing at present.
16 We were very doubtful..... his ability to finish the job by himself.
17 Are you positive.... that? I find it extremely difficult to believe!
18 Yes, I’m certain.... it. Why do you seem to be so skeptical..... it?
19 There’s really no need for you to be afraid..... the examination.
21 Mr. berg was proud.... his good marks on the English examination.
22 My plan is similar..... yours, but it’s quite different..... Frank’s.
23 If this plan is satisfactory..... you, I’ll present it to the committee.
24 Can you tell me how many men were absent.... work last week?
25 Pierre said he had become quite fond.... American hamburgers!
26 We’re still hopeful.... hearing form our friends before Saturday.
27 After next weekend, I’ll be completely free.... all my worries!
28 That fashion magazine is full.... advertising for women’s clothes.
29 George is still very loyal .... his friends despite their argument.
30 That man’s personality makes him unfit.... any higher position.
31 Thin gloves like these aren’t very suitable.... that kind of work.
32 He’s generous.... his money. He’s generous... giving to charities.
33 A good basic knowledge of English is essential... advanced work.
223
177 ADJECTIVES WITH ALLIED PREPOSITIONS (2)
Select the correct prepositions for the blank spaces in the following sentences.
1 My friends and I were very happy.... the results of the election.

2 It seemed quite evident.... his behavior that he wasn’t satisfied.
3 I could tell..... his face that he was very angry.... something.
4 It was certainly kind.... you to help me with that difficult work.
5 Well, you were very kind.... me when I asked you for some help.
6 I wish Carl would take a vacation. It would be good.... his health.
7 Smith’s a good person to work.... he’s good.... his employees.
8 It was good.... you to come this evening to help us with our work.
9 Unfortunately, I am not good.... remembering people’s names.
10 Professor Moore is always very patient.... his English students.
11 Bill should submit an application. he’s eligible... membership.
12 It’s quite apparent.... me that he’s eager.... a chance to do it.
13 In my opinion, traveling by air is preferable.... traveling by train.
14 The salesman said that overcoat was identical.... the other one.
15 Dorothy likes that kind of soap. She says it’s easy.... her hands.
16 Do you think this dress is appropriate... that kind of occasion?
17 I can’t understand why you’re jealous.... your friend’s success.
18 It was thoughtful.... Martha to send you a gift on your birthday.
19 Fred said the weather as perfect.... taking color photographs.
20 You should try to be more tolerant.... other people’s opinions.
21 Our foreman, Mr. Howell, is always very critical.... our work.
22 Mrs. Wagner is dependent.... her son Richard.... her support.
23 At the moment, one dollar is roughly equivalent... three pesos.
24 Dogs are usually very faithful... their masters if treated properly.
25 You’ll find that this tool is very useful.... many different things.
26 That new product will be available.... the public late next year.
27 The new model is definitely inferior... the old one in my opinion.
28 Some teachers are more liberal.... their students than others.
29 Since it was the man’s first offense, the judge was lenient.... him.
30 Don’t you think a small car would be adequate.... our purposes?
31 Frankly, I think Roger is incapable.... handling such a hard job.
32 Paint is fine.... certain kinds of surfaces, but not... this kind.
33 The police were suspicious... the man’s very peculiar behavior.
224
PARTICIPLES WITH ALLIED PREPOSITIONS 178
Select the correct prepositions for the blank spaces in the following sentences.
1 Albert said he was very ashamed.... his friend’s bad manners.

2 Tom is very devoted.... his work. he’s well qualified.... it too.
3 We feel very obligated.... our friends.... their kind assistance.
4 Although his name is the same as mine, I’m not related.... him.
5 Mary married a wealthy man. She got married... him last June.
6 She was engaged.... him for ten months before they got married.
7 Now she is engaged.... decorating their new home in north Plains.
8 I certainly hope Arthur is prepared.... a great deal of criticism.
9 Arthur is quite accustomed .... receiving criticism by this time.
10 The comments Arthur’s friends made were not pleasing... him.
11 That textbook is intended.... beginning and intermediate students.
12 I don’t think that I’m acquainted.... that particular textbook.
13 John was so tired.... all the hard work that he could hardly move.
14 The clerk said he was tired.... hearing complaints day after day.
15 Our conference was interrupted.... telephone calls several times.
16 I was confused... what to say.... answer... his unusual question.
17 Barbara has been very concerned.... her mother’s poor health.
18 All the executives were strongly opposed.... any radical changes.
19 When I read that article, I was reminded.... a story by Faulkner.
20 Mr. Moore is often taken.... a student because he looks so young.
21 My English teacher said he was quite satisfied.... my classwork.
22 Paul is interested.... getting some information about that college.
23 Of course, almost everyone was happy and excited... the news.
24 Mr. Burke is employed.... a large corporation.... a consultant.
25 I don’t think Mr. Anderson is convinced... that man’s honesty.
26 A large amount of money was stolen.... the bank during the night.
27 The police said a well-known criminal was involved... the robbery.
28 I think Martha was pleased... the gift I gave her for her birthday.
29 Dr. W. K. Davis is regarded.... the leading specialist in that field.
30 That hotel s well known.... its pleasant atmosphere and fine food.
31 M. Miller’s expense account was increased.... $2000..... $3500.
32 Don’t you think Mary’s new spring coat is very becoming... her?
33 I am very indebted... you .... all of your kindness and attention.
225
179 THE PREPOSITIONS BY AND WITH
Choose by or with for each blank space in the following sentences.
1 Mr. White said all those photographs had been taken... George.
2 George took all those nice photographs... an expensive camera.
3 Joe told me the motor had been repaired.... a very good mechanic.
4 The mechanic was able to repair the old motor.... a special tool.
5 Joe saved a lot of money.... using second-hand parts in the motor.
6 He said the motor would work just as well.... second-hand parts.
7 We were frightened.... the loud explosion.
8 Mr. Brown’s shoes were covered... mud.
9 He got them dirty.... going out in the rain.
10 We flattered Jim... a great deal of praise.
11 We flattered him... telling him nice things.
12 He was very flattered... all of our praise.
13 Harold annoyed us.... his constant advice.
14 He annoyed us... giving us very bad advice.
15 We were annoyed.... his monotonous voice.
16 She went to the library.....her friend, but she returned.... herself.
17 ..... a little help, I’m sure that student will improve very rapidly.
19 Right now, he can speak English only..... a great deal of difficulty.
20 However, he often makes himself understood.... using his hands.
21 The holes in that wall were repaired.... the carpenter yesterday.
22 The carpenter covered the holes in the wall..... pieces of wood.
23 The carpenter repaired the wall.... putting wood over the holes.
24 The auditorium was decorated.... the boys from our English class.
25 They decorated the whole auditorium... beautiful silver ribbons.
26 The auditorium was also decorated.... pretty Japanese lanterns.
27 Ed thought we had offended Arthur... our remarks about his book.
28 Do you think Arthur was offended.... our criticism of his book?
29 Yes, I definitely think we offended Arthur... criticizing his book.
31 Although I was disappointed... his refusal, I didn’t argue... him.
32 You can’t injure Foster’s reputation.... lies about his private life.
33 What do you expect to gain... saying all of those things about him?
226
THE PREPOSITIONS TO AND FOR 180
Put the italicized indirect object after the direct object and ad the preposition to or for. Review
Exercises 68 and 69 on page 40 before doing this exercise.
1 George gave me the box. George gave the box to me.

2 We bought Doris a gift. We bought a gift for Doris.
3 My brother is going to leave me some money tonight.
4 My friend John lent me seventeen dollars on Friday night.
5 Mrs. Farrell is getting her young daughter a glass of water.
6 Mr. and Mrs. Harvey gave us the theater tickets yesterday.
7 The director offered the man the best job in the department.
8 I think this new method saves us a lot of time and trouble.
9 That student showed Mr. Moore his homework before class.
10 Catherine’s grandmother made her a beautiful evening gown.
11 Mr. Harris teaches American students French and Spanish.
12 Howard handed me the newspaper and pointed to the headline.
13 Mrs. Fox bought herself a new spring coat and hat yesterday.
14 Robert Wagner sold Thomas his old Ford three weeks ago.
15 The people gave us a grand demonstration when we arrived.
16 The students sang us some folk songs from their country.
17 Margaret’s uncle built Paul and her a beautiful new home.
18 Would you please bring me the books just as soon as possible.
19 Richard’s cousin James found him a place to stay overnight.
20 I certainly regret causing Tom and you all of this trouble.
AFTER VS AFTERWARD(S) 181

Choose after or afterward (s) for the blank space in each of the following sentences.
Add commas (,) to these sentences wherever necessary.
1 First of all we had dinner together....... we went to a movie.

2 We went shopping first of all. ..... that we met our friend.
3 I can go downtown with you now and finish my work.........
4 First I went to Greece and Italy...... that I flew to Paris.
5. ...................the last election we didn’t hear any more about that.
6. ...................I realized that they hadn’t told s the truth at all.
7. ...................we had argued for while Bill finally gave in to me.
8. .................. that we seldom had any trouble with our neighbors.
9. .................. that fellow asked me if I really meant what I had said.
10 ................. we had settled that everything else seemed to be clear.
227
182 THE WORDS AS, SUCH AS, AND LIKE
Choose as or like for the blank space in each sentence. Indicate those sentences in which both
like and such as can be used. Study he examples carefully.
1 Mr. Doe accompanied the president as a special representative.

2 This example is (just) like the other one which you showed us.
3 The people always wore dark colors like black, brown, and gray.
4 The people always wore dark colors such as black, brown, etc.
5 It’s quite difficult for a stranger..... me to meet Americans.
6 Close relatives..... uncles, cousins, etc. usually lived nearby.
7 ....... all of you know, this is an extremely serious problem.
8 Childhood is..... the very beautiful day which precedes a storm.
9 Father’s behavior always served..... a good example for us.
10 There is really no city in the whole world..... New York.
11 ........ all big cities, New York has its own special problems.
12 After a while, it seemed to be the same.... it had been before.
13 I always think that people.... that are a menace to society.
14 Every day I spent on that ship seemed..... a century to me.
15 I wish you would accept this..... a token of our gratitude.
16 I enjoyed all the school sports.... soccer, baseball, and so forth.
17 A good teacher never treats his students..... children.
18 ....... a former officer, you are entitled to certain privileges.
19 That scientist, ..... many others, left his country..... a boy.
20 In my country, we don’t have nice appliances.... dish washers.
183 AFTER VS LATER

Choose after or later for the blank space in each of the following sentences. Add commas (,) to
these sentences wherever necessary.
1 We had a chance to speak to the men.... in the evening.

2 We spoke to those men in their office..... the meeting.
3 I want to speak to you..... but I can’t do it right now.
4 I’m going to a meeting now but I can speak to you.... that.
5 A little while..... he asked me what I intended to say.
6 ........... a little while he returned with a notebook in his hands.
7 ........... we had discussed the matter he agreed with us completely.
8 ........... the conference we mentioned that matter to him again.
9 ........... he said that he would try to meet us..... the lecture.
10 ......... I had said that to him I realized that I had made a mistake.
228
“HE LIFE OF A STUDENT” 184
Use the correct form of each verb in parentheses in the following selection.
While I (walk) across the campus the

other day, I (meet) my old friend John, whom
I (see, not) since July twentieth. Naturally, we
(stop) (talk) to each other for a few minutes.
I asked him how he (do) in his classes this
semester. he told me that he (take) a course in
English this semester. he said that he (com-
plete) the elementary course two semesters
before, and by next semester, he (be) ready
(take) the most difficult English course (offer)
at this school.
“Until now”, he said, “I (take, always)
the twelve credits which (make) a minimum
full-time program for a foreign student. how-
ever, I (enroll) for fifteen or eighteen credits
next semester. Then I (lose, not) so much time.
You see, I (interest) in (get) my degree as soon
as possible.” he also said that he (ask, already)
his advisor for permission (take) more credits
the next semester, and his advisor (state) that it
(be) quite possible because he (get) such good
marks in all of his previous English classes.
“I am glad (hear) that you (make) such
good progress so far,” I (say) to john. Then
I asked him if he (tell) me the secret of his
success. Before I tell you what he (reply), I should explain that john (be, always) a very
diligent student. of course, this will be quite obvious to you when you (read) the next
paragraph. This is what he (say):
“The secret of my success is simple, peter. First of all, I refuse (neglect) my stud-
ies as some students (do). I am always prepared (recite) in class. I never pretend (know)
those things which I (study, not) yet. I n ver try (avoid) (write) the assignments. I never
object to (study) the fine points of English grammar. I am always interested in (learn)
something new about the English language. I resist (go) to the movies with my friends if
I recall (have) a new English lesson (study). I always manage (study) at least two hours
a day. I never put off (sit down) at my desk with my textbook. I don’ mind (give up) my
time for such an important thing as (learn) English. This knowledge
229
185 “THE LIFE OF A STUDENT” (cont.)
(prove) (be) invaluable to me in the future. there! Isn’t it simple”!
You (think) that I (exaggerate)what John (say). However, I (assure) you that it
(be) the truth. Well, I told John I (be, not) so sure that his method (be) simple. “But you
(deserve) a lot of credit for (work) so hard,” I added. “I (think) you are very smart (de-
vote) all of your time to (improve) your English now. When you (get) into the (advance)
section next year, you (realize) how important it (be) (have) a good foundation in Eng-
lish.” Of course, I (encourage) John (keep u) the good work too. I gave him the name of
the book I (use) in my English class several months earlier. I suggested that he (buy) it
and (read) it. Then we (discuss) what my teacher (tell) me about the course john (take)
the (follow) semester.
After that, I mentioned to john that I (have) a little difficulty with my course
in French at the moment. I told him I (take) the same course the previous semester but
(fail) (pass) the final examination. I admitted to him that I (study, not) very hard the last
semester. “Now I realize how foolish that (be). I wish that I (be) more diligent last se-
mester,” I said.
After my explanation, John felt sure
that I (pass) my French course the previous
semester if I (study) regularly. Of course, I
(agree) with him. Then I told him about the
conversation I (had) with my French teacher,
Mr. Goulet, just before the examination last
semester. Mr. Goulet had said, “Mr. Grimm,
I know that you (touch, not) a book since the
time you (enroll) in this course. Undoubtedly,
you (fail) this (come) examination. You (force)
(repeat) this course next semester. When that
time (come), you (do) much better work than
you (do) up to now!”
After (hear) that, John said to me,
“Right now, if I (be) you, I (plan) (study) ev-
ery night. You (get) good marks when you (be)
in high school. In fact, you (consider) (be) the
best student in your class. There’s no reason
why you (get) good marks now.” I agreed and
promised that I (work) harder in the future.
230
IRREGULAR VERBS
IRREGULAR VERBS
(Nepravilni glagoli)
All three parts are the same:

Infinitive Past Tense Past Participle
bet /bet/ bet /bet/ bet /bet/

cost /kst/ cost /kst/ cost /kst/
cut /kt/ cut /kt/ cut /kt/
hit /hit/ hit /hit/ hit /hit/
hurt /h:t/ hurt /h:t/ hurt /h:t/
let /let/ let /let/ let /let/
put /put/ put /put/ put /put/
set /set/ set /set/ set /set/
shut /t/ shut /t/ shut /t/
spread /spred/ spread /spred/ spread /spred/
Two parts are different:
become /bi’km/ became /bi’keim/ become /bi’km/
bring /brig/ brought /br:t/ brought /br:t/
burn /b:nt/ burnt /b:nt/ burnt /b:nt/
buy /bai/ bought /b:t/ bought /b:t/
catch /kæt/ caught /k:t/ caught /k:t/
come /km/ came /keim/ come / km/
creep /kri:p/ crept /krept/ crept /krept/
dig /dig/ dug /dg/ dug /dg/
dream /dri:m/ dreamt /dremt/ dreamt /dremt/
feed /fi:d/ fed /fed/ fed /fed/
feel /fi:l/ felt /felt/ felt /felt/
fight /fait/ fought /f:t/ fought /f:t/
find /faind/ found /faund/ found /faund/
get /get/ got /got/ got /got/
hang /hæ/ hung /h/ hung /h/
have /hæv/ had /hd/ had /hd/
hear /hi/ heard /h:d/ heard /h:d/
hold /huld/ held /held/ held /held/
keep /ki:p/ kept /kept/ kept /kept/
lay /lei/ laid /leid/ laid /leid/
lead /li:d/ led /led/ led /led/
233
IRREGULAR VERBS
leave /li:v/ left /left/ left /left/

lend /lend/ lent /lent/ lent /lent/
light /lait/ lit /lit/ lit /lit
lose /lu:z/ lost /lost/ lost /lost/
make /meik/ made /meid/ made /meid/
mean /mi:n/ meant /ment/ meant /ment/
meet /mi:t/ met /met/ met /met/
pay /pei/ paid /peid/ paid /peid/
read /ri:d/ read /red/ read /red/
run /rn/ ran /ræn/ run /rn/
say /sei/ said /sed/ said /sed/
sell /sel/ sold /suld/ sold /suld/
send /send/ sent /sent/ sent /sent/
shine /ain/ shone /n/ shone /n/
sit /sit/ sat /sæt/ sat /sæt/
sleep /sli:p/ slept /slept/ slept /slept/
smell /smel/ smelt /smelt/ smelt /smelt/
spell /spel/ spelt /spelt/ spelt /spelt/
spend /spend/ spent /spent/ spent /spent/
stand /stænd/ stood /stud/ stood /stud/
swing /swi/ swung /sw/ swung /sw/
teach /ti:t/ taught /t:t/ taught /t:t/
tell /tel/ told /tuld/ told /tuld/
think /ik/ thought /:t/ thought /:t/
win /win/ won /wn/ won /wn/
All three parts are different:
be /bi:/ was /were /wz, we/ been /bi:n/
begin /bi’gin/ began /bi’gæn/ begun /bi’gn/
bite /bait/ bit /bit/ bitten /bitn/
blow /blu/ blew /blu:/ blown /blun/
break /breik/ broke /bruk/ broken /’brukn/
choose /tu:z/ chose /tuz/ chosen /tuzn/
do /du:/ did /did/ done /dn/
draw /dr:/ drew /dru:/ drawn /dr:un/
drink /drik/ drank /dræk/ drunk /drk/
drive /draiv/ drove /druv/ driven /drivn/
eat /i:t/ ate /et/ eaten /i:tn/
fall /f:l/ fell /fel/ fallen /’f:ln/
fly /flai/ flew /flu:/ flown /flun/
forget /f’get/ forgot /f’gt/ forgotten /f’gtn/
freeze /fri:z/ froze /fruz/ frozen /’fruzn/
234
IRREGULAR VERBS
give /giv/ gave /geiv/ given /givn/

go /gu/ went /went/ gone /gn/
grow /gru/ grew /gru:/ grown /grun/
hide /haid/ hid /hid/ hidden /hidn/
know /nu/ knew /nju:/ known /nun/
lie /lai/ lay /lei/ lain /lein/
ring /ri/ rang /ræ/ rung /r/
rise /raiz/ rose /ruz/ risen /rizn/
see /si:/ saw /s:/ seen /si:n/
shake /eik/ shook /uk/ shaken /’eikn/
sing /si/ sang /sæ/ sung /s/
speak /spi:k/ spoke /spuk/ spoken /’spukn/
steal /sti:l/ stole /stul/ stolen /’stuln/
swim /swim/ swam /swæm/ swum /swm/
take /teik/ took /tuk/ taken /’teikn/
tear /te/ tore /t:/ torn /t:n/
wear /we/ wore /w:/ worn /w:n/
write /rait/ wrote /rut/ written /’ritn/
235
appendix
APPENDIX
SkraĆenice (Abbreviations) (Terminological Glossary)
A.a.r. against all risks protiv svih rizika

A.F.B. air freight bill ra~un vazduhoplovnog prevoza
a.m. before noon pre podne
B/E bill of exchange menica
B/L bill of lading konosman, teretnica
B/O branch office filijala
C.F. cost and freight cena robe i tro{kovi prevoza
C.A.D. cash against documents pla}anje uz predo~enje dokumenata
C.B.D cash before delivery pla}anje pre isporuke
C.I. consular invoice, konzularna faktura,
cost and insurance cena robe i osiguranje
C/l. certificate of insurance polisa osiguranja
C.I.F. cost, insurance, freight cena, osiguranje i tro{kovi prevoza
C.O.D. cash on delivery pla}anje po primitku robe, pouze}e
c.w.o. cash with order pla}anje uz porud`binu
d/d days after date, days od dana izdavanja, od dana isporuke
after delivery
D/O delivery order nalog za isporuku
d.s. (60) days after sight (60) dana po vidjenju
E.O.E. errors and omissions ne odgovaramo za eventualne gre{ke
excepted
f.a.a. free of all average oslobodjeno havarija
f.a.s. free alongside -ship franko uz bok broda
fco franco franko, slobodno, oslobodjeno
f.o.b. free on board franko paluba broda
f.o.r. free on rail (on franko vagon (do odredi{ne luke)
port of destination)
f.o.s. free on station franko èlezni~ka stanica
f.o.t. free on truck franko kamion
F.P.A. free of particular oslobodjeno od delimi~ne havarije
average
G.A. general average generalna havarija
G.C. general cargo den~an, me{oviti tovar
I.C.C invoice, cost ra~un, cena i tro{ak
and charges
I.L.C. irrevocable neopozivo kreditno pismo
letter of credit neopoziv akreditiv
inv. invoice ra~un, faktura
L.C. letter of credit kreditno pismo, akreditiv
ldg. loading ukrcavanje
237
appendix
m.b. motor boat brod

m.i.h. miles in the hour milja na sat
mkt. market trì{te
mth month mesec
neg. negotiable prenosiv, utuìv
O.A. open account otvoren ra~un, kredit
O.K. all correct sve u redu
O.P. open policy generalna polisa
O.R. owner’s risk na vlastiti rizik
P.A. particular average delimi~na havarija
pal. per day po danu
p/l profit and loss dobitak i gubitak
p.m. after noon posle podne
P.O.B. post office box po{tanski pretinac
P.O.D. pay on delivery plativno po isporuci
p.o.o. post office order po{tanska uputnica
prox next month slede}i mesec
P.T.O. please turn over molim okrenite
qlty quality kvalitet
qnty quantity koli~ina
r.d. running days teku}i dani
rly railway èleznica
S.F.A. shipping and {pediter
forwarding agent
S.H. Sundays and holidays nedelje i praznici
s.d. short delivery, brza isporuka,
sight draft menica po vidjenju
S.O.S. save our souls u pomo}
S/S, S.S. steamship parobrod
T.L.O. total loss only totalna {teta
T/S tank steamer tanker
ult. ultimo, last month pro{log meseca
v.d. various dates razli~iti datumi
v.v. vice versa obrnuto, protivno
W.A. with average sa {tetom
W.B. waybill tovarni list
whse warehouse skladi{te
foul bill of lading - ne~ista teretnica, konosman
franchise - fran{iza
lay days - dani zastoja
perishable goods - pokvarljiva roba
pilferage - plja~ka
power of attorney - punomo}
proceeds - meni~ka svota
reimbursement - ot{teta, pokri}e
remittance - isplata, doznaka, dozna~en novac
238
appendix
British English (Br.E.) and American English (Am.E.)
Engleski jezik se govori kao maternji u mnogim zamljama (u Velikoj Britaniji,

Irskoj, SAD, Kanadi, Australiji). Kao drugi govori se takodje u raznim dràvama, npr.
u Indiji i Gani. U ove dve zemlja ima mnogo raznih maternjih jezika, a svi obrazovani
stanovnici se u medjusobnoj komunikaciji sluè engleskim jezikom. Engleski jezik je,
takodje i medjunarodni jezik i to u vazduhoplovstvu i pomorstvu. Tako se kapetan aviona
JAT-a, pri dolasku u Beograd, mora sluìti engleskim jezikom, a ne srpskim iako i on
i kontrolor letenja govore istim jezikom, srpskim. Na kraju, engleski jezik je sticajem
okolnosti postao i radni jezik {irom svih kontinenata tj. na mnogim stru~nim, poslovnim,
politi~kim itd. sastancima svi u~esnici se sluè engleskim jezikom. Normalna posledica
ovakve rasprostranjenosti je postojanje jednog jezika s odredjenim razlikama u tome
jeziku. Izgovor engleskog jezika u Londonu, Edinburgu, Njujorku, Sidneju itd. se u
izvesnoj meri razlikuje, {to nikako ne ometa komunikaciju ljudi iz navedenih sredina.
Postoje i razlike u re~niku, manje u gramatici i pravopisu. Osim Br.E. i Am.E. govori se
i o Australian English, Indian English itd. Ovde dajemo izvestan broj re~i iz dve glavne
varijante engleskog jezika:
BrE (British English) AmE (American English)

autumn fall
flat apartment
petrol gas
lift elevator
goods van boxcar
railway railroad
pavement sidewalk
luggage baggage
windscreen wind shield
gear lever gear shift
trunk boot
hood top
maize corn
platform sidetrack
Razlike u pisanju se ogledaju u re~ima kao sto su colour, neighbour, behaviour

(Br.E.) koje se u SAD pi{u color, neighbor, behavior. Drugi primeri su npr. programme -
program, centre – center. Postoje i odredjene razlike na nivou izgovora, npr. ask /a:sk/,
dance /da:ns/ i u drugim sli~nim re~ima u Am.E. se izgovaraju /sk/, /dns/ a can't /
ka:nt/ u Am.E. je /knt/.
239
VOCABULARY
VOCABULARY
(Rečnik)
A
accrued interest /n/ /kru:d íntrest/ obrt kapitala, kapitalizirani in-
teres
achieve /v/ /’ti:v/ posti}i, ostvariti, ste}i
achievement /n/ /’ti:v mnt/ dostignu}e, izvr{enje, podvig,
acknowledgment /n/ /kńlidmnt/ priznavanje, potvrdjivanje
acquire /v/ /´kwai/ ste}i, posti}i, dobiti,pridobiti
ad valorem /lat/ /æd vlrm/ prema vrednosti, u zavisnosti od
vrednosti
adjourn /v/ /’d:n/ odgoditi, zaklju~iti (sastanak)
advance /n/ /d’va:ns/ avans, predujam, kapara
advertise /v/ /’ædvtaiz/ ogla{avati,dati obave{tenje
advertisement /n/ /d’v:tismnt/ oglas, najava
advise /v/ /d’vaiz/ obavestiti, savetovati,
preporu~iti
affect /v/ /’fekt/ delovati na, uticati, obuzeti
affiliate /v/ /’filieit/ usvojiti, posvojiti, udruìti
agreable /adj/ /’gribl/ dopadljiv, prijatan
agree /v/ /’gri:/ sloìti se, saglasiti, uskladiti
agreement /n/ /’gri:mnt/ sporazum, ugovor, dogovor
airfreight /n/ /’efreit/ prevoz robe avionom
aisle /n/ /ail/ krilo, prolaz /izmedju redova/
allocate /v/ /’lukeit/ dodeliti, dozna~iti, rasporediti
allocation /n/ /lu’kein/ odobravanje (sredstava),
rasporedjivanje, dozna~ivanje
amalgamation /n/ /mlg’mein/ spajanje, zdruìvanje, ujedinja-
vanje
ambiguity /n/ /¸æmbi’gju:iti/ dvosmislenost, neodredjenost
annuity /n/ /nju:iti/ godi{nja renta, prihod, godi{nja
otplata, anuitet
appendix /n/ /’pændiks/ dodatak, prilog
applicability /n/ /¸æplik’biliti/ primenjivost, podesnost
application /n/ /¸æpli’kein/ podno{enje molbe, primena
apply /v/ /’plai/ podneti molbu, primeniti
assault /n/&/v/ /’slt/ napad, juri{; napasti, juri{ati
assemble /v/ /’sembl/ sakupiti, sabrati, spojiti
assess /v/ /’ses/ proceniti, oceniti, odrediti
(od{tetu)
assets /n- pl/ /’æsets/ aktiva, imovina, sredstva
assets and liabilities /’æsets nd lai’bilitiz/ aktiva i pasiva
assign /v/ /’sain/ odrediti, propisati, dodeliti ne{to
assume /v/ /’sju:m/ preuzeti na sebe, predpostavljati
attend /v/ /’tend/ prisustvovati, u~estvovati
attract /v/ /’trækt/ privu}i, pridobiti
241
VOCABULARY
attraction /n/ /’træekn/ privla~nost, dra`, ~ar

availability /n/ /’veilbilti/ korisnost, raspoloìvost
available /adj/ /’veilbl/ raspoloìv, upotrebljiv, vaè}i
avalanche /n/ /’ævla:n/ lavina, bujica
average /adj/ /’ævrid/ prose~ni, osrednji, obi~an
avoid /v/ /void/ izbe}i, izbegavati, uzdràti se
award /n/&/v/ /’w:d/ nagrada; dati, dodeliti (nagradu)
B
backing /n/ /’bæki/ potpora, os1onac
bait /n/ /beit/ mamac, primamljivost
balance of payment /n/ /’bælns v ´peimnt/ platni bilans
balance sheet /n/ /’bælns i:t/ ra~unovodstveni dokumenat
bank charges /n/ /bnk ta:diz/ bankarski tro{kovi
bargain /n/&/v/ /’ba:gin/ pogodba, pazar; pogadjati se,
cenjkati se
barrier /n/ /’bri/ prepreka, brana, ograda ,
ograni~enje
barter /n/ & /v/ /’ba:t/ razmena, trampa;
razmeniti,trampiti
be at stake /v/ /’bi: t’steik/ biti u pitanju, biti stavljen na
kocku
be in session /bi: in ’sen / dràti (odràvati) sednicu
be keen on /v/ /’bi: ´ki:n n/ dopadati se, voleti, svidjati
be liable /v/ /bi: ´laibl/ biti obavezan, odgovoran, duàn
be off /v/ /’bi: ´f/ oti}i, krenuti
be secured against /’bi: s’kju:d e’geinst/ osigurati se, obezbediti se
beforehand /adv/ /bi’fhænd/ prethodno, unapred, na vreme
benefit /n/&/v/ /’benifit/ korist, dobit; koristiti (se)
bid /n/ & /v/ /bid/ ponuda, tender, licitacija; ponu-
diti, licitirati
bid /n-A.E./ /bid/ ponuda, konkurs
bill of entry /n/ /bil v éntri/ carinska deklaracija
bill of lading/n/ /¸bil v ´lædi/ konosman (skr. : B/L)
binding / adj/ /’baindi/ obavezuju}i, obavezan
blow /n/&/v/ /blu/ udarac; duvanje; duvati, struja
board /n/ & /v/ /b:d/ odbor, ministarstvo, hrana;
ukrcati se /brod, avion/
boarding /n/ /’bdi/ ukrcavanje, ulaènje /u avion/
boarding pass /n/ /’bdi ´pa:s/ kupon za ulazak u avion
bond /n/ /bnd/ obveznica,priznanica, jemstvo
borrow /v/ /’bru/ uzajmiti, uzeti na poslugu
boundary /n/ /’baundri/ granica, medja
branch /n/&/v/ /bra:nt/ ogranak, odsek; granati se
brand name /n/ /brænd ńeim/ za{titni znak, ìg, marka
breed /n/&/v/ /bri:d/ vrsta, soj, rasa; uzgajati, proiz-
vesti
broker /n/ /’bruk/ trgova~ki posrednik, senzal
burden /n/&/v/ /’b:dn/ teret, obaveza;
natovariti,opteretiti
business /n/ /’biznis/ posao, firma
242
VOCABULARY
business /n/ /’biznis/ trgovina, posao, radnja, kom-

panija,
C
call on /upon/ /v/ /kl’on/ obratiti se (kome), prizivati
cancel /v/ /’kænsl/ poni{titi, otkazati, obustaviti
capacity /n/ /k’pæsti/ svojstvo, nosivost, sposobnost
capital /n/ /’kæpitl/ kapital, glavnica, novac
capital goods /n/ /’kæpitl gudz/ investiciona dobra
capital market /n/ /’kæpitl ´ma:kit/ trìste kapitala
capital net worth /’kæpitl net ´w:/ neto vrednost kapitala
cargo /n/ /’ka:gu/ teret, tovar broda
carridge /n/ /’kærid/ prevoz robe, brodarina, podvoz
cash dispenser /n/ /’k dis’pens/ automat za podizanje novca,
bankomat
cash flow /n/ /’kæ ¸flu/ priliv gotovog novca
cater /v/ /keit/ snabdevati /hranom/, isporu~iti
catering /n/ /keitri/ dostava hrane
cause /n/&/v/ /k:z/ uzrok, razlog, prouzrokovati,
pri~initi, izazvati
certified public accountant /n/ /’s:tifaid ´ pblik ’kuntnt/ ovla{}eni javni knjigovodja
challenge /n/&/v/ /’telind/ izazov; izazvati, pozivati
channel /n/&/v/ /’tenl/ kanal, put, sredstvo; proseci
charter /n/ & /v/ /’ta:t:/ pravo, povlastica, davanje u na-
jam, iznajmiti (brod)
check / n/ & /v/ /tek/ kontrola, pregled; ~ek
check baggage /’tek ´bgid/ predati prtljag /aerodrom/
check-in /v/ /’tek ín/ prijaviti se/hotel,aerodrom/
check-out /v/ /’tek áut/ odjaviti se /iz hotela/
circumstance /n/ /obi~no u mnoìni/ /’s:kmstns/ okolnost, prilika
claim /n/ /kleim/ polaganje prava, traènje,
zahtevanje
classify /v/ /’klsifai/ razvrstati, klasifikovati
clause /n/ /klo : z/ klauzula, odredba, ~lan, ta~ka
clerical /adj/ /’klerikl/ pisarski, ~inovni~ki
collide /v/ /k’laid/ udariti se, sukobiti se
collision /n/ /klin/ udar, sukob
commerce /n/ /’km:s/ trgovina, razmena , promet
commission /n/ /com/ /k’min/ provizija, nagrada posredniku
commission /n/ /k’min/ provizija,taksa za posredovanje
commit /v/ /k’mit/ obavezati se, prepustiti, u~initi
commitment /n/ /k ´mitmnt/ obaveza /finansijska/
commodity /n/ /k’moditi/ roba, artikal
common stock /n/ /¸kmn ´stk/ obi~na deonica (akcija)
compete /v/ /km’pi:t/ nadmetati se, takm~iti se
competitor /n/ /km’petit:/ konkurent, takmac
compound /adj/ /km’paund/ sloèn, spojen, sintetizovan
concede /v/ /kn’si:d/ ustupiti, dopustiti, odobriti
concern with /v/ /kns:n/ baviti se, raditi se o ne~emu
concession /n/ /kn’sen/ ustupak, dozvola, povlastica
confirm /v/ /kn ´f:m/ potvrditi, odobriti, ratifikovati
243
VOCABULARY
conform /v/ /kn’f:m/ uskladiti, prilagoditi, biti u

skladu sa
consent /n/&/v/ /kn’sent/ saglasnost, pristanak, odobriti,
pristati
consignee /n/ /kn´saińi:/ primalac robe, posrednik, komi-
sionar
consignment /n/ /kn’sainmnt/ po{iljka, slanje, dozna~ivanje
consignor /n/ /kn´sain/ po{iljalac robe
consumer goods /n/ /kn’sju:m gudz/ roba {iroke potro{nje
contract /n/ & /v/ /kn ´trkt/ ugovor, pogodba, sporazum;
sklopiti ugovor
contract /n/&/v/ /’kntrækt/ dogovor, sporazum; zaklju~iti
(ugovor)
contribute /v/ /kn’tribjut/ doprineti, priloìti, pripomo}i
contribution /n/ /kntri’bju:n/ doprinos, prilog,
saradnja,pomo}
corporation /n/ /k:p’rein/ dru{tvo, udruènje, korporacija
corrective /adj/ /k’rektiv/ ublaùju}i, koji popravlja
cost of living /n/ /’kst v ´livi/ tro{kovi ìvota
cover /n/&/v/ /’kv/ omot, koverat, izgovor; obuhva-
titi, pokriti, obezbediti
covering letter /n/ /’kvri ´let/ propratno pismo
credit /n/&/v/ /’kredit/ kredit, veresija, po~ek; upisati
primanje, kreditiranje
current account /n/ /’krnt ´kaunt/ teku}i ra~un
current/adj/ /’krnt/ teku}i, vaè}i, rasprostranjen
custody / n/ /’kstdi/ nadzor, staranje, ~uvanje
customer /n/ /’kstm/ mu{terija, kupac, klijent
customs duty /n/ /¸kstms ´dju:ti/ carina, porez
customs union /’kstms j¸u:nin/ carinska unija
D
damage /n/ & /v/ /’dmid/ {teta, od{teta; o{tetiti
dead-lock /n/ /’dedlok/ zastoj, prekid pregovora
deal /n/&/v/ /di:l/ posao, nagodbe; pozabaviti se,
trgovati, postupiti
debenture /n/ /di’bent/ obveznica, obligacija, priznani-
ca
debit /n/&/v/ /’debit/ zaduìti, pisati u dug
(zaduènje, strana dugovanja
debt /n/ /det/ dug, dugovanje
debt-equity ratio /’det-ekwiti ´reiiu/ odnos izmedju komp. zaduènja
deoni~arskih fondova
debtor /n/ /´det/ du`nik; /knjig: strana dugov-
anja, leva strana ra~una/
decent /adj/ /’di:snt/ pristojan, prikladan, povoljan
decide /v/ /di’said/ odlu~iti, re{iti
decisiveness /n/ /di’saizivns/ odlu~nost, re{enost
deem /v/ /di:m/ suditi, ceniti, smatrati
default /n/&/v/ /di’flt/ nedostatak, otsustvo; ne izvr{iti
(du`nost, obavezu)
244
VOCABULARY
deficit /n/ /’defisit/ deficit, manjak, suma za koju je

prihod manji od rashoda
delay /n/&/v/ /di’lei/ ka{njenje, odlaganje; zadràti,
usporiti
delivery /n/ /di’livri/ isporuka, predaja, razno{enje
deny /v/ /di’nai/ poricati, negirati
deplore /v/ /di’pl/ àliti, saàljevati
depreciation /n/ /dipri:i’ein/ amortizacija, opadanje, opa-
danje vrednosti/
depression /n/ /di’pren/ klonulost, pad priv. aktivnosti
deserve /v/ /di’z:v/ zasluìti, biti zasluàn
destination /n/ /desti’nein/ odredi{te
disclose /v/ /dis’kluz/ otkriti, obelodaniti
discount /ti/&/v/ /dis’kaunt/ popust, rabat; smanjiti cenu
dispute /n/&/v/ /dis’pju:t/ spor,.svadja; osporavati
distinction /n/ /di’stikn/ razlika, odlika, razlikovanje,
posebno obele`je
dividend /n/ /´dividnd/ dividenda, prinos od akcija /koji
se ispla}uje akcionarima kao
deo dobiti kompanije/
documentary credit /dkju’mentri ´kredit/ dokumentarni akreditiv
downpayment /n/ /¸daun’peimnt/ avans, kapara, nov~ani polog
downtown /n/ /daun ´taun/ centar grada/obi~no poslovni
deo/
downturn /n/ /’daunt:n/ padanje, pad
draft /n/&/v/ /dra:ft/ nacrt, skica, plan; sastaviti
draw up /v/ /¸dr ´p/ sastaviti, napraviti
drive /n/ /’draiv/ nagon,energi~nost, polet, en-
ergija
drive /v/ /draiv/ voziti, nagoniti, terati
drive at (something) ciljati (na ne{to), smerati
drop /n/&/v/ /drp/ opadanje; opasti, sniziti se
drop off /v/ /’drp ´f/ skinuti, ispustiti, istovariti
E
ear-mark /v/ /’ima:k/ nameniti /novac/
earn /v/ /:n/ zaraditi, ste}i, zasluìti
earning /n/ /’:ni/ zarada, dohodak, nagrada
economics /n- pl/ /ik’nmiks/ ekonomija /nauka/
economy /n/ /i’knmi/ privreda, gazdinstvo, {tednja
emphasize /v/ /’emfsaiz/ ista}i, naglasiti, podvu}i
endorse /v/ /in’d:s/ indosirati /potpisati na poledjini
~eka, menice/, odobriti, preneti
enforce /v/ /in’f:s/ prisiliti, prinuditi
entrepreneur /n/ /¸ntrprn:/ preduzima~, preduzetnik
environment /n/ /in’vairnment/ okolina, okruènje, ìvotna sre-
dina
equation /n/ /i’kwein/ izjedna~enje, jedna~ina
essential /adj/ /i’senl/ su{tinski, bitan
estate /n/ /is’teit/ imanje, imovina, poloàj, posed
estimate /v/ /’estimeit/ proceniti, oceniti, suditi
245
VOCABULARY
estimation /n/ /’esti’mein/ procena, prora~un,mi{ljenje

evolve /v/ /i’vlv/ razvijati se
exchange /n/ & /v/ /iks’teind/ izmena , zamena , berza, tel.
centrala; razmeniti, zameniti
exclude /v/ /iks’klu:d/ iskljuciti, iskljucivati
exempt /adj/ /ig’zempt/ oslobodjen, po{tedjen
expand /v/ /iks’pænd/ pro{iriti, ra{iriti
expansion /n/ /iks’pænn/ pro{irivanje, napon, {irenje
expenditure /v/ /iks’pendit/ tro{ak, izdatak, utro{ak
experience difficulties /iks’pirins ´difikltiz/ iskusiti te{ko}e
exploratory /adj/ /iks’plrtri/ istra`ni, koji izvidja, istraìva~
expose /v/ /iks’puz/ izloìti, pokazati, izneti
exposition /¸ikspzin/ prezentacija, izlo`ba
extend /v/ /iks’tend/ produìti (va`nost ugovora)
F
face realities /v/ /’feis ri’ltiz/ suo~iti se sa stvarno{}u
fail /v/ /feil/ propustiti, ne uspeti, podbaciti
failure /n/ /’feilj/ padanje, slabljenje, neizvr{enje
fair /n/ /f/ sajam, izlo`ba
fake /adj/ /feik/ laàn, krivotvoran
fault /n/ /flt/ obmana, gre{ka, oma{ka
faulty goods /n/ /¸flti ´gudz/ roba se gre{kom
feature /n/ /’fi:t/ karakteristika, odlika
floatation /n/ /flu’tein/ otpo~injanje komercijalnog
poduhvata; plovljenje
flow /n/&/v/ /flu/ tok; te}i, proticati
foothold /n/ /’fu: thuld/ upori{te, ~vrst poloàj
forecast /n/&/v/ /’fka:st/ prognoze, predvidjanje; pro-
ceniti
foreign currency /n/ /’fri ´krnsi/ devize, inostrana valuta
forwarding /n/ /’f:wdi/ {pedicija, otpremanje robe
found /v/ /faund/ osnovati, uteme1jiti, zavesti
fragile /adj/ /’fredail/ lomljiv, krhak
free trade area /¸fri: treid éri/ zona slobodne trgovine
freight /n/ /freit/ podvoz, vozarina
freight /n/&/v/ /freit/ zakup,najam (broda), prevoz,
vozarina, zakupiti, iznajmiti
(brod)
futures /n-pl/ /’fju:tes/ roba /vuna,zito,itd./ kupljena po
unapred utvrdjenoj ceni, a koja
se isporu~uje kasnije
G
gain /n/&/v/ /gein/ dobitak, zarada, dobit; ste}i, za-
dobiti, zaraditi
generate /v/ /’denreit/ proizvoditi, stvoriti, stvarat
get on with (somebody) /’get n wi/ slagati se (s nekim)
get rid of /v/ /´get ´rid v/ otarasiti se, re{iti se /~ega/
glance /n/ /gla:ns/ pogled /letimi~an/
go bankrupt /gu ´bækrpt/ bankrotirati, oti}i pod ste~aj
246
VOCABULARY
goal /n/ /gul/ svrha, cilj

goods /n- pl/ /gudz/ dobra, roba, imovina
grace /n/ /greis/ povlastica
grace period /greis ´pirid/ period odloènog roka (za pla}
anje)
graduate /n/&/v/ /’grædjueit/ diplomac (nosilac univeritetske
diplome); ste}i univerz. stepen
grant /n/&/v/ /gra:nt/ odobrenje, odobrena svota; odo-
briti, podariti
gross national product /’grs ńnl ´prdkt/ bruto nacionalni proizvod
growth /n/ /gru/ rast , porast
H
habit /n/ /’hæbit/ navika
handle /n/&/v/ /’hændl/ ru~ka, dr{ka; postupati, rukovati
handling charges /n/ /’hndli ´ta:diz/ tro{kovi rukovanja (bankarski
manipulativni tro{kovi)
harm /n/ /ha:m/ {teta, kvar, nepravda
hasten /v/ /heisn/ ùriti se, pohitati
haulage /n/ /’hlid/ prevoz, vu~a, tegljenje
headquarters/n.pl/ /hæd’kw:tz/ sedi{te, centrala, glavni {tab
hire /n/ & /v/ /’hai/ zakupiti, unajmiti
holding company /n/ /’huldi ´kmpni/ vode}a kompanija grupe, koja
poseduje sve ili ve}inu akcija
drugih kompanija
Human resources Dept. /’hju:mn ri’ssiz/ kadrovsko odeljenje
husband /n/&/v/ /’hzbnd/ upravnik, suprug; ~uvati, {tedeti
I
implement /v/ /’implimnt/ izvr{iti, ispuniti
impose /v/ /im’puz/ nametnuti, udariti (porez)
in conformity with /in kn´fmti wi/ u skladu sa, saglasno sa
inaccurate /adj/ /in’kjurit/ neta~an, neuredan
income /n/ /ínkm/ prihod, dohodak
income tax /n/ / ínkm ´tks/ porez na dohodak/prihod/
incur /v/ /in’k:/ izloìti se
induce /v/ /in’dju:s/ navesti, pobuditi, dovesti do
induction /n/ /in’dkn/ uvodjenje,
postavljenje,name{tenje
infallible /adj/ /in’fælbl/ nepogre{iv, pouzdan, siguran
ingredient /n/ /in’gri:dint/ sastojak, sastavni deo, primesa
initial /adj/ /i’nil/ po~etni
inquiry/or: enquiry /n/ /in’kwairi/ istraga, tra`nja, raspitivanje,
upit
insight /n/ /’insait/ sagledavanje, saznanje
insolvent /adj/ /in’slvnt/ neplateàn, bankrot
install /v/ /in´stl/ postaviti, namestiti, instalirati
insurance /n/ /in’urns/ osiguranje, svota pla}ena za
osiguranje
insured /v/ /in’ud/ osigurati, obezbediti
insurer /adj/&/n/ /’inur/ osiguran; osiguranik
247
VOCABULARY
insurer /n/-assurer- /’inur/ koji osigurava, obezbedilac

osiguranja
intent /n/ /in’tent/ namera, cilj, smer
interest /n/ /íntrst/ interes, kamata
interest rate /n/ /¸intrst reit/ kamatna stopa
intermediary/n/&/adj /int’mi:diri/ posrednik; posredan,
posredni~ki
interrupt /v/ /int’rpt/ prekinuti, spre~avati, smetati
interruption /n/ /int’rpn/ prekid, smetanje, spre~avanje
introduce /v/ /intr’dju:s/ uvesti, upoznati
introduction /n/ /intr’dkn/ uvodjenje, predstavljanje
investigate /v/ /in’vestigeit/ istraìvati, ispitivati
invoice /n/&/v/ /’invis/ faktura, ra~un; fakturisati
irrevocable /adj/ /irvkbl/ neopoziv, neizmenjiv, nepovra-
tan
issue /n/& /v/ /isju:, iju:/ ishod, pitanje, posledica,
zavr{etak; proiza}i, izdavati
issuing bank /n/ /’isju:i bnk/ emisiona banka
J
jeopardize /v/ /’depdaiz/ ugroziti, rizikovati, dovesti u
opasnost
joint venture /n/ /’dint ´vent/ zajedni~ko ulaganje, zajedni~ka
firma
justify /v/ /’dstifai/ opravdati, pravdati, osloboditi
L
labor /n/ /’leib/ rad, trud, napor
labour market /n/ /’leib ´ma:kit/ trìste rada, berza rada
labour union /n/ /’leib ´ju:njn/ radni~ki sindikat
launch /v/ /l:nt/ pokrenuti, lansirati, porinuti
(brod),
lawyer /n/ /’l:j/ pravnik, pravozastupnik, ad-
vokat
layman /n/ /’leimn/ laik
leakage /n/ /’li:kid/ curenje, propu{tanje
lease /n/&/v/ /li:s/ iznajmljivanje, davanje u zakup
iznajmiti, zakupiti, uzeti u zak-
up
lend /v/ /lend/ dati na zajam, pozajmiti
letter of credit /’let v ´kredit/ akreditiv
levy /n/&/v/ /levi/ ubiranje (poreza), ulog, namet-
nuti
liability /n/ /lai’biliti/ odgovornost (ograni~ena),
obaveza
liaison /n/ /lieiz:/ veza, spona
likelyhood /n/ /’laiklihud/ verovatno}a
liquid funds /n/ /’likwid fndz/ gotov, likvidan novac
loading /n/ /’ludi/ utovar, pretovar, tovar (brod)
loan /n/&/v/ /lun/ pozajmica, zajam; dati na za-
jam, uzajmiti
248
VOCABULARY
look after /v/ /lu:k á:ft/ pobrinuti se za, voditi ra~una

loss /n/ /ls/ gubitak
lump sum /n/ /’lmp sm / okrugla svota, odj ednom pla}en
iznos
M
make up for /v/ /meik p ´f/ nadoknaditi
mandate /n/ /’mndeit/ ovla{}enje, punomo}
market /n/ /’ma:kit/ trì{te, pijaca
maturity date /n/ /m’tjuriti deit/ datum dospe}a, datum isplate
means /n- pl/ /mi:nz/ sredstva, novac, bogatstvo
mediate /v/ /’mi:dieit/ posredovati, izdejstvovati posre-
dovanjem
meet goals /’mi:t ´gulz/ zadovoljiti, iza}i u susret
merge /v/ /m:d/ spojiti, stopiti
merger /n/ /’m:d/ spajanje, (dve firme, dva ugo-
vora)
minutes /n- pl/ /’minits/ zapisnik
monitor /n/&/v/ /’mnit/ beleìti, pratiti, posmatrati mon-
itor
moor /v/ /’mu:/ usidriti, ukotviti, privezati
(brod)
mortgage /n/ /’mgid/ hipoteka, zalog nekretnina
municipal /adj/ /mju:’nisipl/ op{tinski, gradski
N
negotiate /v/~ /ni’guieit/ pregovarati,
negotiation /n/ /ni’guiein/ pregovaranj e, ugovaranje,
posredovanje
net worth /n/ /’net w:/ ~ista vrednost /aktiva minus pa-
siva/
network /n/&/v/ /’netw:k/ mreà; umreìti
nomination /n/ /nmi’nein/ imenovanje (za kandidata),
nominacija
notify /v/ /’nutifai/ obavestiti, izvestiti
O
objection /n/ /b’dekn/ prigovor
objective /n/ &/adj/ /b’dektiv/ krajnji cilj; stvaran, pravi~an
offer /n/&/v/ /’f/ ponuda; ponuditi, dati, `rtvovati
outgrow /v/ /¸aut’gru/ prerasti, pevazi}i
outlet /n/&/v/ /’autlet/ ispust, trìste, radnja /koja
prodaje robu za neku kompani-
ju/; ispustiti
outline /n/ /’autlain/ skica, nacrt, kratak izvod
outstanding /adj/ /aut’stændi/ izdvojen, zaostao, u zaostatku
overdraft /n/ /’uvdra: ft/ iznos bez pokri}a, prekora~enje
overflow /n/ /’uvflou/ pretek, suvi{ak, poplava
overrule /v/ /’uvru:l/ odbaciti, odbiti, ne odobriti
249
VOCABULARY
P
party /n/ /’pa:ti/ strana, stranka,ugovorna strana
pattern /n/ /’ptn/ uzorak, obrazac, kalup, mustra
pave the way /peiv  ´wei/ utrti put, prokr~iti put
payable /adj/ /’peibl/ plativ,koji ima do se plati,
penalty /n/ /’pi:nlty/ kazna , zakonska kazna
performance /n/ /p’f:mns/ izvr{enje, obavljanje
peril /n/ /’peril/ opasnost, rizik
personal loan /n/ /’p:snl lun/ li~na pozajmica (kod banke)
persuade /v/ /p’sweid/ uveriti, ubediti, nagovoriti
plant /n/ /pla:nt/ fabrika, postrojenje, uredjaj
plant /pla:nt/ postrojenje, uredjaj
plunge /n/&/v/ /plnd/ tonjenje, pad, uvaliti
pollute /v/ /plju:t/ zagaditi, zaprljati
pool /n/&/v/ /pu:l/ ulog, zajedni~ka zaliha;
zajedni~ki uloìti
postpone /v/ /pust’pun/ odloìti, zapostaviti, podrediti
preceding /adj/ /pri’si:di/ prethodni
predict /v/ /pri’dikt/ predskazati, prore}i
prediction /n/ /pri’dikn/ proricanje, predskazanje
price-earning ratio /’prais-:ni ´reiiu/ cena akcije /deonice/ podeljena
sa godisnjom zaradom po de-
onici
printout /n/ /print áut/ informacija u {tampanom obliku
sa kompjutera / teleprintera
proceeds /n - pl/ /pr ´si:dz/ priliv
procurement /n/ /pr ´kjumnt/ bavljanje, nabavljanje
profit /n/ & /v/ /’prfit/ korist, dobit; izvu}i korist, zara-
diti
profit and loss account /’prfit nd ´ls ´kount/ ra~un dobitka i gubitka
prohibit /v/ /pro’hibit/ zabranjivati, spre~avati, uskratiti
prohibition /n/ /prohi’bin/ zabrana, prohibicija
prompt /v/ /prmpt/ podsticati, pokretati
proprietor /n/ /prprait/ vlasnik, sopstvenik
provide for /v/ /pr’vaid/ predvideti, pripremiti,snabdeti
public relations /n/ /’pblik ri’leinz/ odnosi sa javno{}u
purchase /n/ & /v/ /p:ts/ kupovina; kupiti
Q
quotation /n/ /kwu’tein/ ponuda, navodjenje (cena),
navod
R
range /n/ /reind/ podru~je, oblast, doseg
rapport /n/ /’rep:/ odnos, veza
rate /n/ /reit/ odnos, razmera, stopa, brzina
rate of inflation /n/ /reit f in’flein/ stopa inflacije
rate of return /n/ /’reit v ri’t:n/ stope povra}aja , deo dobiti
ratio /n/ /’reiiu/ odnos, razmera
real estate /n/ /’ril is’teit/ nekretnine, nepokretna imovina
receipt /n/ /ri’si:t/ primitak, potvrda prijema, priz-
250
VOCABULARY
nanica
recipient /n/ /ri’sipint/ primalac,
reckon /v/ /’rekn/ ra~unati, ceniti, smatrati
recover /v/ /ri’kv/ povratiti, dobiti natrag, nakna-
diti
recruit /n/ & /v/ /ri’kru:t/ novajlija, regrut; angaòvati,
uposliti
rectify /v/ /’ræktifai/ ispraviti, popraviti, pobolj{ati
redraft /v/ /ri’dra:ft/ preformulisati, napraviti novi
dokumenat
reliability /n/ /ri’laibiliti/ pouzdanost
relocate /v/ /’ri:lukeit/ premestiti, postaviti
reluctant /adj/ /ri’laktnt/ nedragovoljan, nerad, preko
volje
rely /v/ /ri’lai/ osloniti se, po~ivati
remainder /n/ /ri’meind/ ostatak, preostatak, razlika
remedy /n/&/v/ /’remidi/ lek, pravno sredstvo; popraviti
require /v/ /ri’kwai/ traìti, iziskivati, zahtevati
requirement /n/ /ri’kwaimnt/ traènje, zahtev, iziskivanje
reschedule a debt /ri’skedju:l  ´det/ reprogramirati dug
research /n/& /v/ /ri’s:t/ istraìvanje, traganje; istraìvati,
ispitivati
resort /v/ /ri’z:t/ pridràvati se, pribegavati
resource /n/ /ri’ss/ izvor, sredstvo, snala`ljivost
resource /n/ /ri’ss/ sredstvo, izvor prihoda, zaliha
responsible /adj/ /ris’pnsbl/ odgovoran, zaduèn za
retail /n/ /ri’teil/ maloprodaja
revenue /n/ /’revinju:/ prihod, primanje
revise /v/ /ri’vaiz/ ispraviti, popraviti, revidirati
revoke /v/ /ri’vuk/ opozvati, poni{titi
rostrum /’rstrm/ govornica
round /n/ /raund/ runda (pregovara~ka)
route /n/ /ru:t/ put
royalty /n/ /’rilti/ tantijema /naknada za aut.
prava, intelektualnu svojinu,
patente/
S
salary /n/ /’sælri/ plata (slu`benika)
sales contract /n/ /´seils kn´trkt/ kupoprodajni ugovor
sample /n/ /’smpl/ uzorak, mustra
saving account /n/ /’seivi ’kount / oro~eni ra~un, {tedni ra~un
scale /n/ /skeil/ razmera, skala
schedule /n//v/ /’edju:l/ spisak, red vo`nje, cenovnik;
popisati, uneti
scheme /n/ /ski:m/ nacrt, plan, pregled, {ema
scope /n/ /skup/ doma{aj, prostor, polje, obim,
doseg
secure /v/ /si’kju/ obezbediti, sa~uvati
securities /nr pl,/ /si’kjurtiz/ hartije od vrednosi, vrednosni
papiri
251
VOCABULARY
security /n/ /si’kjurti/ bezbednost, sigurnost

security check /n/ /si’kjuriti ´tek/ kontrola bezbednosti putnika
session /n/ /’sen/ zasedanje, skup
set up /n/ & /v/ /set ´p/ aran`man, ustrojstvo; postaviti
settle a bill /setl  ´bil/ izmiriti ra~un
share /n/ & /v/ // deonica, akcija, deo, udeo;
deliti, u~estvovati
shareholder /n/ / ´huld/ akcionar, deoni~ar
shares /n-pl/ fin. /:z/ akcije, dividenda
shipping documents /’ipi ´dokjumnts/ brodska dokumenta
site /n/ /sait/ mesto, gradili{te, teren
solicit /v/ /s’lisit/ traìti, moliti
solve /v/ /slv/ razre{iti, na}i re{enje
soothe /v/ /su:/ ublaìti, sti{ati, umiriti
staff /n/ /sta: f/ osoblje, zaposleni, kadar
statement /n/ /’steitmnt/ izlaganje, saop{tenje, izjava,
izvod, pregled
sticking-point /¸stiki ´point/ upori{te, zastajali{te
stipulate /v/ /’stipjuleit/ utvrditi, ugovoriti, postaviti,
navesti
stock /n/ /stk/ zaliha , skladi{te, osnovni kapi-
tal
stock market /n/ /’stk ma:kit/ berza
Stock-Exchange /n/ /¸stk iks’teind/ berza (za dràvne papire)
stocks /n- pl/ /stks/ akcije, deonice
store /n/&/v/ /st:/ skladi{titi, skladi{te
stress /n/&/v/ /stres/ naglasak,va`nost;
naglasiti,podvu}i
structure /n/ /’strkt/ sklop, struktura, sastav
subject to /adj/ /’sbdikt t/ zavisno od, podlo`no (~emu)
subsidy /n/ /’sbsidi/ subvencije, nov~ana pomo}
sue /v/ /sju:/ goniti (sudskim putem)
summary /n/ /’smri/ izvod, kratak sadràj, pregled
supplier /n/ /s’plai/ dobavlja~, isporu~ilac
support /n/ & /v/ /s’p:t/ podr{ka, oslonac; pomo},
podràti, podupreti,izdràvati
surplus /n/ /´s:pls/ vi{ak, ostatak, preostatak
surplus stock /n/ /´s:pls ´stk/ vi{ak opreme, suvi{na oprema,
suficit
survey /n/&/v/ /’s:vei; svei/ pregled, snimanje; sagledati,
ispitati
suspend /v/ /ss’pend/ odloìti, odgoditi, obustaviti
sustain /v/ /s’stein/ podràti, potvrditi, podupreti
syndicated loan /n/ /’sindikeitid ´lun/ sindicirani zajam /zajam grupe
banaka odobren velikoj orga-
nizaciji
T
tackle /v/ /tækl/ utvrditi, uhvatiti se u ko{tac
take care /v/ /’teik ´k/ brinuti se, voditi ra~una
take over /v/ /teik ´uv/ preuzeti, preuzimati
252
VOCABULARY
take place /teik ´pleis/ de{avati se, dogadjati se,

odràvati se
tariff /n/ /’trif/ carinska tarifa, carina
tax /n/ & /v/ /tæks/ oporezovati, porez, taksa
tax exemption /n/ /tks ig’zempn/ izuze}e od poreza
taxation /n/ /tæk’sein/ oporezivanje, sistem oporezi-
vanja
tenacity /n/ /t’nesiti/ upornost,odlu~nost, istrajnost
tender /n/&/v/ /’tend/ ponuda; ponuditi, napraviti po-
nudu
tender /n-B.E./ /’tend/ ponuda, tender, konkurs
terms /n/ /t:ms/ uslovi, rokovi, termini
thwart /v/ /wt/ protiviti se, ometati
trait /n/ /treit/ crta, osobenost, obele`je
transmit /v/ /trnz’mit/ preneti, ustupiti, saop{titi
trans-shipment /n/ /’tra:ns’ipmnt/ pretovar, prekrcavanje
trial /adj/&/n/ /’trail/ probni, probe, ogled, ispit
tricky /adj/ /’triki/ sloèn, zapetljan, teàk, mu~an
turnover /n/ /¸t:n’uv/ obrt, promet
U
unanimous /adj/ /ju:’nnims/ jednoglasan, jednodu{an
unavailable /adj/ /n’veilbl/ nepristupa~an, nedobavljiv
undeniable /adj/ /ndi’naibl/ nepobitan, neosporiv,o~ito isti
unit /n/ /’ju:nit/ jedinica (mere)
update /n/&/v/ /p’deit/ dopuna novim podacima, upot-
puniti, dodati nove informacije
V
valve /n/ /velv/ ventil
variance /n/ /’verins/ promena, razlika, odstupanje
vendor /n/ /’vend/ prodavac
venture /n/ /’vent/ poduhvat (com), firma
W
wage /n/ /weid/ plata (radnika)
waive /v/ /weiv/ odustati /od zahteva/, odbaciti,
odloìti
waiver /n/ /’weiv/ odustajanje (od zahteva, prava)
warehouse /n/ /’wehaus/ skladi{te (robe), magacin
waybill /n/ /’weibil/ tovarni list, otpremnica /za
robu/
wholesale/n/ /’hulseil/ prodaja na veliko, velikoprodaja
wine and dine /v/ /¸wain n ´dain/ zabavljati, ugostiti
withhold /v/ /wi’h uld/ zadràti, spre~iti, uzdràti se
workforce /n/ /’w:kf:s/ radna snaga, zaposleni
working capital ratio /’wki kpitl ´reiiu/ teku}a aktiva podeljena sa teku}
im obavezama
write off /v/ /’rait ´f/ otpisati /dug/
write out /cheque-A/ /’rait ut ´tek/ ispisati, ispuniti ~ek
253
LITERATURE
LITERATURE
(Literatura)
1. Alexander, R. 1966. New International Business English. Workbook. Cambridge

University Press, Cambridge.
2. Beaumont, D., Granger, C. 1993. The Heinemann English Grammar With Answer
Key. Heinemann, Oxford.
3. Binham, P. 1973. Executive English.1,2,3. Longman. London.
4. Corbett, J. 1996. English for International Banking and Finance. Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge.
5. Dimitrijevi}, N., Radovanovi}, K., Budisavljevi},N., 1989,1990. Ud`benik
Engleskog jezika. I-II. Vojnoizdava~ki i novinski centar. Beograd.
6. Dimitrijevi}, N., Radovanovi}, K. 1996. English Grammar Tests. “Bakar”, Bor
7. Dimitrijevi}, N., Radovanovi}, K. 1998. Test Your English. Trebnik, Beograd
8. Dimitrijevi}, N., Radovanovi}, K. 2001. Your First English Tests. Plavi krug,
Begrad.
9. Edwards, M. 1985. Dictionary of Key Words. Macmillan. London & Basingstoke.
10. Geffner, A.B. 1982. How to Write Better Business Letters. Barron’s Educational
Series. New York.
11. Jovkovi}, dr Lj. 2000. Mastering English Grammar and Structure. Work book.
Beograd.
12. Jovkovi}, dr Lj. 2000. English for Business Purposes, autor izdava~.
13. Landa, M. 2000. Privredno-poslovni re~nik. Englesko-srpski, Srpsko-engleski.
Grme~, Privredni pregled. Beograd.
14. Nemmers, E.E. 1970. Dictionary of Economics and Business. Littlefield, Adams.
Totowa, New Jersey.
15. O’Driscoll, N., Scott-Barrett, F. 1995. Business Challenges. Longman. Harlow,
England
16. Sloan, H.S., Zurcher, A.J. 1970. Dictionary of Economics, Fifth edition. Barnes &
Nobl, New York.
17. Swan M. 1980. Practical English Usage. Oxford University Press. Oxford.
18. Swan, M., Walter, C. 1977. How English Works. A Grammar Practice Book.
OUP, Oxford.
19. Viney, P., Curtin, J. 1994. Survival English. International Communication for
Professional People. Student’s Book. Macmillan Heinemann. Oxford.
20. Wallwork, A. 1999. Business Options. Oxford University Press, Oxford.
Webster’s Guide to Business Correspondence. Meriam – Webster Inc. Springfild,
Mass.
255
ANSWERS
MASTERING ENGLISH II
GRAMMAR AND STRUCTURE
ADVANCED SECTION (EXERCISES 47-183)
ANSWERS (EXERCISES 47-83)
(47) 1 knows 2 has worked 3 are finishing 4 rains 5 has lost 6 has just
graduated (has just been graduated) 7 is repairing 8 has made 9 hear 10 have seen
11 circles 12 is writing 13 has lived 14 is taking 15 have called (48) 1 sold 2 has
worked 3 explained 4 has been 5 spent 6 have never seen 7 returned 8 has studied
9 have spoken 10 was 11 have traveled 12 has never seen 13 have not (haven’t)
finished 14 had 15 have had (50) have been studying 3 - 4 has been feeling 5 have
been waiting 6 - 7 has already been talking (51) 11... was more tactful than... 12 ...
was as nervous as... 13 ... is the most popular man... 14 .... is older than.... 15 .....
was the clumsiest of the five player. (53) I much 2 much 3 many 4 much 5 much
6 many 7 much 8 many 9 much (54) I as 2 from 3 to 4 as 5 to 6 from 7 as 8 from
9 as
(55) 3 My secretary opened the two packages. 4 Our teacher corrects

our homework. 5 that company has constructed two buildings. 6 She (they, etc.)
didn’t clean that room carefully yesterday. 7 The men are loading the truck now.
(56) 2 The mail is opened by the secretary every morning. 3 That proposal is be-
ing considered by the committee right now. 4 that project will be completed by
the army next year. 5 He has been transferred to another department by his boss.
6 Will the announcements be distributed by the company? 7 That interesting
article about Paris was written by an artist. 8 Today English is spoken by a large
number of people. (57) I was shocked 2 enjoyed 3 is taught 4 is being considered
5 happened 6 has taught 7 will divide 8 borrowed 9 has been said 10 has written
11 was promoted 12 occurred 13 will bring 14 have been used 15 will be listed
(72) I has 2 should 3 can 4 must 5 wasn’t able 6 ought 7 must
(73) I buy, decide 2 to explain 3 be 4 to give 5 have said 6 wait (77) 3

studying 4 to translate 5 writing 6 to leave 7 to eliminate 8 trying 9, traveling 10
to reserve 11 hearing 12 leaving 13 to buy 14 using 15 waiting 16 to suggest 17
writing 18 to receive 19 knowing 20 to leave 21 telling 22 studying, to interrupt
23 to say 24 seeing 25 to include 26 listening 27 to risk losing 28 to be 29 inter-
rupting 30 to give 31 to pay 32 taking (78) 5 to see 7 to reveal 10 knowing 21 to
tell 27 writing 28 studying 29 to know 30 to do 31 to give 23 to understend 33 to
exaggerate (80) I leaving 2 to get 3 to stay 4 to hear 5 Learning 6 to retun 7 seeing
8 to criticize 9 leaving 10 to attend 11 to show 12 opening 13 Writing 14 quitting
15 to lock (81) 3 have to be reserved 4 can be obtained 5 should be tried 6 must
be reported 7 should be reported 8 have to be completed (82) 3 to be transferred
4 being deceived 5 to be cheated 6 being informed 7 to be promoted (83) 5 Mar-
tha wasn’t either. 6 We did too. 7 You should too. 8 They don’t either. 9 He has
258
too. (84) 5 So does Tom. 6 Neither has she. 7 so should we. 8 Neither do they. 9
Neither can Bob. (85) 2 (who is walking with Tom) 3 (which we did yesterday)
4 (whom (who) you just met) 5 (which we heard yesterday) 6 (who gets results
quickly.) 7 (whose name was very unusual.) 8(who had stolen the jewels.) (86)
3 Whom (Who) are Thomas and Frank waiting for? For whom are Thomas and
Frank waiting? 4 Whom (Who) did that young couple get the money from? From
whom did that young couple get the money? 5 What has Mr. Kennedy invested
his money in? In what has Mr. Kennedy invested his money? 6 What page is that
difficult exercise on? On what page is that difficult exercise?
(88) (Part One) 1 what 2 which 3 which 4 what 5 which 6 what 7 which
8 what 9 which 10 which 11 what 12 which 13 what 14 which 15 which 16 what
(89) (The word that can not be omitted in sentences 3, 6, 9, and 12. (90) 4 We
tried to follow the instructions Tom had given us. 5 (The connecting, word which
can not be omitted). 6 The doctor I went to last week specializes in surgery.
(91) 1 The man who (that) is sitting by the door.... 2 (A connecting word is not
required.) 3 Lots of students don’t know where the Island of Majorca is located.
4 (A connecting word is not required.) 5 Please try to remember what you did....
6 (A connecting word is not required.) 7 The butcher who (that) sold me these
steaks... 8 (A connecting word is not required.) 9 I wonder whose books and
papers these are. 10 (A connecting word is not required.) 5 I can’t tell you when
they arrived. 8 Let’s ask them when they are leaving. 9 Please explain why you
were absent. 10 I can’t understand why you didn’t return. 11 Please tell me why
you bought it. 12 Can you find out who that tall fellow is? 13 I don’t know who
is ding the work. 14 Can you tell me who wrote this paper? 15 I can’t imagine
who (m) they invited. (95) 3 I knew that they always studied... 4 My friend be-
lieved there was... 5 The newspaper article said that the professor taught.... 6 Fred
thought the students were talking... 7 He said the members were discussing...(96)
3 I thought that Carlos had never seen... 4 Bill said he had forgotten... 5 Their
boss reported that they had had .... 6 I assumed that you had had...
(97) 6 Harold thought he could go .... 7 His secretary said he would re-
turn.... 8 My friend thought we should ask.... 9 Mr. Kahrman said he could help....
10 I supposed Walter would finish.... 11 John said you ought to send.... 12 The
message indicated he would be... (102) 5 Bill asked them when they were leav-
ing. 6 I couldn’t imagine what he had found. he didn’t know whose book that
was 8 Didn’t he tell you who would help us? 9 I didn’t ask them when they could
come. 10 Did he explain why he had been absent? 11 Didn’t she mention what
259
she wanted? 12 I couldn’t remember which one was hers. 13 Brown didn’t say
when we should leave. 14 Did she ask him how much it cost? 15 I forgot to ask
Ed how far it was. (103) 5 said 6 telling 7 said 8 told 9 said 10 said 11 said, told
12 tell, said 13 told, tell 14 tell, said 15 said, told (104) 3 I said (that) I couldn’t
understand those two lessons at all. 4 Catherine said (that) she knew those two
girls quite well. 5 Charles told me (that) he had to leave the office before 3:00
p.m. 6 Mr. Johnson said (that) his secretary hadn’t finished the work. 7 George
remarked (that) he couldn’t possibly finish the work by that time. (105) 3 The
teacher asked how well Miss Wang spoke English. 4 The agent asked when we
planned to leave for South America. 5 The woman asked me where she could
find the director’s office. 6 Fred asked me what I would offer him for that (this)
camera. 7 The treasurer asked when he had to turn in that (this) report. (106) 3
My friend asked me if I enjoyed my English class. My friend asked me whether
or not I enjoyed my English class. 4 The driver asked if everyone would be
ready to leave by ten. 5 Frank asked me if I had given the letters to Mr. Watson
Frank asked me whether or not I had given the letters to Mr. Watson. (107) 3 The
teacher told us to write the next two exercises. 4 The man directed us (them, her,
etc.) to turn left at the corner and drive two blocks. 5 My friend asked me to show
him all of the photographs. 6 Mr. Lane’s wife told him not to leave his coat on the
chair.
(113) 6 so (so that) 7 because 8 so (so that) 9 Since 10 because (116) 1

Mr. Carlson was talking to another man when I saw him today. 2 As I was cross-
ing the street, two cars raced by me at full speed. 3 When we met the Burkes in
1954, they were living in Cleveland. 4 Our English teacher gave us an examina-
tion yesterday. 5 The boy fell and hurt himself while he was riding his bicycle.
6 My friend was having his breakfast when I stopped at his house this morning.
(118) 1 Charles was talking to Professor Moore when I saw him. 2 When the
students heard the bell, they got up and left. 3 My friend Louise bought a new
spring coat last week. 4 We were still eating our dinner when Mr. and Mrs. Holt
arrived. 5 Mr. Harvey asked me about my plans the next time he saw me. 6 Just
as I was leaving for home, a student stopped me in the hall. (120) 1 The druggist
had already left for home when we got to the store. 2 The Andersons moved into
their new apartment last week. 3 The next time I saw George, he had a different
car. 4 Dorothy signed the check and gave it to Dr. Davis yesterday. 5 When John
and I got to the theater, the movie had already started. 6 Whenever it rained, Mr.
Gilbert took out his old umbrella. (122) 1 We will send you a telegram as soon
as we arrive in Chicago. 2 When George comes this afternoon, he will bring his
260
friends. 3 Mr. Green will not leave the office until you call him. 4 I will speak
to you about that matter after the meeting tonight. 5 As soon as our guests arrive
tonight, we will serve dinner. (124) 1 will give 2 will be crossing 3 will be sitting
4 will explain 5 will be living 6 will try (125) 1 met 2 was considering 3 of study-
ing 4 had forgotten 5 had learned (learned) 6, 7 wanted to learn 8 were 9 study 10
enrolled 11, 12 had finished (finished) studying 13, 14 decided to go 15 had never
been 16,17 enjoyed visiting 18, 19 considered staying 20,21 would enjoy living
22, 23 had always hoped to find 24,25 seemed to be 26 finally spent 27, 28 was
forced to return
(126) 3 get 4 sees 5 is 6 doesn’t like 7 get 8 decide (130) 4 worked 5 knew
6 had 7 were 8 studied (132) 3 had been 4 had asked 5 had studied 6 had not
(hadn’t) spent 7 had been 8 had invited (134) 3 I won’t bother to call you unless
I hear from Mr. Brown. 4 Unless you agreed with him, Charles wouldn’t even
suggest it. 5 We can’t write to Mr. Suzuki unless he sends us his address. 6 Unless
you study harder, you’re going to fail the examination. (135) 4 had 5 had studied
6 would offer 7 had been
(139) 3 did study 4 does attend 5 did finish 6 did give 7 do wear 8 did
speak. (156) 1 to 2 with 3 for 4 on 5 with 6 from 7 on 8 with 9 from 10 with 11
of 12 from 13 to 14 to 15 on (upon) 16 with 17 with 18 with 19 with 20 for 21 to
22 with 23 for 24 to 25 of 26 with (in) 27 to 28 with 29 on 30 from, from 31 with
(157) 1 little green 2 square plastic 3 unusual modern 4 valuable ancient Egyptian
5 long bamboo fishing 6 friend’s three sons 7 those books to the library promptly
8 the leaves from the trees in the fall 12 short sentences to us in class 14 the bill
collector the money reluctantly 16 in Bogota for two months last year 18 in a fac-
tory in Brooklyn for one year 20 the tenants for the rent in advance 21 the ship
right back to my country 22 two years to finish it completely 23 to improve my
English quickly 24 quite cool in the city yesterday 26 quite unimportant to me
at first 27 for me to speak English correctly 28 the man didn’t say 29 will your
friends say 30 car that is 31 they were in Paris 32 have all of the students gone
(158) 1 movies better than television 3 has never been tried 9 the part about verbs
to me again 10 haven’t you ever been 13 tall enough to reach that shelf 15 of any
way at all to improve your plan 18 could they possibly know 19 they could pos-
sibly know 20 about that at the desk by the door 21 two well-organized bus 22
today’s lesson is 25 hard square object wrapped in cloth 30 Shakespeare, a man
known by everyone 32 husbands have all the responsibilities (159) 2 How long
will those fellow remain in Washington, D.C.? 3 The two men asked an official a
261
question about this rule. 4 A writer whose name was Prus lived in Poland at that
time. 5 It’s wonderful to see the flowers come to life in the spring. 6 the purse
with the handle and the coat with red collar are mine. 7 Please tell we why you
Americans don’t enjoy this fine sport. 8 That bird lives in this part of the country
only in the winter 9 They sent a bracelet to their daughter for her birthday. 10 My
wife seldom watches television during the afternoon.
(160) 1 .... Albert almost got lost... 2 ... are all abstract words. 3 How can
you possibly consider... 4 We rarely attend... 5 He is still studying .... 6 I am only
trying... 7 Does their teacher always ask.... 8 ... later in the summer. 9 ... really
believe... 10 .... he even wrote... (... even before Flaubert.) 11 Those students
never used to complain... 12 ... not to smoke.... 15 We could hardly see... 16 Al-
ways plan... 17 .... our own customs better. 18 I still don’t agree... 19 .... they both
contain... 20 There is just one more thing.... 24 Not many people... (161) (Only
those words or names which require the definite article have been included here.)
the world, the thickest jungles, the upper regions of the Amazon, the Taj Mahal,
the Vatican, the Leaning Tower, the Seven Wonders of the World, the names of
the seven great structures, the Philippine Islands, the Soviet Union, the top of the
Empire State Building, the peak, the whole range of the Alps, the Rhine River,
the Atlantic Ocean, the Caribbean Sea, the Gulf, the streets, the Balkans, the
near East, the Scandinavian peninsula, the House, the White House, the Krem-
lin, the Coliseum, the Acropolis, the Louvre, the Statue, the largest state in the
United States, the northernmost state, the Republic, the Panama Canal, the Ori-
ent, the length, the Mississippi River, the Island, the entire Australian Continent,
the United Nations Building, the Imperial Japanese Palace, all the countries in the
Americas, all the cities, the British Commonwealth to the other, the Sorbonne,
the University, the wind. (162) (Only those words or names which require the
definite or indefinite article have been included here.) a small house in the coun-
try, a small city a few miles, to the city, in a hurry, a bus, the little gas station,
the driver of the bus, a watch, the printed schedule, an appointment or (an) im-
portant engagement, the Weston transportation Company, the name of the bus
line, a week ago, the city, a suit, a guest, the evening, the house, the garage, the
city. (165) (Only those words or names which require the definite or indefinite
have been included here.) (1) a plan (2) The god, at the same time (3) the only
investment (4) the first secret (50 One of the greatest source of the strength, the
pioneering spirit (6) The first lesson (7) A sharp tongue is the only edged tool (8)
the great difficulty (9) a great bundle (10) the energy (11) a thousand
262
(167) 1 any other 2 another 3 another, the other 4 any other 5 another 6
some other (another) 7 any other 8 the other 9 other 10 another 11 the others 12
other (168) 1 in 2 during 3 since 4 for 5 by 6 until 7 since 8 during 9 on 10 by 11
for 12 in (169) 1 at 2 from, to 3 in, at 4 at 5 in 6 by 7 for 8 at 9 in 10 in 11 on 12 at
13 in 14 in 15 on 16 at 17 in 18 from 19 at 20 by (at) 21 at 22 by, at 23 at 24 in 25
for, in 26 by, by 27 in 28 for 29 form, to 30 in 31 in (170) 1 in, in 2 on, between 3
on, of (in) 4 at, by (near, opposite) 5 around, into (in) 6 by (past), in 7 at (on), of 8
to, by, on 9 in, of, in 10 in, behind 11 to, at, of 12 on, by (near, opposite) 13 along
(up, down) 14 on, in 15 for, on 16 in, on, to 17 in, on 18 to, by, of 19 at 20 in, to
21 from, to, in 22 at, from 23 at, at 24 out of, in 25 to, on 26 to, on 27 through 28
from, in 29 from 30 into (in), through, through (in) 31 in, of down the stairs to
the basement (up the stairs from the basement) 33 from, opposite (above, over,
below, under) (171) 1 in, on 2 in, of 3 on (over), on 4 on, in 5 up, down 6 out of, in
7 on, above (over, near, by) 8 from, by over 9 from 10 out of, under (underneath)
11 in, for 12 to (at). from, above 13 out of 14 up the stairs to the attic (down the
stairs from the attic), on 15 on, of, on 16 between, in, of 17 of, under (underneath)
18 on, to (from) through (down) 19 out of, in 20 on, in 21 under (underneath) 18
on, to (from), through (down) 19 out of, in 20 on, in 21 under (underneath), in 22
above (over, around) 23 in, along (near, by) 24 on, at 25 at, of 26 in (on) 27 in,
on 28 on, off (from) 29 along (on), of 30 against, of 31 to 32 in 33 in (172) 1 in
2 on 3 at 4 in 5 at 6 on 7 on 8 at 9 of 10 in 11 in 12 in, of 13 for 14 y 15 at, in, of
16 on 17 on 18 to 19 for 20 in, of 21 off 22 of 23 in 24 out of 25 in 26 y 27 to 28
on 29 in 30 by 31 of 32 of, of 33 for (173) 1 in 2 out of 3 of, in 4 before 5 at 6 in
7 for, in (through) 8 for, in 9 at (behind), on 10 of 11 for 12 after 13 in, with 14
in, of 15 on, of 16 under 17 of, on, in 18 to, by, of 19 of, by 20 in, of 21 at, in 2
in, of 23 to, to 24 by 25 to 26 for 27 in 28 by 29 out of 30 with 31 in, with 32 on
33 by (174) 1 with, in 2 to, about (over) 3 with, about (over) 4 to 5 for 6 into, y,
about (over) 7 for 8 with, about (over, in, on) 9 with (against), for 10 from 11 of
12 to 13 in 14 from (for) 15 from 16 to 17 from, about 18 form, for 19 from 20
to 21 in 22 in 23 of 24 about 25 from, to 26 into (in) 27 from,a t (over) 28 to 29
from, about (at) 30 of 31 with 32 about (of), to 33 on, for (175) 1 of 2 for 3 about
(over) 4 about 5 about (of) 6 for 7 from 8 about (of0 9 about 10 for 11 from 12 to
13 to 14 on 15 of 16 about 17 to, for 18 on 19 for 20 from 21 of 22 from, to (into)
23 about 24 in 25 on (against), on 26 with, about (over) 27 from 28 for 29 with
30 on 31 in 32 on 33 to
(176) 1 in 2 to 3 to 4 over (about) 5 with, to 6 of z to, for 8 about (over) 9

with 10 of 11 of, of 12 for 13 with 14 to 15 of 16 of (about) 17 of 18 of (about),
263
of (about) 19 of 20 about (over) 21 of 22 to, from (than) 23 to (with) 24 from 25

of 26 of 27 from (of)28 of 29 to 30 for 31 for 32 with, about (in) 33 for (to) (177)
1 about (over) 2 from 3 from (by), about (over) 4 of 5 to 6 for 7 for, to 8 of 9 at
10 with 11 for 12 to, for 13 to 14 to 15 on 16 for 17 of (over, about) 18 of 19 for
20 of 21 of 22 on, for 23 to 24 to 25 for 26 to 27 to 28 with 29 with 30 for 31 of
32 for, for 33 of (about)
(178) 1 of (over) 2 to, for 3 to, for 4 to 5 to 6 to 7 in 8 for 9 to 10 to 11 for

12 with 13 from 14 of 15 by 16 about(over) in, to 17 about (over) 18 to 19 of 20
for 21 with 22 in 23 about (over) 24 by, as 25 of 26 from 27 in 28 with 29 as 30
for 31 from, to 32 to 33 to, for (179) 1 by 2 with 3 by 4 with 5 by 6 with 7 by 8
with 9 by 10 with 1 by 12 by 13 with 14 by 15 by (180) 3 My brother is going to
leave some money for me tonight. 4 My friend John lent seventeen dollars to me
on Friday night. 5 Mrs. Farrell is getting a glass of water for her young daughter.
6 Mr. and Mrs. Harvey gave the theater tickets to us yesterday. 7 The director of-
fered the best job in the department to the man. 8 I think this new method saves a
lot of time and trouble for us. 9 That student showed his homework to Mr. Moore
before class. 10 Catherine’s grandmother made a beautiful evening gown for her.
(181) 1 afterwards 2 after 3 afterwards 4 after 5 after 6 after wards 7 after 8 after
9 afterwards 10 after (182) 5 like 6 such as (like) 7 as 8 like 9 as 10 like 11 like
12 as (183) 1 later 2 after 3 later 4 after 5 later 6 after 7 after 8 after 9 later, after
10 after.
264
Dr LJILJANA JOVKVOVIĆ je dugogodišnji profesor engleskog jezika u
funkciji struke na visokoškolskim ustanovama - fakultetima, višim i visokim školama.
Diplomirala je anglistiku na Filološkom fakultetu u Beogradu 1973. godine; magistrirala
(primenjenu lingvistiku, leksikografiju - oblast ekonomske terminologije) i doktorirala
(primenjenu lingvistiku - oblast nastave engleskog jezika i sintakse) 1976. godine na
Državnom univerzitetu Floride u SAD.
Dr Jovković sada predaje poslovni engleski jezik na Beogradskoj poslovnoj
školi - Visokoj školi strukovnih studija. Bila je gostujući profesor na Državnom univer-
zitetu Floride, Ekonomskom fakultetu u Nišu (vanredni profesor Univerziteta u Nišu),
Visokoj poslovnoj školi u Novom Sadu, Fakultetu za trgovinu i bankarstvo i Fakultetu
za strane jezike BK Univerziteta u Beogradu, Filološkom fakultetu Slobomir P. univer-
zitetu, Pedagoškom fakultetu u Bjeljini, Fakultetu likovih umetnosti u Beogradu i još
nekoliko viših škola i fakulteta.
Objavila je više stručnih i naučnih priloga i nekoliko zasebnih izdanja termino-
loških rečnika, priručnika i udžbenika iz oblasti poslovnog engleskog jezika.
Učestvovala je na većem broju naučnih i stručnih skupova u zemlji i inostran-
stvu iz oblasti primenjene lingvistike. Dr Jovković se intenzivno bavila i prevođenjem.
Prevela je veći broj knjiga iz oblasti ekonomije.
CIP

BUSINESS ENGLISH Advanced PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

BUSINESS ENGLISH Advanced PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Dr Ljiljana Jovkovi}

Fakultet za poslovno industrijski menad`ment

BUSINESS ENGLISH - ADVANCED

Fakultet za poslovno industrijski menad`ment,

Tira`: 100 primeraka

Odlukom Nastavno-nau~nog ve}a Fakulteta za poslovno industrijski menad`ment

Dr Jovkovi} je bila gostuju}i profesor nekoliko godina na Dr`avnom univerzitetu

Dr Jovkovi} se intenzivno bavila i stru~nim prevo|enjem. Prevela je ve}i broj knjiga iz

(CONTENT) SADRŽAJ ........................................................................................... 5

UNIT 24. ................................................................................................................... 53

Using passive verbs (exercise) 56 .......................................................................... 145

The word that in clauses (2) (exercise) 89 ............................................................ 166

Using two-word verbs (exercise) 155 . .................................................................. 205

IRREGULAR VERBS . ......................................................................................... 233

Ud`benik engleskog jezika BUSINESS ENGLISH II pisan je prema Nastavnom

See: Grammar File – Unit 16

1. Fill in the correct form of the verb in brackets:

3. Transform the following sentences by using a wish construction. See the

1. Will the same committee write that report?

6. Fill in the blank spaces with appropriate verb forms:

Useful phrases: Concluding

You didn’t pay me the money you owe me.

See: Grammar File – Unit 17

Did you know this?

Listen to an American businessman comparing the differences in management

See: Grammar File – Unit 18

1. What goes together?

5. Complete the following sentences, using should

1. Make sentences. See the example:

4. Translate the following sentences

Diplomacy, friendliness and cooperation are important in selling. There is a

However, conflicts can occur in business negotiations and relationships. Naturally,

See: Grammar File – Unit 20

1. Complete the following sentences:

10. In the preparation phase j) there are different types of business

Did you know this?

Nowadays, marketing influences and often actually

See: Grammar File – Unit 21

1. What is marketing? Marketing is the ____ of satisfying customer needs ____

PROMOTION TO REDUCE SALE RARE

5 Find the odd word out:

Export consignments can be stolen, damaged or even totally destroyed in transit,

See: Grammar File – Unit 22

1. Put the following sentences into Indirect Speech:

3. Find the odd word out:

The National Bank of Yugoslavia

See: Grammar File – Unit 23

1. Put the following sentences into Reported Speech:

2. Put the following sentences into Reported Speech:

Useful phrases: Car rental

Progressive and Regressive taxation

Direct and Indirect taxes

borderline cases - marginalni, grani~ni slu~ajevi

See: Grammar File – Unit 24

1. Put the following questions into Indirect Speech:

3. This is an exchange between a training manager (TM) and a personal manager

Useful phrases: Making arrangements

without mentioning - bez pominjanja

See: Grammar File – Unit 25

3. Prevedite slede}e re~enice na engleski:

Useful Phrases: Opening

A complete offer should cover the following points:

If necessary, the offer is supplemented by printed material, illustrations, samples

1. What is marketing? Marketing is the of satisfying customer needs

believe___ care_ pay collaborate____